What is Atami Blossom Builder Liquid?
Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK 18-23 flowering and ripening finisher designed to support yield, fruit size, structure and aromatic properties during the later generative stages.
-
-
Commercial Products
Commercial Products
Professional Growing Media
Plant Nutrition
Plant Health
Sprayers & Protective Clothing
Pots, Planters & Trays
Propagation
Baskets & Planters
Fabrics & Netting
Environment
Plant Lighting
Irrigation
Plant Support & Tree Care
Equipment
Tools
Plant Labels
Packaging
Lawn Care
Clearance
-
Retail Products
Retail Products
Growing Media
Plant Nutrition
Plant Health
Pots, Planters & Tanks
Propagation
Baskets & Planters
Fabrics & Netting
Environment
Plant Lighting
Plant Support
Equipment
Tools
Plant Nutrition
248 products
248 products
Sort by:
Atami B’cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 250ml - PK 18-23 Bloom Finisher
538
£5.38
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B’cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 250ml - PK 18-23 Bloom Finisher
538
£5.38
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 250ml is a highly concentrated PK 18-23 bloom finisher developed for the later stages of flowering and ripening, supporting increased yield, larger fruits and flowers, improved structure and enhanced aromatic properties.
As flowering progresses, the nutritional priorities of a crop change. Demand for phosphorus and potassium becomes increasingly important as plants concentrate on flower formation, fruit development, ripening and final crop quality.
B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid has been formulated specifically for this later generative stage. Its concentrated PK 18-23 W/W formulation supplies high levels of phosphorus and potassium to support strong, healthy and well-developed flowers and fruits.
Atami highlights increased yield, increased fruit size, a unique PK ratio and higher levels of sugars and essential oils among the key characteristics of Blossom Builder Liquid.
Suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation, Blossom Builder Liquid can be incorporated into virtually any irrigation system at a highly concentrated dosage of just 0.25-0.5ml/L.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid?
- PK 18-23 bloom finisher - highly concentrated phosphorus and potassium nutrition for late flowering and ripening.
- Supports increased yield - developed to support productive flower and fruit development during the final generative stages.
- Supports increased fruit size - designed to help crops develop larger, well-structured fruits and flowers.
- Improves fruit structure - Atami specifically positions Blossom Builder Liquid to support improved structure as crops mature.
- Supports final hardening - the concentrated PK formulation assists development as flowers and fruits approach maturity.
- Supports sugars & essential oils - Atami highlights higher sugar and essential-oil content as a key product benefit.
- Supports aromatic properties - designed with the final aroma and quality of flowers and fruits in mind.
- Highly concentrated - used at only 0.25-0.5ml/L.
- Suitable for soil - integrates with soil-based flowering programmes.
- Suitable for coco - compatible with coco-based cultivation and feeding programmes.
- Suitable for hydroponics - can be used with hydroponic base nutrition and irrigation systems.
- Compatible with irrigation systems - Atami states that Blossom Builder Liquid can be used in any irrigation system.
- Works with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator - Atami recommends this combination within its flowering programmes.
- Excellent coverage - a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 500-1,000L of nutrient solution.
A concentrated finisher for late flowering & ripening
Blossom Builder Liquid is not designed as an early vegetative fertiliser. Its role becomes increasingly important as the crop progresses through flowering and moves towards ripening.
During this stage, plants increasingly direct resources towards the development and maturation of flowers and fruits. Atami's grow guides position Blossom Builder Liquid during the later generative stages, when phosphorus and potassium requirements become particularly important.
This makes it a useful finishing product for growers looking to adapt their feeding programme as the developmental priorities of the crop change.
The concentrated formulation means relatively small quantities are required, making accurate measurement particularly important.
PK 18-23 for flower & fruit development
Atami specifies Blossom Builder Liquid as PK 18-23 W/W, giving the product a very high concentration of phosphorus and potassium.
Phosphorus and potassium are important macronutrients during generative crop development and become increasingly relevant as plants progress through flowering and ripening.
Atami specifically developed Blossom Builder Liquid to help improve the structure of flowers and fruits while supporting large, healthy and fragrant reproductive growth.
Because the product is highly concentrated, the overall nutrient programme and EC should be managed carefully, particularly when other high-PK products are being considered.
Supporting yield, fruit size & final crop quality
Blossom Builder Liquid is not positioned solely around increasing nutrient concentration. Atami highlights several crop-quality characteristics alongside its PK analysis.
These include increased yield, increased fruit size and improved aromatic properties, making the product particularly relevant during the final productive stages of flowering crops.
Atami also highlights a higher content of sugars and essential oils, characteristics that are especially relevant to crops where flavour, fragrance and final fruit or flower quality are important.
Results will still depend on genetics, plant health, environmental conditions, irrigation, light, root-zone management and the wider nutritional programme.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
One of the advantages of B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid is its compatibility with multiple cultivation methods.
Atami specifies the product for use with soil, coco and hydro substrates, allowing the same specialist finishing product to be incorporated across a wide range of professional and hobby growing systems.
It can also be used in irrigation systems, making it suitable for everything from manually watered container crops to appropriately managed automated fertigation systems.
The base nutrient should still be selected according to the growing medium and crop requirements.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid
Atami recommends using 0.25-0.5ml of Blossom Builder Liquid per litre of water.
At this concentration, use 2.5-5ml for 10L, 12.5-25ml for 50L, 25-50ml for 100L and 125-250ml for 500L of nutrient solution.
A 250ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 1,000 litres at 0.25ml/L or 500 litres at 0.5ml/L.
Atami's grow guides use Blossom Builder Liquid during the later flowering and ripening stages. Feeding schedules should be adapted to the individual crop, environment and complete nutrient programme rather than treated as rigid instructions.
Because Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK product, monitor the EC of the complete nutrient solution and consider the contribution of any other flowering additives being used.
Using Blossom Builder Liquid with a base nutrient
Blossom Builder Liquid can be integrated with suitable base nutrition for soil, coco or hydroponic cultivation.
Atami's own grow guides show it used alongside B'cuzz Soil A&B, Coco A&B and Hydro A&B according to the growing medium.
As the crop progresses through flowering, the base nutrient continues to provide broader mineral nutrition while Blossom Builder Liquid supplies concentrated phosphorus and potassium for the later generative stages.
This allows growers to adapt the nutritional profile of the feeding programme without changing the entire base nutrient system.
Blossom Builder Liquid & B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator
Atami specifically recommends using Blossom Builder Liquid in combination with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator.
The products perform different roles. B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator provides flowering-stage stimulation, while Blossom Builder Liquid supplies concentrated PK nutrition as the crop progresses towards maturity.
This allows flowering stimulation and late-stage phosphorus and potassium nutrition to be managed as complementary parts of the same programme.
Blossom Builder Liquid vs Blossom Builder Tabzz
Both products are designed around late flowering and finishing, but they use different formulations and application formats.
Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated liquid PK 18-23 finisher dosed directly into the nutrient solution at 0.25-0.5ml/L.
Blossom Builder Tabzz uses dissolvable effervescent tablets with a different PK formulation and dosage system.
Growers should follow the specific instructions for the version they are using rather than treating the liquid and tablet products as interchangeable dose-for-dose.
Blossom Builder Liquid vs Bloombastic
Blossom Builder Liquid and Bloombastic are both concentrated flowering products, but their formulations and positioning differ.
Blossom Builder Liquid is a PK 18-23 bloom finisher focused on phosphorus and potassium nutrition during later flowering and ripening.
Bloombastic is Atami's PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive, combining its PK content with broader bloom, hardening, taste and ripening functions.
Because both products contribute substantial phosphorus and potassium, growers should avoid automatically stacking concentrated PK products without considering the complete nutrient programme and final EC.
What plants can Blossom Builder Liquid be used on?
Atami lists a range of fruiting, flowering and ornamental crops as suitable examples.
These include fruiting crops such as chilli peppers and blueberries, as well as flowering ornamentals including Buddleia and Amaranth.
The appropriate dosage should be adjusted to the requirements of the individual plant or commercial crop rather than assuming every species requires identical nutrient strength.
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Blossom Builder Liquid |
| Product type | Concentrated bloom finisher |
| Size | 250ml |
| PK analysis | PK 18-23 W/W |
| Primary function | Late flowering & ripening support |
| Key benefits | Supports yield, fruit size, structure, sugars, essential oils & aromatic properties |
| Suitable growing media | Soil, coco & hydro |
| Dosage | 0.25-0.5ml/L |
| 10L solution | 2.5-5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5-25ml |
| 100L solution | 25-50ml |
| 500L solution | 125-250ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 500-1,000L depending on dosage |
| Recommended combination | B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator |
| Irrigation systems | Suitable for manual & automatic irrigation systems |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 250ml FAQs
What is the PK ratio of Blossom Builder Liquid?
The current European Atami specification is PK 18-23 W/W.
When should Blossom Builder Liquid be used?
Blossom Builder Liquid is intended for the later flowering and ripening stages, when the crop's requirement for phosphorus and potassium becomes increasingly important.
How much Blossom Builder Liquid should I use?
Atami recommends 0.25-0.5ml/L. At this concentration, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 500-1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used in coco?
Yes. Atami specifies Blossom Builder Liquid for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated into appropriately managed irrigation systems.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used in soil?
Yes. It can be used with soil-based crops alongside an appropriate base nutrient and flowering programme.
Does Blossom Builder Liquid increase fruit size?
Atami specifically highlights increased fruit size and improved fruit structure among the intended benefits of Blossom Builder Liquid.
Does Blossom Builder Liquid support sugars and essential oils?
Yes. Atami highlights a higher content of sugars and essential oils as one of the product's key characteristics during final crop development.
Can I use Blossom Builder Liquid with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends combining Blossom Builder Liquid with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator.
Is Blossom Builder Liquid the same as Blossom Builder Tabzz?
No. The Liquid version is a PK 18-23 concentrate dosed at 0.25-0.5ml/L, while Blossom Builder Tabzz uses dissolvable tablets and a different formulation and application rate.
Is Blossom Builder Liquid the same as Bloombastic?
No. Blossom Builder Liquid is a PK 18-23 bloom finisher, while Bloombastic is Atami's PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive. They have different formulations and roles within the Atami range.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used in an automatic irrigation system?
Yes. Atami states that Blossom Builder Liquid can be used with any irrigation system when incorporated into an appropriately managed nutrient programme.
How many 250ml bottles are in an outer case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles.
Atami B’cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 100ml - PK 18-23 Bloom Finisher
355
£3.55
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B’cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 100ml - PK 18-23 Bloom Finisher
355
£3.55
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 100ml is a highly concentrated PK 18-23 bloom finisher developed for flowering and ripening crops, supporting increased yield, larger fruits and flowers, improved structure and enhanced aromatic properties.
As plants progress through flowering, their nutritional requirements change and the demand for phosphorus and potassium increases. Blossom Builder Liquid has been formulated specifically around this generative stage, providing a concentrated source of these important flowering nutrients.
Atami specifies a PK 18-23 W/W analysis and highlights increased yield, increased fruit size, improved structure and a higher content of sugars and essential oils among the product's key characteristics.
The unusual phosphorus-to-potassium ratio is deliberate. Atami states that the comparatively high phosphorus level helps support the hardening of fruits while the overall formulation promotes strong, healthy and fragrant flowers and fruits.
Blossom Builder Liquid works in soil, coco and hydro and can be used in irrigation systems. Its concentrated 0.25-0.5ml/L application rate means this 100ml bottle can prepare approximately 200-400 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid?
- PK 18-23 bloom finisher - concentrated phosphorus and potassium nutrition for flowering and ripening crops.
- Supports increased yield - developed to promote productive flower and fruit development.
- Supports increased fruit size - designed to encourage large, healthy flowers and fruits.
- Improves fruit structure - formulated around the changing nutritional requirements of generative growth.
- Supports fruit hardening - Atami highlights the product's relatively high phosphorus level in relation to this function.
- Supports aromatic properties - designed with the fragrance and final quality of flowers and fruits in mind.
- Higher content of sugars & essential oils - one of the key benefits highlighted by Atami.
- Highly concentrated - only 0.25-0.5ml/L is required.
- Suitable for soil - can be incorporated into soil-based flowering programmes.
- Suitable for coco - compatible with coco and coco-based growing systems.
- Suitable for hydroponics - suitable for hydroponic flowering programmes.
- Suitable for irrigation systems - liquid formulation suitable for manual and automatic irrigation.
- Can work with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator - a combination specifically recommended by Atami.
- Excellent coverage from 100ml - approximately 200-400L of nutrient solution depending on dosage.
- Outer case of 12 - supplied as 12 x 100ml bottles per full case.
Concentrated nutrition for flowering & ripening
The nutritional priorities of a plant change as it moves away from vegetative development and concentrates increasingly on flowers and fruits.
Atami specifically highlights the increasing requirement for phosphorus and potassium as flowering progresses. Blossom Builder Liquid has been developed to respond to this change with its concentrated PK 18-23 formulation.
Rather than simply increasing the amount of general base fertiliser, Blossom Builder Liquid allows growers to alter the nutritional profile of the feeding programme to provide additional phosphorus and potassium during generative development.
Its high concentration also means only a small amount is required, making accurate measurement important.
What does PK 18-23 mean?
Atami specifies Blossom Builder Liquid as PK 18-23 W/W, indicating its concentrated phosphorus and potassium content.
These two macronutrients become particularly important as flowering crops concentrate on flowers, fruits and ripening.
Atami describes the formulation as having a unique P:K ratio and specifically highlights its ability to support improved fruit structure and strong, healthy, large and fragrant flowers and fruits.
Because this is a highly concentrated PK product, growers should consider its contribution alongside the base nutrient and any other flowering additives when managing the overall nutrient strength.
Supporting fruit size, sugars & essential oils
Blossom Builder Liquid is designed around more than simply providing additional phosphorus and potassium.
Atami highlights increased yield and increased fruit size among its main benefits, together with improved structure and aromatic properties.
The manufacturer also highlights a higher content of sugars and essential oils, making Blossom Builder Liquid particularly relevant to crops where flavour, fragrance and final flower or fruit quality are important.
Final crop performance will also depend on genetics, plant health, environmental conditions, light, irrigation, root-zone management and the wider feeding programme.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid is not restricted to a single growing medium. Atami specifies it for use in soil, coco and hydro substrates.
This allows growers to use the same specialist flowering product while selecting the appropriate base nutrition for their chosen cultivation method.
Atami also states that Blossom Builder Liquid is usable in any irrigation system, making it suitable for manually watered crops as well as appropriately managed automatic irrigation and fertigation systems.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid
Atami recommends using 0.25-0.5ml of Blossom Builder Liquid per litre of water.
At this concentration, use 2.5-5ml for 10L, 12.5-25ml for 50L and 25-50ml for 100L of nutrient solution.
A 100ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 400L at 0.25ml/L or 200L at 0.5ml/L.
Application should be adapted to the requirements of the individual plant or crop. Consider crop stage, plant condition, source water, environment and the other nutrients and additives being used.
When incorporating Blossom Builder Liquid into an existing feeding programme, monitor the EC of the complete nutrient solution and take account of any other concentrated PK products.
Using Blossom Builder Liquid in a flowering programme
Blossom Builder Liquid can be used alongside suitable base nutrition for soil, coco or hydro cultivation.
The base nutrient can continue to provide broader mineral nutrition while Blossom Builder Liquid supplies concentrated phosphorus and potassium for generative development.
Atami also states that Blossom Builder Liquid can be used as stand-alone flowering nutrition and stimulator in one, while specifically recommending its use in combination with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator.
The appropriate approach will depend on the crop, growing method and wider feeding programme.
Blossom Builder Liquid & B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator
Atami specifically recommends combining Blossom Builder Liquid with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator.
Blossom Builder Liquid provides the concentrated PK component, while Bloom Stimulator performs a specialist flowering-stimulation role.
This allows the two functions to complement one another within a carefully managed flowering programme.
Blossom Builder Liquid vs Blossom Builder Tabzz
Although they share the Blossom Builder name, the liquid and tablet products have different formulations and application methods.
Blossom Builder Liquid is a PK 18-23 liquid concentrate measured directly into the nutrient solution at 0.25-0.5ml/L.
Blossom Builder Tabzz uses effervescent tablets that dissolve in the nutrient solution and has its own PK analysis and dosage instructions.
Growers should therefore follow the instructions for the specific product rather than treating the two versions as interchangeable dose-for-dose.
Blossom Builder Liquid vs Bloombastic
Both products are designed for flowering crops, but their formulations and functions differ.
Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK 18-23 bloom finisher focused strongly on phosphorus and potassium nutrition, fruit structure, yield and fruit size.
Bloombastic is Atami's PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive, positioned as a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of enzymatic processes during final flowering and ripening.
Because both products contribute significant phosphorus and potassium, avoid automatically combining multiple concentrated PK products without considering the complete feeding programme and final EC.
Which plants can Blossom Builder Liquid be used on?
Atami gives a range of vegetables, fruits and flowering ornamental plants as examples of suitable crops.
These include chilli peppers and blueberries, together with flowering ornamentals such as Buddleia and Amaranth.
The dosage can be adjusted to meet the needs of individual plants and crops rather than assuming every species requires exactly the same nutrient concentration.
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 100ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Blossom Builder Liquid |
| Product type | Concentrated bloom finisher |
| Size | 100ml |
| PK analysis | PK 18-23 W/W |
| Primary function | Flowering & ripening support |
| Key benefits | Supports yield, fruit size, structure, sugars, essential oils & aromatic properties |
| Suitable growing media | Soil, coco & hydro |
| Dosage | 0.25-0.5ml/L |
| 10L solution | 2.5-5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5-25ml |
| 100L solution | 25-50ml |
| Approximate solution from 100ml | 200-400L depending on dosage |
| Recommended combination | B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator |
| Irrigation | Suitable for manual & automatic irrigation systems |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 100ml bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 100ml FAQs
What does Atami Blossom Builder Liquid do?
Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK 18-23 flowering product designed to support increased yield, fruit size, structure and aromatic properties as flowers and fruits develop and mature.
What is the PK ratio of Blossom Builder Liquid?
Atami specifies the current formulation as PK 18-23 W/W.
Why does Blossom Builder Liquid contain more phosphorus than potassium?
Atami describes the P:K ratio as a deliberate feature of the formulation and states that the comparatively high phosphorus level supports the hardening and structure of fruits.
How much Blossom Builder Liquid should I use?
Atami recommends 0.25-0.5ml/L. A 100ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 200-400 litres of nutrient solution.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used in coco?
Yes. Atami specifies Blossom Builder Liquid for coco as well as soil and hydroponic cultivation.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It is suitable for hydroponic substrates and can be incorporated into an appropriately managed irrigation system.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used in soil?
Yes. It is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting crops as part of an appropriate nutrient programme.
Does Blossom Builder Liquid support larger fruits?
Yes. Increased fruit size and increased yield are two of the key benefits specifically highlighted by Atami.
Does Blossom Builder Liquid support sugars and essential oils?
Yes. Atami highlights a higher content of sugars and essential oils among the product's key characteristics.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends using Blossom Builder Liquid in combination with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used as flowering nutrition on its own?
Atami states that Blossom Builder Liquid can be used as stand-alone flowering nutrition and stimulator in one. The complete feeding approach should still be adapted to the crop and cultivation system.
Is Blossom Builder Liquid the same as Blossom Builder Tabzz?
No. The Liquid version is a PK 18-23 concentrate dosed in millilitres per litre, while Blossom Builder Tabzz uses dissolvable tablets with a different formulation and application method.
Is Blossom Builder Liquid the same as Bloombastic?
No. Blossom Builder Liquid is a PK 18-23 flowering product, while Bloombastic is Atami's PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive. They have different formulations and positions within the flowering range.
How many 100ml bottles are in an outer case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 100ml bottles.
Atami B’cuzz Bloom Stimulator 500ml - Flowering & Fruit Development Stimulator
1047
£10.47
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B’cuzz Bloom Stimulator 500ml - Flowering & Fruit Development Stimulator
1047
£10.47
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator 500ml is a highly concentrated flowering stimulator designed to intensify the bloom period, supporting abundant flower formation, thick compact flowers and productive fruit development while helping maintain the natural taste and aroma of the crop.
Flowering represents a major change in the plant life cycle. Vegetative development begins to reduce and the plant increasingly directs its resources towards generative growth, including the formation of flowers and eventually fruits.
B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator is introduced as the plant begins forming flowers. Atami describes it as helping kick-start the bloom phase, making flowering more intense and supporting a longer-lasting productive period.
The product is designed to encourage an abundant production of thick and compact flowers while supporting the eventual development of fruits with strong natural taste and aroma.
Bloom Stimulator has almost no NPK value, so its role is different from a base fertiliser or concentrated PK booster. Atami recommends 0.5-1ml/L, giving a 500ml bottle a treatment capacity of approximately 500-1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator?
- Intensifies the flowering period - developed specifically to support plants as they enter generative growth.
- Introduced from flower formation - designed for use as the first flowers begin to develop.
- Supports abundant flowering - encourages productive flower formation throughout bloom.
- Supports thick, compact flowers - a key characteristic highlighted by Atami.
- Supports fruit development - suitable for flowering crops that subsequently develop fruits.
- Supports natural taste & aroma - developed with final crop quality in mind.
- Almost no NPK value - performs a specialist flowering-stimulation role rather than replacing base nutrition.
- Compatible with practically all base nutrients - easy to integrate into a wider feeding programme.
- Optimal with B'cuzz Booster - Atami recommends combining Bloom Stimulator with the appropriate B'cuzz Booster.
- Highly concentrated - applied at only 0.5-1ml/L.
- Suitable for fruiting crops - including peppers, chillies and aubergines.
- Suitable for flowering ornamentals - can also support ornamental flowering plants.
- Excellent coverage - 500ml prepares approximately 500-1,000L of nutrient solution.
- Trade-ready pack size - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 500ml bottles.
Helping kick-start the bloom phase
The transition from vegetative development into flowering is one of the most important stages in the life cycle of a flowering crop.
During vegetative growth, much of the plant's development is concentrated on roots, stems, shoots and leaves. As flowers begin to form, the plant moves increasingly towards generative development.
Atami recommends introducing B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator at this transition point. It is designed to kick-start the bloom phase and help make the flowering period more intense and longer lasting.
Introducing a dedicated bloom stimulator from flower formation allows the feeding programme to respond to this developmental change rather than waiting until the plant is already well into flowering.
Supports thick, compact & abundant flowers
Atami positions B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator specifically around the development of a productive flowering crop.
The manufacturer describes its use as supporting an explosive production of thick and compact flowers, while helping the flowering period become more intense and last longer.
This makes it suitable for ornamental flowering plants as well as fruiting crops where successful flower production forms the foundation for later fruit development.
Bloom Stimulator should therefore be viewed as a specialist generative-stage additive rather than simply another source of mineral nutrition.
Supporting flower & fruit development
Successful flowering is central to the productive potential of many horticultural crops. Once flowers have developed, fruiting crops can progress towards fruit set, development and ripening.
Atami highlights Bloom Stimulator for vegetables and fruits such as bell peppers, chilli peppers and aubergines, as well as flowering ornamental plants.
The product is designed to support generative development while helping flowers and eventual fruits retain their natural taste and aroma.
Final crop performance will also depend on genetics, successful pollination, root health, irrigation, nutrition, light and environmental conditions.
A flowering stimulator, not a PK booster
One of the most important distinctions with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator is that it has almost no NPK value.
This means its primary role is flowering stimulation rather than supplying the main nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium requirements of the crop.
A suitable base nutrient remains responsible for the broader mineral nutrition required by the plant, while Bloom Stimulator provides specialist support for the flowering process.
This distinguishes it from concentrated flowering products such as Blossom Builder Liquid, Bloombastic and Rokzbastic, all of which contribute substantial phosphorus and potassium.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator
Atami recommends applying 0.5-1ml of B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator per litre of water, beginning as flowers start to form.
At this concentration, use 5-10ml for 10L, 25-50ml for 50L, 50-100ml for 100L and 250-500ml for 500L of nutrient solution.
A 500ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 1,000L at 0.5ml/L or 500L at 1ml/L.
Atami advises adding Bloom Stimulator when watering from the point of flower formation. Application strength can be adapted to the requirements of the individual plant or crop.
Consider plant species, crop condition, environment, source water and the wider feeding programme when determining the most appropriate nutrient strength.
Bloom Stimulator & B'cuzz Booster
Atami states that Bloom Stimulator achieves its optimal effect in combination with B'cuzz Booster.
The appropriate Booster can be selected according to the cultivation programme. Coco growers, for example, can integrate the flowering programme alongside B'cuzz Coco Booster Uni.
The Booster and Bloom Stimulator perform complementary roles as the crop transitions from active vegetative development into flowering.
This provides growers with greater control over the transition between developmental stages without relying on a single product to perform every nutritional function.
Compatible with practically all base nutrients
Atami describes B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator as easy to integrate because it can be combined with practically all base nutrients.
The chosen base fertiliser continues to provide the primary mineral nutrition required by the plant while Bloom Stimulator performs its specialist flowering role.
Within the Atami range, it can therefore be incorporated alongside the appropriate base nutrient for soil, coco or hydroponic cultivation.
Always adjust the complete feeding programme to the crop and growing conditions rather than assuming every species requires identical nutrient strength.
Bloom Stimulator vs Coco Bloom Stimulator
Both products are designed to support flowering, but they are positioned for different cultivation programmes.
B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator is the broader flowering stimulator that Atami describes as compatible with practically all base nutrients.
B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator is specifically developed for flowering plants cultivated in coco and coco-based substrates.
Growers following Atami's dedicated coco programme can therefore use Coco Bloom Stimulator, while the standard Bloom Stimulator provides a flexible flowering option across wider nutrient programmes.
Bloom Stimulator vs Blossom Builder Liquid
Bloom Stimulator and Blossom Builder Liquid both have roles during flowering but perform fundamentally different functions.
B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator has almost no NPK value and is introduced from flower formation to stimulate and intensify bloom.
Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK 18-23 flowering product that supplies significant phosphorus and potassium as generative development progresses.
Atami recommends the two products as a compatible combination, allowing flowering stimulation and concentrated PK nutrition to perform complementary roles.
Bloom Stimulator vs Bloombastic
Bloom Stimulator and Bloombastic occupy different positions within a flowering programme.
Bloom Stimulator is introduced from flower formation to stimulate and intensify the flowering process.
Bloombastic is Atami's concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive, primarily intended for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening.
This means Bloom Stimulator can support the establishment and progression of flowering before a later-stage finishing product is introduced where appropriate.
Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator 500ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Bloom Stimulator |
| Product type | Concentrated flowering stimulator |
| Size | 500ml |
| Primary function | Flowering & generative development stimulation |
| Application stage | From flower formation onwards |
| NPK value | Almost no NPK value |
| Key benefits | Supports intense flowering, thick compact flowers, fruit development, taste & aroma |
| Dosage | 0.5-1ml/L |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 500-1,000L depending on dosage |
| Recommended combination | Appropriate B'cuzz Booster |
| Base nutrient compatibility | Can be combined with practically all base nutrients |
| Example crops | Bell peppers, chilli peppers, aubergines & flowering ornamentals |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 500ml bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator 500ml FAQs
What does Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator do?
It is a specialist flowering additive designed to kick-start and intensify bloom, supporting abundant production of thick, compact flowers and subsequent fruit development.
When should I start using B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator?
Atami recommends introducing Bloom Stimulator as the plant begins forming flowers, at the transition into the main flowering phase.
How much B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator should I use?
Atami recommends 0.5-1ml/L. A 500ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 500-1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Is B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator a PK booster?
No. Atami states that Bloom Stimulator has almost no NPK value. It performs a specialist flowering-stimulation role rather than supplying concentrated phosphorus and potassium.
Do I still need a base nutrient with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Bloom Stimulator is not a complete base fertiliser. It is designed to complement the main nutrient programme while providing specialist flowering support.
Can Bloom Stimulator be used with B'cuzz Booster?
Yes. Atami specifically states that Bloom Stimulator achieves its optimal effect when combined with B'cuzz Booster.
Does Bloom Stimulator support compact flowers?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights the production of thick and compact flowers as one of the product's intended benefits.
Can Bloom Stimulator be used on fruiting plants?
Yes. Atami gives bell peppers, chilli peppers and aubergines as examples of suitable fruiting crops.
Can Bloom Stimulator be used on ornamental plants?
Yes. It can also be used with flowering ornamental plants where enhanced flowering is required.
Does Bloom Stimulator support taste and aroma?
Yes. Atami describes Bloom Stimulator as supporting flowers and eventual fruits with strong natural taste and smell.
What is the difference between Bloom Stimulator and Blossom Builder Liquid?
Bloom Stimulator has almost no NPK value and focuses on flowering stimulation. Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK 18-23 product supplying phosphorus and potassium during generative development. Atami recommends them as complementary products.
What is the difference between Bloom Stimulator and Bloombastic?
Bloom Stimulator is introduced from flower formation to intensify bloom, while Bloombastic is a concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive intended primarily for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening.
How many 500ml bottles are in an outer case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 500ml bottles.
Atami B’cuzz Bloom Stimulator 250ml - Flowering & Fruit Development Stimulator
0
£0.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B’cuzz Bloom Stimulator 250ml - Flowering & Fruit Development Stimulator
0
£0.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator 250ml is a highly concentrated flowering stimulator designed to intensify the bloom period, supporting abundant flower formation, thick compact flowers and productive fruit development while helping maintain the natural taste and aroma of the crop.
Flowering represents a major change in the plant life cycle. Vegetative development begins to reduce and the plant increasingly directs its resources towards generative growth, including the formation of flowers and eventually fruits.
B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator is introduced as the plant begins forming flowers. Atami describes it as helping kick-start the bloom phase, making flowering more intense and supporting a longer-lasting productive period.
The product is designed to encourage an abundant production of thick and compact flowers while supporting the eventual development of fruits with strong natural taste and aroma.
Bloom Stimulator has almost no NPK value, so its role differs from a base fertiliser or concentrated PK booster. Atami recommends 0.5-1ml/L, giving a 250ml bottle a treatment capacity of approximately 250-500 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator?
- Intensifies the flowering period - developed specifically to support plants as they enter generative growth.
- Introduced from flower formation - designed for use as the first flowers begin to develop.
- Supports abundant flowering - encourages productive flower formation throughout bloom.
- Supports thick, compact flowers - a key characteristic highlighted by Atami.
- Supports fruit development - suitable for flowering crops that subsequently develop fruits.
- Supports natural taste & aroma - developed with final crop quality in mind.
- Almost no NPK value - performs a specialist flowering-stimulation role rather than replacing base nutrition.
- Compatible with practically all base nutrients - easy to integrate into a wider feeding programme.
- Optimal with B'cuzz Booster - Atami recommends combining Bloom Stimulator with the appropriate B'cuzz Booster.
- Highly concentrated - applied at only 0.5-1ml/L.
- Suitable for fruiting crops - including peppers, chillies and aubergines.
- Suitable for flowering ornamentals - can also support ornamental flowering plants.
- Excellent coverage - 250ml prepares approximately 250-500L of nutrient solution.
- Trade-ready pack size - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 250ml bottles.
Helping kick-start the bloom phase
The transition from vegetative development into flowering is one of the most important stages in the life cycle of a flowering crop.
During vegetative growth, much of the plant's development is concentrated on roots, stems, shoots and leaves. As flowers begin to form, the plant moves increasingly towards generative development.
Atami recommends introducing B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator at this transition point. It is designed to kick-start the bloom phase and help make flowering more intense and longer lasting.
Introducing a dedicated bloom stimulator from flower formation allows the feeding programme to respond to the changing developmental priorities of the plant.
Supports thick, compact & abundant flowers
Atami positions B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator specifically around the development of a productive flowering crop.
The manufacturer describes its use as supporting an explosive production of thick and compact flowers, while helping the flowering period become more intense and last longer.
This makes it suitable for ornamental flowering plants as well as fruiting crops where successful flower production forms the foundation for later fruit development.
Bloom Stimulator should therefore be viewed as a specialist generative-stage additive rather than simply another source of mineral nutrition.
Supporting flower & fruit development
Successful flowering is central to the productive potential of many horticultural crops. Once flowers have developed, fruiting crops can progress towards fruit set, development and ripening.
Atami highlights Bloom Stimulator for vegetables and fruits such as bell peppers, chilli peppers and aubergines, as well as flowering ornamental plants.
The product is designed to support generative development while helping flowers and eventual fruits retain their natural taste and aroma.
Final crop performance will also depend on genetics, successful pollination, root health, irrigation, nutrition, light and environmental conditions.
A flowering stimulator, not a PK booster
One of the most important distinctions with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator is that it has almost no NPK value.
This means its primary role is flowering stimulation rather than supplying the main nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium requirements of the crop.
A suitable base nutrient remains responsible for the broader mineral nutrition required by the plant, while Bloom Stimulator provides specialist support for the flowering process.
This distinguishes it from concentrated flowering products such as Blossom Builder Liquid, Bloombastic and Rokzbastic, which contribute significant phosphorus and potassium.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator
Atami recommends applying 0.5-1ml of B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator per litre of water, beginning as flowers start to form.
At this concentration, use 5-10ml for 10L, 25-50ml for 50L, 50-100ml for 100L and 125-250ml for 250L of nutrient solution.
A 250ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 500L at 0.5ml/L or 250L at 1ml/L.
Atami advises adding Bloom Stimulator when watering from the point of flower formation. Application strength can be adapted to the requirements of the individual plant or crop.
Consider plant species, crop condition, environment, source water and the wider feeding programme when determining the most appropriate nutrient strength.
Bloom Stimulator & B'cuzz Booster
Atami states that Bloom Stimulator achieves its optimal effect in combination with B'cuzz Booster.
The appropriate Booster can be selected according to the cultivation programme. The products perform complementary roles as the crop transitions from active vegetative development into flowering.
This provides growers with greater control over the transition between developmental stages without relying on a single product to perform every nutritional function.
Compatible with practically all base nutrients
Atami describes B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator as easy to integrate because it can be combined with practically all base nutrients.
The chosen base fertiliser continues to provide the primary mineral nutrition required by the plant while Bloom Stimulator performs its specialist flowering role.
Within the Atami range, it can therefore be incorporated alongside the appropriate base nutrient for the chosen cultivation method.
Always adjust the complete feeding programme to the crop and growing conditions rather than assuming every species requires identical nutrient strength.
Bloom Stimulator vs Coco Bloom Stimulator
Both products are designed to support flowering, but they are positioned for different cultivation programmes.
B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator is the broader flowering stimulator that Atami describes as compatible with practically all base nutrients.
B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator is specifically developed for flowering plants cultivated in coco and coco-based substrates.
Growers following Atami's dedicated coco programme can therefore use Coco Bloom Stimulator, while the standard Bloom Stimulator provides a flexible option across wider feeding programmes.
Bloom Stimulator vs Blossom Builder Liquid
Bloom Stimulator and Blossom Builder Liquid both have roles during flowering but perform fundamentally different functions.
B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator has almost no NPK value and is introduced from flower formation to stimulate and intensify bloom.
Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK 18-23 flowering product that supplies significant phosphorus and potassium as generative development progresses.
Atami recommends the two products as a compatible combination, allowing flowering stimulation and concentrated PK nutrition to perform complementary roles.
Bloom Stimulator vs Bloombastic
Bloom Stimulator and Bloombastic occupy different positions within a flowering programme.
Bloom Stimulator is introduced from flower formation to stimulate and intensify the flowering process.
Bloombastic is Atami's concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive, primarily intended for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening.
Bloom Stimulator can therefore support flowering from its early formation, while a later-stage finishing product can be introduced as the crop approaches maturity where appropriate.
Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Bloom Stimulator |
| Product type | Concentrated flowering stimulator |
| Size | 250ml |
| Primary function | Flowering & generative development stimulation |
| Application stage | From flower formation onwards |
| NPK value | Almost no NPK value |
| Key benefits | Supports intense flowering, thick compact flowers, fruit development, taste & aroma |
| Dosage | 0.5-1ml/L |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 250-500L depending on dosage |
| Recommended combination | Appropriate B'cuzz Booster |
| Base nutrient compatibility | Can be combined with practically all base nutrients |
| Example crops | Bell peppers, chilli peppers, aubergines & flowering ornamentals |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator 250ml FAQs
What does Atami B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator do?
It is a specialist flowering additive designed to kick-start and intensify bloom, supporting abundant production of thick, compact flowers and subsequent fruit development.
When should I start using B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator?
Atami recommends introducing it as the plant begins forming flowers, at the transition into the main flowering phase.
How much B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator should I use?
Atami recommends 0.5-1ml/L. A 250ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 250-500 litres of nutrient solution.
Is B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator a PK booster?
No. Atami states that Bloom Stimulator has almost no NPK value. Its primary role is flowering stimulation rather than supplying concentrated phosphorus and potassium.
Do I still need a base nutrient with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Bloom Stimulator is not a complete base fertiliser. It is designed to complement the main nutrient programme while providing specialist flowering support.
Can Bloom Stimulator be used with B'cuzz Booster?
Yes. Atami specifically states that Bloom Stimulator achieves its optimal effect in combination with B'cuzz Booster.
Does Bloom Stimulator support compact flowers?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights the production of thick and compact flowers as one of the product's intended benefits.
Can Bloom Stimulator be used on fruiting plants?
Yes. Atami gives bell peppers, chilli peppers and aubergines as examples of suitable fruiting crops.
Can Bloom Stimulator be used on ornamental plants?
Yes. It can also be used with flowering ornamental plants where enhanced flowering is required.
Does Bloom Stimulator support taste and aroma?
Yes. Atami describes Bloom Stimulator as supporting flowers and eventual fruits with strong natural taste and smell.
What is the difference between Bloom Stimulator and Blossom Builder Liquid?
Bloom Stimulator has almost no NPK value and focuses on flowering stimulation. Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK 18-23 product supplying phosphorus and potassium during generative development.
What is the difference between Bloom Stimulator and Bloombastic?
Bloom Stimulator is introduced from flower formation to intensify bloom, while Bloombastic is a concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive intended primarily for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening.
How many 250ml bottles are in an outer case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles.
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L - Two-Part Hydroponic Bloom Base Nutrient
528
£5.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L - Two-Part Hydroponic Bloom Base Nutrient
528
£5.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for the flowering phase of plants grown in hydroponic systems, supplying the primary NPK nutrition required for strong and efficient bloom development.
AWA Max is the flowering-stage nutrient within Atami's ATA hydroponic programme. Its mineral nutrition is proportioned specifically around the requirements of plants as they move into generative growth and concentrate increasingly on flower and fruit development.
The two-part formulation consists of AWA Max A, with an NK analysis of 3-6 W/W, and AWA Max B, with a PK analysis of 5-3 W/W. Together they provide complementary nutrition for hydroponically grown flowering crops.
AWA Max also has pH-regulating properties, designed to reduce the amount of adjustment normally required when managing a hydroponic nutrient solution. Atami also states that the prepared nutrient solution can be used more than once, making the product particularly relevant to recirculating hydroponic cultivation.
The general application rate is 1-4ml/L of A plus 1-4ml/L of B, allowing the final concentration to be adapted to the crop, its stage of development and the growing environment.
Why choose Atami ATA AWA Max A&B?
- Hydroponic bloom base nutrient - specifically developed for flowering plants grown in hydro systems.
- Two-part A&B formulation - separates reactive mineral components until they are diluted into the nutrient solution.
- AWA Max A: NK 3-6 W/W - provides nitrogen and potassium as part of the complementary two-part formulation.
- AWA Max B: PK 5-3 W/W - supplies phosphorus and potassium for flowering-stage nutrition.
- Balanced for the bloom phase - primary nutrients are proportioned around the demands of generative development.
- pH-regulating properties - designed to reduce the need for repeated pH adjustment.
- Supports chlorophyll production - an important part of maintaining healthy plant function.
- Reusable nutrient solution - Atami states that the prepared solution can be used more than once.
- Suitable for all watering systems - designed for flexible use across hydroponic irrigation systems.
- Adjustable concentration - use 1-4ml/L of A and 1-4ml/L of B according to crop requirements.
- Suitable for edible crops - examples include aubergines, sage and basil.
- Suitable for ornamentals - Atami also lists plants including Anthurium, Lavender, Gerbera and Pilea.
- Forms the flowering base of the ATA hydro programme - designed to follow AWA Leaves as the crop moves from vegetative growth into flowering.
Developed specifically for hydroponic flowering
ATA AWA Max A&B is not a general soil or coco fertiliser. Atami developed it specifically as a hydroponic base nutrient for the bloom phase.
In hydroponic cultivation, the grower is responsible for supplying the mineral nutrition that would otherwise be available through a growing substrate. The composition and concentration of the nutrient solution therefore play a central role in crop development.
AWA Max provides the primary NPK nutrients in proportions intended for flowering, allowing the nutrient programme to change as the crop moves away from vegetative development and towards generative growth.
This makes it particularly suitable for growers using hydroponic systems who want a dedicated flowering base nutrient rather than relying on the same formulation throughout every crop stage.
Why does AWA Max come in two parts?
AWA Max is supplied as separate A and B concentrates because certain mineral components can react with each other when held together at high concentration.
Keeping these components separate helps maintain their stability in the bottle. They are combined only after being diluted into water.
Never mix concentrated AWA Max A directly with concentrated AWA Max B.
Add the required amount of Part A to the water and mix thoroughly. Then add the required amount of Part B and mix again.
Atami recommends using water at approximately room temperature, around 21°C, for best results.
AWA Max A & B nutrient analysis
The two bottles are complementary components of one feeding system rather than separate grow and bloom fertilisers.
ATA AWA Max A has an NK analysis of 3-6 W/W, while ATA AWA Max B has a PK analysis of 5-3 W/W.
When diluted correctly into the same nutrient solution, the two components provide the primary mineral nutrition required by the crop during flowering.
Both components should therefore be used together at the appropriate concentration. Part A should not be substituted for Part B, or vice versa.
pH-regulating hydroponic nutrition
One of the distinguishing characteristics of ATA AWA Max is its pH-regulating formulation.
Maintaining an appropriate root-zone pH is important in hydroponic cultivation because nutrient availability can be affected when the solution moves outside the suitable range for the crop.
Atami designed AWA Max so that the nutrient solution requires fewer pH corrections, helping simplify reservoir management.
Growers should still monitor their nutrient solution, particularly where source-water chemistry, additives, crop uptake or recirculation can influence pH over time.
Suitable for recirculating hydroponic systems
Atami states that the AWA Max nutrient solution can be used more than once, making it particularly useful for recirculating hydroponic systems.
In these systems, unused nutrient solution returns to the reservoir rather than being discarded after a single irrigation event.
Reservoir EC, pH, water level and general solution quality should still be monitored because plants remove water and individual nutrients at different rates.
Good reservoir hygiene and appropriate irrigation-system maintenance remain important when repeatedly circulating nutrient solution.
How to use Atami ATA AWA Max A&B
Atami's general dosage is 1-4ml of AWA Max A plus 1-4ml of AWA Max B per litre of water.
For a 10L reservoir this equals 10-40ml of A plus 10-40ml of B. For 50L use 50-200ml of each component, and for 100L use 100-400ml of each component.
Always add the concentrates separately. Add Part A to the reservoir water and mix thoroughly before adding Part B. Never combine undiluted A and B concentrates directly.
Atami's crop guides commonly use AWA Max within the upper part of its dosage range during active flowering, but the manufacturer's 1-4ml/L general specification allows the concentration to be adapted to individual crop requirements.
Monitor the final nutrient strength and adjust according to crop stage, plant health, environmental conditions, source water and any additional supplements being used.
AWA Leaves vs AWA Max
Atami separates its ATA hydroponic base nutrition into formulations for different stages of the crop cycle.
ATA AWA Leaves A&B is the vegetative-stage formulation, developed to provide primary NPK nutrition during plant growth.
ATA AWA Max A&B is the flowering-stage formulation, with its primary nutrients proportioned for bloom and generative development.
Growers following the complete ATA hydro programme can therefore transition from AWA Leaves to AWA Max as the crop moves from vegetative growth into flowering.
Using AWA Max with the wider Atami programme
AWA Max provides the base flowering nutrition within Atami's ATA hydroponic programme and can be combined with appropriate specialist additives according to crop stage and requirements.
Atami's hydro grow guides show AWA Max used alongside products such as Atazyme and Silic Boost, with specialist flowering products such as Bloombastic or Rokzbastic introduced where appropriate.
When additional nutrients or concentrated flowering additives are used, consider their contribution to the final EC rather than treating each product independently.
Manufacturer grow guides should be treated as starting points and adapted to the plant species, environmental conditions and response of the crop.
AWA Max A&B vs B'cuzz Hydro A&B
Both products are mineral base nutrients designed for hydroponic cultivation, but they belong to different Atami feeding programmes.
AWA Max A&B belongs to the ATA range and is specifically positioned as the flowering-stage base nutrient, normally following AWA Leaves during the vegetative phase.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B belongs to the B'cuzz range and is designed as a two-part hydroponic base nutrient that can be used throughout the crop cycle.
AWA Max is therefore particularly suited to growers following Atami's stage-specific ATA hydroponic programme.
What plants can ATA AWA Max be used for?
Atami describes AWA Max as a universal hydroponic nutrient suitable for a broad range of flowering and productive crops.
Manufacturer examples include aubergines, sage and basil, together with indoor and potted ornamental plants such as Anthurium, Lavender, Gerbera and Pilea.
The final dosage should be adjusted to the requirements of the individual crop rather than assuming every species requires the same nutrient concentration.
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | AWA Max A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral hydroponic base nutrient |
| Crop stage | Flowering / bloom phase |
| Growing method | Hydroponics |
| Pack size | 1L A + 1L B |
| Total concentrate supplied | 2L |
| AWA Max A analysis | NK 3-6 W/W |
| AWA Max B analysis | PK 5-3 W/W |
| General dosage | 1-4ml/L A + 1-4ml/L B |
| 10L reservoir | 10-40ml A + 10-40ml B |
| 50L reservoir | 50-200ml A + 50-200ml B |
| 100L reservoir | 100-400ml A + 100-400ml B |
| Approximate solution from each 1L component | 250-1,000L depending on dosage |
| Mixing | Dilute A into water first, mix thoroughly, then add B |
| Recommended water temperature | Approximately 21°C |
| pH regulation | pH-regulating formulation designed to reduce adjustment requirements |
| Recirculation | Prepared nutrient solution can be used more than once |
| Irrigation compatibility | Suitable for all watering systems |
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA AWA Max A&B?
AWA Max A&B is Atami's two-part ATA base nutrient developed specifically for the flowering phase of plants grown in hydroponic systems.
Is AWA Max designed for flowering?
Yes. Atami specifically formulates AWA Max for the bloom phase, with its primary NPK nutrients proportioned around flowering and generative development.
What is the nutrient analysis of AWA Max A&B?
AWA Max A has an NK analysis of 3-6 W/W, while AWA Max B has a PK analysis of 5-3 W/W.
How much AWA Max A&B should I use?
Atami's general recommendation is 1-4ml/L of Part A plus 1-4ml/L of Part B. Adjust the final concentration to the crop, environment and complete feeding programme.
Can I mix AWA Max A and B concentrates together?
No. Never mix the concentrated A and B products directly. Add Part A to water and mix thoroughly before adding Part B.
Why is AWA Max supplied in two bottles?
Certain mineral components can react with one another at high concentration. Keeping A and B separate prevents these reactions until the nutrients have been diluted into water.
Does AWA Max regulate pH?
Yes. Atami describes AWA Max as having pH-regulating properties designed to reduce the amount of pH adjustment normally required. Reservoir pH should still be monitored.
Can AWA Max be used in a recirculating hydroponic system?
Yes. Atami states that the prepared nutrient solution can be used more than once, making AWA Max suitable for recirculating hydroponic applications.
What is the difference between AWA Leaves and AWA Max?
AWA Leaves A&B is formulated for vegetative growth, while AWA Max A&B is formulated for flowering. They form the growth and bloom base nutrients within Atami's ATA hydroponic programme.
Is AWA Max the same as B'cuzz Hydro A&B?
No. Both are hydroponic base nutrients, but AWA Max belongs to Atami's ATA programme and is specifically formulated for flowering, while B'cuzz Hydro A&B belongs to the B'cuzz programme and is designed for use throughout the crop cycle.
Can AWA Max be used with Bloombastic?
Yes. Atami includes AWA Max and Bloombastic together in its hydroponic grow guides. Monitor the complete nutrient strength and adjust the programme to the requirements of the crop.
Can AWA Max be used with Rokzbastic?
Yes. Atami also publishes hydroponic programmes combining AWA Max with Rokzbastic during appropriate flowering and ripening stages.
What temperature water should I use with AWA Max?
Atami recommends using water at approximately room temperature, around 21°C, when preparing the nutrient solution.
What plants can be fed with AWA Max?
Atami lists crops including aubergines, sage and basil, together with flowering and potted plants such as Anthurium, Lavender, Gerbera and Pilea. Dosage should be adapted to the individual crop.
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
3410
£34.10
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
3410
£34.10
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L is an NPK-free enzyme additive designed to break down old and dead root material, help maintain a cleaner and more aerated root environment and make valuable minerals and sugars from decomposing organic material available within the growing medium.
Healthy roots depend on more than nutrient concentration alone. As a crop develops, older roots naturally die back and organic root material can accumulate within the growing medium. Atazyme uses enzymes to support the breakdown of this material.
Enzymes act as biological catalysts, helping accelerate biochemical reactions without functioning as conventional NPK fertilisers themselves. By helping clear old root material, Atazyme supports a cleaner, more open root environment throughout the crop cycle.
Atami recommends Atazyme for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation. It can be incorporated alongside the normal nutrient programme during both vegetative growth and flowering and is particularly useful where growing media are being partially reused.
Atazyme is used at 1-3ml/L and has very little effect on the EC of the nutrient solution. A 5L container can therefore prepare approximately 1,667-5,000 litres of solution, depending on the concentration used.
Why choose Atami ATA Atazyme?
- Enzyme-based root-zone additive - uses enzymes to support biochemical processes within the growing medium.
- Breaks down old root material - helps decompose old and dead roots remaining within the substrate.
- Supports a cleaner root environment - helps prevent unnecessary dead root material accumulating around actively growing roots.
- Helps improve substrate aeration - removing decomposing root material helps maintain a more open growing medium.
- Supports healthy root development - a well-aerated root environment provides better conditions for continued root growth.
- Releases minerals & sugars - breakdown of old root material makes valuable materials available within the root environment.
- Very little effect on EC - useful alongside an established nutrient programme without substantially increasing nutrient strength.
- NPK-free - performs an enzyme and substrate-conditioning role rather than replacing base fertiliser.
- Suitable for soil - can be incorporated into soil and peat-based growing programmes.
- Suitable for coco - useful throughout coco cultivation alongside the normal nutrient programme.
- Suitable for hydroponics - compatible with hydroponic cultivation and nutrient solutions.
- Growth & flowering use - designed for continued use through the vegetative and generative stages.
- Useful when reusing substrates - particularly effective where growing media are being partially reused.
- Commercial 5L format - provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 1,667-5,000L of solution.
What do enzymes do in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. Rather than functioning as a conventional source of NPK nutrition, they help accelerate processes that would otherwise occur more slowly.
In the case of Atazyme, one of the most important functions is supporting the decomposition of old and dead root material within the growing medium.
Root systems are constantly developing. New roots and root hairs form while older tissue naturally becomes less active and eventually dies. This material can remain within the substrate unless it is broken down.
Atazyme supports this breakdown process, helping keep the environment surrounding the active root system cleaner and more open.
Breaks down old & dead root material
Atami specifically formulates Atazyme to help break down old and dead root material in the substrate.
This process has two important consequences. First, minerals and sugars contained within decomposing root material can become available within the growing environment.
Secondly, clearing old root material helps create more space within the substrate, contributing to a lighter and better-aerated root environment.
This is useful throughout a crop cycle, particularly once the root system has become extensive and natural root turnover is taking place throughout the container or growing system.
Helps maintain an airy growing medium
Good root-zone aeration is fundamental to healthy plant development. Roots require access to oxygen as well as water and mineral nutrition.
By helping remove old root material from the substrate, Atazyme contributes to maintaining a more open structure around the active root system.
Atami links this improved aeration with better root development and a healthier root environment.
Atazyme does not replace good irrigation practice or the physical drainage characteristics of the substrate, but it can form an important part of ongoing root-zone management.
NPK-free with minimal effect on EC
ATA Atazyme is an NPK-free additive. It is not intended to replace a complete base nutrient or supply the primary nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium required by the crop.
Instead, its role centres on enzyme activity, decomposition of old root material and maintenance of the growing environment.
Atami states that adding Atazyme to the nutrient solution hardly affects its EC value.
This makes it particularly useful within established feeding programmes where growers want the benefits of an enzyme additive without substantially increasing the overall mineral concentration of the nutrient solution.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
Atazyme is a versatile additive that Atami recommends alongside normal nutrition in soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
In soil and peat-based substrates it supports the breakdown of old root material and helps maintain an aerated root environment.
In coco it can be incorporated alongside the normal coco base nutrient and crop-stage additives throughout the cycle.
In hydroponic programmes it provides enzyme activity without acting as another high-EC fertiliser, making it straightforward to incorporate alongside mineral base nutrition.
How to use Atami ATA Atazyme
Atami recommends using 1-3ml of Atazyme per litre of water. It can be used alongside the regular nutrient programme throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
The manufacturer recommends using Atazyme approximately once per week throughout the growing and flowering cycle, with the exact concentration adjusted to suit the individual plant or crop.
At 1-3ml/L, use 10-30ml for 10L, 50-150ml for 50L, 100-300ml for 100L, 500ml-1.5L for 500L and 1-3L for 1,000L of solution.
A 5L container prepares approximately 5,000L at 1ml/L, 2,500L at 2ml/L or 1,667L at 3ml/L.
Atami's grow guides are intended as starting points. Final application should take account of the crop, growing medium, environmental conditions and wider nutrient programme.
Enzyme support throughout the crop cycle
Atazyme is not restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. Atami recommends its use throughout both stages.
This reflects the fact that root turnover continues as plants develop. Even while the visible part of the plant is concentrating on flowering and fruit development, the root environment remains fundamental to water and nutrient uptake.
Atazyme can therefore remain part of the feeding programme as the crop moves from active vegetative development into flowering and ripening.
Useful when reusing growing substrates
Atami specifically highlights Atazyme as being very effective when partially reusing growing substrates.
Used growing media can contain significant amounts of old root material from the previous crop. Supporting the decomposition of this material can help prepare the root environment for subsequent planting.
Atazyme should not be viewed as a substitute for assessing the physical condition, salinity, nutrient status or hygiene of a used substrate. However, its enzyme activity makes it particularly relevant where suitable media are being responsibly reused.
Using Atazyme with Atami nutrients
Atazyme is designed as an addition to the normal nutrient programme, rather than a replacement for base fertiliser.
Atami incorporates Atazyme into a range of its feeding programmes, including soil, coco and hydroponic schedules.
This means it can be combined with the appropriate Atami base nutrient and crop-stage additives while performing its own specialist enzyme function in the root environment.
Because Atazyme contributes very little to EC, it can be incorporated without the substantial nutrient-strength increase associated with concentrated NPK or PK products.
5L Atazyme for larger growing systems
The 5L format is particularly suitable for commercial growers, larger reservoirs and growers using Atazyme regularly across multiple crops.
Its concentrated 1-3ml/L application rate provides substantial coverage from each container.
At the middle 2ml/L concentration, one 5L container is sufficient to prepare approximately 2,500 litres of solution.
At the lower 1ml/L concentration, the same container can prepare approximately 5,000 litres.
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | Atazyme |
| Product type | Enzyme-based root & substrate additive |
| Size | 5L |
| Primary function | Breakdown of old and dead root material & root-zone conditioning |
| NPK | NPK-free |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Crop stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Dosage | 1-3ml/L |
| Typical frequency | Approximately once per week throughout growth & flowering |
| 10L solution | 10-30ml |
| 50L solution | 50-150ml |
| 100L solution | 100-300ml |
| 500L solution | 500ml-1.5L |
| 1,000L solution | 1-3L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 1,667-5,000L depending on dosage |
| Effect on EC | Very little effect on nutrient-solution EC |
| Substrate reuse | Particularly useful when suitable growing media are being partially reused |
| Example crops | Beans, thyme, oregano, basil, radish sprouts, sorrel sprouts & other fruit, vegetable and herb crops |
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L FAQs
What does Atami Atazyme do?
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive that helps break down old and dead root material, releasing valuable materials from decomposing roots and helping maintain a cleaner, more aerated growing medium.
What are enzymes used for in plant growing?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. In Atazyme, their principal role is supporting the breakdown of old root material within the growing environment.
How much Atazyme should I use?
Atami recommends 1-3ml/L. A 5L container therefore prepares approximately 1,667-5,000 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
How often should Atazyme be used?
Atami recommends using it approximately once a week throughout the vegetative and flowering stages, with the dosage adapted to the requirements of the crop.
Can Atazyme be used in coco?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for coco cultivation and can be incorporated alongside the normal coco nutrient programme.
Can Atazyme be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends Atazyme for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco.
Can Atazyme be used in soil?
Yes. Atazyme can be used in soil and peat-based growing media, where its enzyme activity helps break down old root material and maintain the root environment.
Does Atazyme contain NPK fertiliser?
No. Atazyme is NPK-free and is not intended to replace the crop's normal base nutrient.
Does Atazyme increase EC?
Atami states that Atazyme has very little effect on the EC value of the nutrient solution, making it straightforward to incorporate into an established feeding programme.
Can Atazyme be used during flowering?
Yes. Atami recommends Atazyme throughout both the vegetative and flowering stages.
Can Atazyme help when reusing growing media?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights Atazyme as effective when substrates are being partially reused because its enzymes help break down old root material remaining in the growing medium.
Does Atazyme replace a root stimulator?
No. Atazyme primarily performs an enzyme and root-zone conditioning role. A root stimulator is formulated specifically to support new root development, so the two product types perform different functions.
Can Atazyme be used with other Atami nutrients?
Yes. Atami includes Atazyme across several of its soil, coco and hydroponic feeding programmes alongside base nutrients and appropriate crop-stage additives.
Why choose the 5L Atazyme size?
The 5L container is well suited to larger reservoirs, regular users and commercial growing systems. Depending on dosage, it can prepare approximately 1,667-5,000L of solution.
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
700
£7.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
700
£7.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L is an NPK-free enzyme additive designed to break down old and dead root material, help maintain a cleaner and more aerated root environment and make valuable minerals and sugars from decomposing organic material available within the growing medium.
Healthy roots depend on more than nutrient concentration alone. As plants develop, older roots naturally die back and organic root material can accumulate within the growing medium. Atazyme uses enzymes to support the breakdown of this material and help maintain favourable conditions around the active root system.
Enzymes act as biological catalysts, accelerating biochemical reactions without functioning as conventional NPK fertilisers. By helping decompose old root material, Atazyme supports a cleaner and more open growing environment throughout the crop cycle.
Atami recommends Atazyme for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation. It can be incorporated alongside the normal nutrient programme during both vegetative growth and flowering and is particularly useful where suitable growing media are being partially reused.
Atazyme is used at 1-3ml/L and has very little effect on the EC of the nutrient solution. A 1L bottle can therefore prepare approximately 333-1,000 litres of solution, depending on the concentration used.
Why choose Atami ATA Atazyme?
- Enzyme-based root-zone additive - uses enzymes to support biochemical processes within the growing medium.
- Breaks down old root material - helps decompose old and dead roots remaining within the substrate.
- Supports a cleaner root environment - helps prevent unnecessary dead root material accumulating around actively growing roots.
- Helps maintain substrate aeration - decomposition of old root material helps keep the growing environment more open.
- Supports continued root development - a well-aerated root zone provides better conditions for healthy root growth.
- Releases minerals & sugars - decomposition makes valuable materials from old roots available within the growing environment.
- Very little effect on EC - useful alongside an established nutrient programme without substantially increasing nutrient strength.
- NPK-free - performs an enzyme and substrate-conditioning role rather than replacing base fertiliser.
- Suitable for soil - can be incorporated into soil and peat-based growing programmes.
- Suitable for coco - useful throughout coco cultivation alongside the normal nutrient programme.
- Suitable for hydroponics - compatible with hydroponic cultivation and nutrient solutions.
- Growth & flowering use - suitable throughout vegetative and generative development.
- Useful when reusing substrates - particularly relevant where suitable growing media are being partially reused.
- Trade-ready pack size - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
What do enzymes do in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. Rather than functioning as a conventional source of NPK nutrition, they help accelerate processes that would otherwise occur more slowly.
In Atazyme, one of the most important functions is supporting the decomposition of old and dead root material within the growing medium.
Root systems are constantly developing. New roots and root hairs form while older tissue naturally becomes less active and eventually dies. This material can remain within the substrate unless it is broken down.
Atazyme supports this breakdown process, helping maintain a cleaner and more open environment around the active root system.
Breaks down old & dead root material
Atami specifically formulates Atazyme to help break down old and dead root material in the substrate.
As this material is decomposed, minerals and sugars contained within the old roots can become available within the growing environment.
Clearing old root material also helps create more space within the substrate, contributing to a lighter and better-aerated root zone.
This becomes increasingly relevant as a crop matures and the root system has extensively colonised the available growing medium.
Helps maintain an airy growing medium
Root-zone aeration is fundamental to healthy plant development because roots require access to oxygen as well as water and mineral nutrition.
By supporting the breakdown of old root material, Atazyme helps maintain a more open structure around actively growing roots.
Atami associates this improved root environment with better root development and continued plant health.
Atazyme does not replace correct irrigation, drainage or an appropriately structured growing medium, but it provides useful ongoing support for root-zone management.
NPK-free with minimal effect on EC
ATA Atazyme is an NPK-free additive. It does not replace a complete base fertiliser or supply the primary nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium requirements of the crop.
Its role centres on enzyme activity, decomposition of old root material and maintenance of the growing environment.
Atami states that adding Atazyme to the nutrient solution hardly affects its EC value.
This makes Atazyme particularly useful within established feeding programmes where growers want enzyme support without substantially increasing the overall mineral concentration of the nutrient solution.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
Atazyme is a versatile additive suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
In soil and peat-based substrates it supports the breakdown of old root material while helping maintain an aerated growing environment.
In coco it can be incorporated alongside the normal coco base nutrient and crop-stage additives throughout the growing cycle.
In hydroponic programmes it provides enzyme activity without acting as another high-EC fertiliser, allowing it to complement the normal mineral nutrient solution.
How to use Atami ATA Atazyme
Atami recommends using 1-3ml of Atazyme per litre of water. It can be used alongside the regular nutrient programme throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
At the recommended concentration, use 10-30ml for 10L, 50-150ml for 50L and 100-300ml for 100L of solution.
A 1L bottle prepares approximately 1,000L at 1ml/L, 500L at 2ml/L or 333L at 3ml/L.
Atami recommends regular use through the crop cycle. Final application should be adapted to the crop, growing medium, environmental conditions and wider feeding programme.
Enzyme support throughout growth & flowering
Atazyme is not restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. Its root-zone function remains relevant throughout the crop cycle.
Root turnover continues as plants develop. Even when the visible parts of the crop are concentrating heavily on flower and fruit production, the root system remains responsible for water and nutrient uptake.
Atazyme can therefore remain part of the programme as the crop progresses from active vegetative development into flowering and ripening.
Useful when reusing growing substrates
Atami highlights Atazyme as being particularly effective when partially reusing growing substrates.
Used growing media can contain significant amounts of root material from the previous crop. Supporting the decomposition of this material can help improve the root environment before and during subsequent cultivation.
Atazyme does not make every used substrate automatically suitable for another crop. Physical structure, salinity, nutrient status, disease risk and general hygiene should also be considered before a growing medium is reused.
Using Atazyme with Atami nutrients
Atazyme is designed as an addition to the normal nutrient programme, rather than a replacement for base fertiliser.
Atami incorporates Atazyme into soil, coco and hydroponic feeding programmes, allowing it to work alongside the appropriate base nutrient and specialist crop-stage additives.
This means growers can maintain the primary mineral nutrition required by the crop while Atazyme performs its specialist enzyme function within the root environment.
Because it contributes very little to EC, it can be incorporated without the substantial nutrient-strength increase associated with concentrated NPK or PK fertilisers.
Practical 1L enzyme treatment
The 1L format provides a useful balance between treatment capacity and convenient handling for growers using Atazyme regularly.
Depending on application strength, a single bottle can prepare approximately 333-1,000 litres of solution.
At the middle application rate of 2ml/L, each 1L bottle treats approximately 500 litres.
The 1L format is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, providing 12 litres of Atazyme concentrate per full case.
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | Atazyme |
| Product type | Enzyme-based root & substrate additive |
| Size | 1L |
| Primary function | Breakdown of old and dead root material & root-zone conditioning |
| NPK | NPK-free |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Crop stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Dosage | 1-3ml/L |
| 10L solution | 10-30ml |
| 50L solution | 50-150ml |
| 100L solution | 100-300ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 333-1,000L depending on dosage |
| Effect on EC | Very little effect on nutrient-solution EC |
| Substrate reuse | Particularly useful when suitable growing media are being partially reused |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L FAQs
What does Atami Atazyme do?
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive that helps break down old and dead root material while supporting a cleaner and better-aerated growing environment.
What are enzymes used for in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. In Atazyme, their key role is supporting the decomposition of old root material within the growing medium.
How much Atazyme should I use?
Atami recommends 1-3ml/L. A 1L bottle therefore prepares approximately 333-1,000 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
Can Atazyme be used in coco?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for coco cultivation and can be incorporated alongside the normal coco nutrient programme.
Can Atazyme be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco.
Can Atazyme be used in soil?
Yes. It can be used in soil and peat-based growing media to support decomposition of old roots and maintenance of the root environment.
Does Atazyme contain NPK fertiliser?
No. Atazyme is NPK-free and is designed to complement rather than replace the crop's normal base nutrient.
Does Atazyme increase nutrient EC?
Atami states that Atazyme has very little effect on the EC of the nutrient solution, making it straightforward to integrate into an established feeding programme.
Can Atazyme be used during flowering?
Yes. Atazyme can be used throughout vegetative growth and flowering as root turnover continues throughout the crop cycle.
Can Atazyme help when reusing growing media?
Yes. Atami particularly highlights Atazyme for partially reused growing media because its enzymes help break down old root material remaining within the substrate.
Does Atazyme replace a root stimulator?
No. Atazyme primarily performs an enzyme and root-zone conditioning role, while a root stimulator is formulated specifically to support new root development.
Can Atazyme be used with other Atami nutrients?
Yes. Atazyme is designed to complement the normal nutrient programme and can be incorporated alongside appropriate Atami base nutrients and crop-stage additives.
How many Atazyme 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
5598
£55.98
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
5598
£55.98
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L is an NPK-free enzyme additive designed to break down old and dead root material, help maintain a cleaner and more aerated root environment and make valuable minerals and sugars from decomposing organic material available within the growing medium.
Healthy roots depend on more than nutrient concentration alone. As plants develop, older roots naturally die back and organic root material can accumulate within the growing medium. Atazyme uses enzymes to support the breakdown of this material and help maintain favourable conditions around the active root system.
Enzymes act as biological catalysts, accelerating biochemical reactions without functioning as conventional NPK fertilisers. By helping decompose old root material, Atazyme supports a cleaner and more open growing environment throughout the crop cycle.
Atami recommends Atazyme for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation. It can be incorporated alongside the normal nutrient programme during both vegetative growth and flowering and is particularly useful where suitable growing media are being partially reused.
Applied at 1-3ml/L, the commercial 10L format provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 3,333-10,000 litres of solution, depending on the application strength.
Why choose Atami ATA Atazyme?
- Enzyme-based root-zone additive - supports biochemical processes within the growing medium.
- Breaks down old root material - helps decompose old and dead roots remaining within the substrate.
- Supports a cleaner root environment - helps reduce the accumulation of dead root material around actively growing roots.
- Helps maintain substrate aeration - decomposition of old root material helps keep the growing environment more open.
- Supports continued root development - a well-aerated root environment provides better conditions for healthy root growth.
- Releases minerals & sugars - decomposition makes valuable materials from old roots available within the growing environment.
- Very little effect on EC - useful alongside an established feeding programme without substantially increasing nutrient strength.
- NPK-free - performs an enzyme and substrate-conditioning role rather than replacing base fertiliser.
- Suitable for soil - compatible with soil and peat-based cultivation.
- Suitable for coco - useful throughout coco cultivation alongside the normal nutrient programme.
- Suitable for hydroponics - compatible with hydroponic cultivation and nutrient solutions.
- Growth & flowering use - useful throughout vegetative and generative development.
- Useful when reusing substrates - particularly relevant where suitable growing media are being partially reused.
- Commercial 10L format - ideal for larger reservoirs, multiple crops and regular professional use.
- High treatment capacity - prepares approximately 3,333-10,000L of solution depending on dosage.
What do enzymes do in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. Rather than functioning as a conventional source of NPK nutrition, they help accelerate processes that would otherwise occur more slowly.
In Atazyme, one of the most important functions is supporting the decomposition of old and dead root material within the growing medium.
Root systems are constantly developing. New roots and root hairs form while older tissue naturally becomes less active and eventually dies. This material can remain within the substrate unless it is broken down.
Atazyme supports this breakdown process, helping maintain a cleaner and more open environment around the active root system.
Breaks down old & dead root material
Atami specifically formulates Atazyme to help break down old and dead root material in the substrate.
As this material is decomposed, minerals and sugars contained within the old roots can become available within the growing environment.
Clearing old root material also helps create more space within the substrate, contributing to a lighter and better-aerated root zone.
This becomes increasingly relevant as a crop matures and the root system has extensively colonised the available growing medium.
Helps maintain an airy growing medium
Root-zone aeration is fundamental to healthy plant development because roots require access to oxygen as well as water and mineral nutrition.
By supporting the breakdown of old root material, Atazyme helps maintain a more open structure around actively growing roots.
Atami associates this improved root environment with better root development and continued plant health.
Atazyme does not replace correct irrigation, drainage or an appropriately structured growing medium, but it provides useful ongoing support for root-zone management.
NPK-free with minimal effect on EC
ATA Atazyme is an NPK-free additive. It does not replace a complete base fertiliser or supply the primary nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium requirements of the crop.
Its role centres on enzyme activity, decomposition of old root material and maintenance of the growing environment.
Atami states that adding Atazyme to the nutrient solution hardly affects its EC value.
This makes Atazyme particularly useful within established feeding programmes where growers want enzyme support without substantially increasing the overall mineral concentration of the nutrient solution.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
Atazyme is a versatile enzyme additive suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
In soil and peat-based substrates it supports the breakdown of old root material while helping maintain an aerated growing environment.
In coco it can be incorporated alongside the normal coco base nutrient and crop-stage additives throughout the growing cycle.
In hydroponic programmes it provides enzyme activity without acting as another high-EC fertiliser, allowing it to complement the normal mineral nutrient solution.
How to use Atami ATA Atazyme
Atami recommends using 1-3ml of Atazyme per litre of water. It can be incorporated alongside the regular nutrient programme during vegetative growth and flowering.
At the recommended concentration, use 100-300ml for 100L, 500ml-1.5L for 500L and 1-3L for 1,000L of solution.
A 10L container prepares approximately 10,000L at 1ml/L, 5,000L at 2ml/L or 3,333L at 3ml/L.
Atami recommends regular use throughout the crop cycle. Final application should be adapted to the crop, growing medium, environmental conditions and wider feeding programme.
Enzyme support throughout growth & flowering
Atazyme is not restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. Its root-zone function remains relevant throughout the crop cycle.
Root turnover continues as plants develop. Even when the visible parts of the crop are concentrating heavily on flower and fruit production, the root system remains responsible for water and nutrient uptake.
Atazyme can therefore remain part of the programme as the crop progresses from active vegetative development into flowering and ripening.
Useful when reusing growing substrates
Atami highlights Atazyme as being particularly effective when partially reusing growing substrates.
Used growing media can contain significant amounts of root material from the previous crop. Supporting the decomposition of this material can help improve the root environment before and during subsequent cultivation.
This can be particularly valuable in larger growing operations where appropriate growing media are reused as part of a managed cultivation system.
Atazyme does not make every used substrate automatically suitable for another crop. Physical structure, salinity, nutrient status, disease risk and general hygiene should also be assessed before reuse.
Using Atazyme with Atami nutrients
Atazyme is designed as an addition to the normal nutrient programme, rather than a replacement for base fertiliser.
Atami incorporates Atazyme into soil, coco and hydroponic feeding programmes, allowing it to work alongside the appropriate base nutrient and specialist crop-stage additives.
Growers can therefore maintain the primary mineral nutrition required by the crop while Atazyme performs its specialist enzyme function within the root environment.
Because Atazyme contributes very little to EC, it can be incorporated without the substantial nutrient-strength increase associated with concentrated NPK or PK fertilisers.
10L Atazyme for commercial growing systems
The 10L format is particularly well suited to commercial growers, larger hydroponic reservoirs, multi-zone irrigation systems and businesses using Atazyme regularly across multiple crops.
Its concentrated 1-3ml/L application rate provides substantial treatment capacity from a single container.
At the middle application rate of 2ml/L, one 10L container is sufficient to prepare approximately 5,000 litres of solution.
At the lower 1ml/L concentration, the same container can prepare approximately 10,000 litres, reducing the frequency with which larger growers need to replace enzyme concentrate.
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | Atazyme |
| Product type | Enzyme-based root & substrate additive |
| Size | 10L |
| Primary function | Breakdown of old and dead root material & root-zone conditioning |
| NPK | NPK-free |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Crop stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Dosage | 1-3ml/L |
| 100L solution | 100-300ml |
| 500L solution | 500ml-1.5L |
| 1,000L solution | 1-3L |
| Approximate solution at 1ml/L | 10,000L |
| Approximate solution at 2ml/L | 5,000L |
| Approximate solution at 3ml/L | 3,333L |
| Effect on EC | Very little effect on nutrient-solution EC |
| Substrate reuse | Particularly useful when suitable growing media are being partially reused |
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L FAQs
What does Atami Atazyme do?
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive that helps break down old and dead root material while supporting a cleaner and better-aerated growing environment.
What are enzymes used for in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. In Atazyme, their key role is supporting the decomposition of old root material within the growing medium.
How much Atazyme should I use?
Atami recommends 1-3ml/L. A 10L container therefore prepares approximately 3,333-10,000 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
Can Atazyme be used in coco?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for coco cultivation and can be incorporated alongside the normal coco nutrient programme.
Can Atazyme be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco.
Can Atazyme be used in soil?
Yes. It can be used in soil and peat-based growing media to support decomposition of old roots and maintenance of the root environment.
Does Atazyme contain NPK fertiliser?
No. Atazyme is NPK-free and is designed to complement rather than replace the crop's normal base nutrient.
Does Atazyme increase nutrient EC?
Atami states that Atazyme has very little effect on the EC of the nutrient solution, making it straightforward to integrate into an established feeding programme.
Can Atazyme be used during flowering?
Yes. Atazyme can be used throughout vegetative growth and flowering as root turnover continues throughout the crop cycle.
Can Atazyme help when reusing growing media?
Yes. Atami particularly highlights Atazyme for partially reused growing media because its enzymes help break down old root material remaining within the substrate.
Does Atazyme replace a root stimulator?
No. Atazyme primarily performs an enzyme and root-zone conditioning role, while a root stimulator is formulated specifically to support new root development.
Can Atazyme be used with other Atami nutrients?
Yes. Atazyme is designed to complement the normal nutrient programme and can be incorporated alongside appropriate Atami base nutrients and crop-stage additives.
Why choose the 10L Atazyme size?
The 10L format is particularly suitable for commercial growers, large reservoirs and regular users. Depending on dosage, one container can prepare approximately 3,333-10,000L of solution.
Atami ATA-XL 1L - Growth, Root & Flowering Stimulator
1087
£10.87
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA-XL 1L - Growth, Root & Flowering Stimulator
1087
£10.87
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA-XL 1L is a concentrated growth and bloom stimulator combining plant extracts, humic acids and mineral phosphorus and potassium to support strong roots, efficient nutrient uptake and increased flower and fruit development throughout the crop cycle.
ATA-XL is unusual within the Atami range because it performs a dual role. Rather than being restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering, it is designed to support the plant through both growth and bloom once the initial rooting phase has been established.
The formulation contains plant extracts, humic acids and mineral PK nutrients. Atami highlights the humic acids for their chelating effect and their ability to stimulate root hairs, helping the root system absorb nutrients efficiently.
As the crop moves towards flowering, the phosphorus and potassium component becomes increasingly relevant. These primary nutrients are involved in energy storage and transport, while ATA-XL is designed to support increased volume in developing flowers and fruits.
ATA-XL can be used in soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation at a straightforward dosage of 1ml/L. A 1L bottle therefore prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami ATA-XL?
- Growth & bloom stimulator in one - supports plants through vegetative and flowering development.
- Supports strong roots - humic acids stimulate root hairs and support an active root system.
- Improves nutrient uptake - humic acids provide a chelating effect that helps make nutrients easier for the plant to absorb.
- Supports flower development - mineral phosphorus and potassium become particularly useful as the plant enters flowering.
- Supports fruit development - designed to help increase the volume of developing flowers and fruits.
- Plant extracts & humic acids - combines plant-derived components with mineral PK nutrition.
- PK 2-2 W/W - provides supplementary phosphorus and potassium alongside the normal base nutrient.
- Use after rooting - designed for use once the initial root system has become established.
- Whole-cycle support - can continue through growth and flowering after root set.
- Suitable for soil - integrates with soil-based nutrient programmes.
- Suitable for coco - can be used alongside a suitable coco base nutrient.
- Suitable for hydroponics - compatible with hydroponic cultivation.
- Simple 1ml/L dosage - straightforward to calculate for reservoirs of different sizes.
- Excellent treatment capacity - 1L prepares approximately 1,000L of nutrient solution.
- Trade-ready format - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
Growth & flowering stimulation in one product
ATA-XL differs from many crop stimulators because it is not designed exclusively for one developmental stage.
Atami positions ATA-XL as a combined growth and bloom stimulator. Once the initial root system has established, it can be incorporated into the nutrient programme and continued as the crop develops through vegetative growth and flowering.
During active growth, its humic acids and plant extracts support the root system and nutrient uptake. As flowering develops, its mineral phosphorus and potassium complement the changing requirements of a generative crop.
This makes ATA-XL a versatile addition for growers who want one stimulator to bridge the transition from vegetative growth into flowering.
Humic acids for stronger root development
Atami highlights the humic acids in ATA-XL as an important part of its effect on the root system.
Humic acids have a chelating effect, helping make nutrients more readily available for absorption by the plant.
Atami also states that these humic acids stimulate the root hairs. Root hairs dramatically increase the effective surface area of the root system and play an important role in the uptake of water and dissolved mineral nutrients.
Supporting an extensive and active root system helps establish the foundation required for strong vegetative growth and later flower and fruit development.
Supports efficient nutrient uptake
ATA-XL is designed to complement the plant's regular nutrition rather than replace it.
The humic acids in the formulation help improve nutrient availability through their chelating properties, while stimulation of the root hairs supports the plant's physical capacity to absorb water and dissolved nutrients.
This combination makes ATA-XL particularly useful as part of a complete feeding programme where the base fertiliser supplies the main nutritional requirements and ATA-XL provides additional root, growth and flowering support.
PK 2-2 for flower & fruit development
ATA-XL has a mineral nutrient analysis of PK 2-2 W/W, providing supplementary phosphorus and potassium.
Atami highlights these nutrients for their roles in energy storage and transport within the plant, making them particularly relevant as a crop begins flowering.
ATA-XL is designed to support increased volume in developing flowers and fruits as the plant progresses through generative growth.
The PK content is supplementary. ATA-XL should therefore be used alongside the crop's normal NPK base nutrition rather than as a standalone complete fertiliser.
How to use Atami ATA-XL
Atami recommends using ATA-XL at 1ml per litre of water.
Begin using ATA-XL after the initial rooting phase and continue it through the subsequent growth and flowering stages as part of the normal nutrient programme.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for 1,000L of nutrient solution.
One 1L bottle therefore prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
ATA-XL should be added in addition to the regular NPK nutrition. Final nutrient strength should always be considered across the complete feeding programme and adjusted to crop condition and growing environment.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
ATA-XL is a universal stimulator designed for use across the three principal cultivation methods: soil, coco and hydroponics.
In soil it can complement an appropriate soil base nutrient while supporting root hairs, nutrient uptake and later flowering.
In coco it can be incorporated alongside a coco-specific base nutrient, supporting plants after rooting and throughout subsequent crop development.
In hydroponic systems it can be added to the normal mineral nutrient solution at the same 1ml/L application rate.
Suitable for fruit, vegetables, herbs & ornamentals
Atami describes ATA-XL as a universal product suitable for a broad range of productive and ornamental crops.
Manufacturer examples include blueberries, raspberries and strawberries, together with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and Anthurium.
The broad crop compatibility makes ATA-XL useful for mixed horticultural collections where different crops are grown using the same underlying nutrient system.
Crop requirements still vary, so the complete nutrient programme should be adapted to species, plant condition, environment and light intensity.
Using ATA-XL with an Atami feeding programme
ATA-XL is a supplementary stimulator and should be used alongside the appropriate base nutrient rather than instead of it.
Within Atami's ATA programmes, ATA-XL is introduced after the initial rooting phase and can then remain in the programme through growth, early bloom, flowering and ripening.
It can therefore bridge the transition between vegetative and generative development while the grower changes or adjusts the base nutrition and other stage-specific products around it.
Atami's grow guides are starting points rather than rigid schedules. Crop type, condition, environment, light intensity and final EC should always be considered when building the complete nutrient solution.
ATA-XL vs ATA Rootfast
ATA-XL and ATA Rootfast both have relevance to the root system, but they occupy different positions in the crop cycle.
ATA Rootfast is Atami's dedicated early-stage root stimulator, intended specifically for the initial rooting period.
ATA-XL is introduced after root set and then supports root hairs, nutrient uptake, vegetative growth and flowering throughout the remainder of the crop cycle.
Growers following the ATA programme can therefore use Rootfast during establishment before transitioning to ATA-XL for continued growth and flowering support.
ATA-XL vs Atazyme
ATA-XL and Atazyme perform different functions and can form complementary parts of an Atami feeding programme.
ATA-XL is a growth and flowering stimulator containing plant extracts, humic acids and mineral PK nutrients. It supports root hairs, nutrient uptake and flower and fruit development.
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive whose principal role is helping break down old and dead root material and maintain an airy root environment.
ATA-XL therefore focuses on active plant development, while Atazyme primarily supports processes within the growing medium and root zone.
1L ATA-XL for up to 1,000L of nutrient solution
The straightforward 1ml/L application rate makes ATA-XL particularly easy to calculate across different reservoir sizes.
A single 1L bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
The 1L format is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, providing 12 litres of ATA-XL concentrate per full case.
Atami ATA-XL 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA-XL |
| Product type | Growth & bloom stimulator |
| Size | 1L |
| Composition | Plant extracts, humic acids & mineral PK nutrients |
| Nutrient analysis | PK 2-2 W/W |
| Primary functions | Root-hair stimulation, nutrient uptake, growth, flowering & fruit development |
| Application stage | After root set, through subsequent growth & flowering |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Dosage | 1ml/L |
| 10L solution | 10ml |
| 50L solution | 50ml |
| 100L solution | 100ml |
| 500L solution | 500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 1L |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 1,000L |
| Use with base nutrition | Yes - use in addition to regular NPK nutrition |
| Example crops | Blueberries, raspberries, strawberries, orchids, Anthurium & other fruit, vegetable, herb and ornamental crops |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA-XL 1L FAQs
What does Atami ATA-XL do?
ATA-XL is a combined growth and flowering stimulator designed to support root hairs, nutrient uptake, vegetative development and the production of larger-volume flowers and fruits.
What is in ATA-XL?
Atami formulates ATA-XL using plant extracts, humic acids and mineral phosphorus and potassium. Its current nutrient analysis is PK 2-2 W/W.
When should I start using ATA-XL?
ATA-XL is designed for use after the initial rooting phase, once the root system has established. It can then continue through subsequent growth and flowering.
How much ATA-XL should I use?
Atami recommends 1ml/L. This means a 1L bottle prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Can ATA-XL be used throughout flowering?
Yes. ATA-XL is designed as both a growth and bloom stimulator and can continue through flowering after the initial root-establishment stage.
Does ATA-XL stimulate roots?
Yes. Atami highlights the humic acids in ATA-XL for their stimulating effect on root hairs, helping create an active root system with strong nutrient-absorption capacity.
How do the humic acids in ATA-XL help plants?
The humic acids provide a chelating effect that helps nutrients remain accessible for plant uptake. Atami also highlights their role in stimulating root hairs.
Is ATA-XL a complete base nutrient?
No. ATA-XL is a supplementary growth and flowering stimulator and should be used alongside the crop's regular NPK base nutrition.
Can ATA-XL be used in coco?
Yes. Atami recommends ATA-XL for coco cultivation as well as soil and hydroponic systems.
Can ATA-XL be used in hydroponics?
Yes. ATA-XL is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated into the normal hydroponic nutrient solution.
Can ATA-XL be used in soil?
Yes. ATA-XL is suitable for soil cultivation and can be used alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient.
What is the difference between ATA-XL and ATA Rootfast?
Rootfast is a dedicated early-stage root stimulator. ATA-XL is introduced after root establishment and provides broader support for root hairs, nutrient uptake, vegetative growth and flowering.
What is the difference between ATA-XL and Atazyme?
ATA-XL supports active root, growth and flowering development, while Atazyme is an enzyme additive designed primarily to break down old root material and support the growing environment.
What plants can ATA-XL be used on?
ATA-XL is suitable for a broad range of fruit, vegetable, herb and ornamental crops. Atami examples include blueberries, raspberries, strawberries, orchids and Anthurium.
How many ATA-XL 1L bottles are in an outer case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L - Phosphorus & Potassium Flowering Booster
598
£5.98
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L - Phosphorus & Potassium Flowering Booster
598
£5.98
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L is a concentrated phosphorus and potassium flowering supplement designed to support flower formation, fruit development and fructification during the bloom phase. With a PK 13-14 W/W analysis, it provides additional phosphorus and potassium precisely when flowering plants have an increased requirement for these primary nutrients.
Flowering and fruiting place different nutritional demands on a plant compared with vegetative growth. ATA PK 13-14 is designed to supplement the regular base nutrient during this generative stage, providing a concentrated source of phosphorus and potassium without replacing the plant's normal NPK nutrition.
Atami highlights phosphorus for its role in the storage and transport of energy captured through photosynthesis. Potassium is involved in numerous processes associated with flower and fruit formation, including the transport of sugars and enzymes involved in starch production.
Used from the beginning of flowering, ATA PK 13-14 supports the development of voluminous, compact flowers and fruits and is specifically positioned by Atami to stimulate fructification.
It is suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation and is added alongside the regular base nutrient. Atami's current product guidance recommends gradually increasing the concentration through flowering rather than immediately applying the maximum dose.
Why choose Atami ATA PK 13-14?
- PK 13-14 W/W - concentrated phosphorus and potassium nutrition for the flowering phase.
- Designed specifically for flowering - supplies additional P and K as crop demand increases.
- Supports flower formation - formulated to encourage strong generative development.
- Supports fruit development - suitable for flowering and fruit-bearing crops.
- Stimulates fructification - specifically positioned by Atami to support fruit formation.
- Promotes voluminous flowers & fruits - supports increased flower and fruit development.
- Supports compact development - designed to promote substantial, compact flowers and fruits.
- Phosphorus for energy processes - phosphorus plays an important role in storing and transporting energy within the plant.
- Potassium for generative development - potassium is involved in processes including sugar transport and starch production.
- Use from early flowering - introduce from the first week of the flowering phase.
- Progressive feeding - Atami recommends gradually increasing the dose as flowering progresses.
- Suitable for soil - can supplement regular NPK nutrition in soil cultivation.
- Suitable for coco - compatible with coco-based feeding programmes.
- Suitable for hydroponics - can be incorporated into hydroponic nutrient solutions.
- Trade-ready pack size - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
Extra phosphorus & potassium for flowering plants
The nutritional priorities of a crop change as it moves from vegetative development into flowering.
ATA PK 13-14 is designed to provide additional phosphorus and potassium during this stage, supplementing rather than replacing the regular base fertiliser.
Atami describes these two elements as particularly important during flowering because the plant develops an increased requirement for them as it produces flowers and, in fruit-bearing crops, progresses towards fruit development.
The balanced PK 13-14 analysis provides similar concentrations of both nutrients, giving growers a straightforward way to increase P and K within an established flowering programme.
Why phosphorus matters during flowering
Phosphorus is an essential primary plant nutrient and becomes particularly important during the flowering stage.
Atami highlights its role in the storage and transport of energy obtained from sunlight during photosynthesis.
The energy captured by the plant needs to be distributed and used throughout its tissues. Adequate phosphorus nutrition helps support these energy-transfer processes as the crop undertakes the demanding transition into flower and fruit production.
ATA PK 13-14 provides a concentrated phosphorus supplement that can be introduced alongside the normal flowering base nutrient.
Potassium for flower & fruit formation
Potassium is the second major component of ATA PK 13-14 and is involved in numerous physiological processes during flowering and fruit development.
Atami specifically highlights potassium's involvement in the transport of sugars and enzymes associated with starch production.
These processes become especially relevant as flowering crops direct increasing amounts of resources towards their developing flowers and fruits.
The 14% potassium component of ATA PK 13-14 complements its phosphorus content to provide targeted PK nutrition throughout the generative stage.
Supports fructification & fruit development
ATA PK 13-14 is not limited to ornamental flowering. Atami specifically positions the product to stimulate fructification in productive crops.
This makes it particularly relevant for fruiting vegetables, soft fruits and other crops where flowering is followed by fruit formation and development.
Atami's crop examples include bell peppers, chilli peppers and blueberries, as well as flowering ornamentals such as Begonia and Buddleia.
Application should always be adjusted to the requirements and condition of the individual crop rather than treating every flowering plant identically.
How to use Atami ATA PK 13-14
Add ATA PK 13-14 to the nutrient solution from the first week of flowering, alongside the regular NPK base nutrient.
Atami's current product guidance gives a dosage range of 0.25-1.5ml/L and recommends increasing the dosage gradually so that plants can adapt as their flowering demand develops.
At this range, 10L of nutrient solution requires approximately 2.5-15ml, 50L requires 12.5-75ml, 100L requires 25-150ml and 500L requires 125-750ml.
A 1L bottle can therefore prepare approximately 667-4,000 litres of nutrient solution, depending on the concentration used.
ATA PK 13-14 increases the mineral strength of the nutrient solution, so final EC should be monitored when combining it with the base nutrient and other flowering additives.
Why gradually increase PK during flowering?
Atami recommends introducing ATA PK 13-14 at the beginning of flowering and slowly increasing the dosage rather than immediately feeding at maximum strength.
This reflects the changing nutritional demand of the crop. Early flowering plants are only beginning the transition into generative growth, while established flowering and fruiting crops can have substantially greater phosphorus and potassium requirements.
Progressive feeding also allows the grower to monitor crop response and overall nutrient EC before increasing the concentration.
Atami's grow guides are indicative and should be adapted according to plant species, crop condition, environment, light intensity and measured EC.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
ATA PK 13-14 is a universal flowering supplement suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
In soil it can be added alongside an appropriate flowering base nutrient as additional phosphorus and potassium demand develops.
In coco it can supplement a coco-specific base nutrient while the grower continues to monitor overall feed strength and crop response.
In hydroponic systems it can be incorporated directly into the nutrient solution alongside the normal hydroponic base nutrition.
Use alongside regular NPK nutrition
ATA PK 13-14 is a flowering supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser.
Its concentrated PK 13-14 analysis is designed to increase phosphorus and potassium availability while the regular base nutrient continues to supply nitrogen and the wider range of essential macro and micronutrients required by the crop.
It should therefore normally be added to an established flowering nutrient programme rather than used as the plant's sole source of mineral nutrition.
Using ATA PK 13-14 in the Atami ATA programme
ATA PK 13-14 forms the dedicated PK flowering supplement within Atami's straightforward ATA nutrient range.
In soil cultivation it can complement ATA Terra Max, while growers using appropriate hydroponic or coco base nutrients can incorporate ATA PK 13-14 in the same way as flowering begins.
Products such as ATA-XL and Atazyme perform different roles within the wider programme. ATA-XL provides growth and flowering stimulation, while Atazyme provides enzyme-based root-zone and substrate support.
ATA PK 13-14 specifically addresses the increased phosphorus and potassium requirements associated with flowering and fruit production.
ATA PK 13-14 vs ATA-XL
Although both products can appear within a flowering programme, they are formulated for different purposes.
ATA PK 13-14 is a concentrated PK 13-14 mineral supplement specifically designed to increase phosphorus and potassium nutrition during flowering.
ATA-XL is a broader growth and bloom stimulator containing plant extracts, humic acids and a much lighter PK 2-2 mineral component. It supports root hairs, nutrient uptake, growth and flowering.
ATA PK 13-14 is therefore the more concentrated product when the objective is specifically to supplement phosphorus and potassium.
ATA PK 13-14 vs Bloombastic
Both products supply additional phosphorus and potassium, but they occupy different positions within Atami's flowering range.
ATA PK 13-14 is a straightforward PK 13-14 flowering nutrient designed to supplement regular NPK nutrition as flowering begins.
Bloombastic is Atami's PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive, positioned specifically for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening.
When building a feeding programme, avoid unnecessarily stacking concentrated PK products. Overall nutrient strength and EC should remain appropriate for the crop.
1L ATA PK 13-14 flowering supplement
The 1L format provides a practical concentrated PK supplement for growers managing small to medium reservoirs or multiple flowering crops.
Depending on the concentration used, one bottle can prepare approximately 667-4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
The 1L format is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, providing 12 litres of ATA PK 13-14 concentrate per full case.
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA PK 13-14 |
| Product type | Phosphorus & potassium flowering supplement |
| Size | 1L |
| Nutrient analysis | PK 13-14 W/W |
| Primary functions | Flower formation, fruit development & fructification |
| Application stage | From the first week of flowering |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Dosage | 0.25-1.5ml/L, increasing gradually through flowering according to crop requirements |
| 10L solution | 2.5-15ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5-75ml |
| 100L solution | 25-150ml |
| 500L solution | 125-750ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 667-4,000L depending on dosage |
| Use with base nutrition | Yes - designed as an addition to regular NPK nutrition |
| Example crops | Bell peppers, chilli peppers, blueberries, Begonia, Buddleia & other flowering and fruit-bearing crops |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA PK 13-14 used for?
ATA PK 13-14 is a concentrated phosphorus and potassium supplement used during flowering to support flower formation, fruit development and fructification.
What is the nutrient analysis of ATA PK 13-14?
ATA PK 13-14 has a PK 13-14 W/W analysis, providing concentrated phosphorus and potassium for flowering plants.
When should I start using ATA PK 13-14?
Atami recommends introducing it from the first week of flowering and gradually increasing the concentration as the flowering phase progresses.
How much ATA PK 13-14 should I use?
Atami's current product guidance recommends 0.25-1.5ml/L, with the dosage increased gradually according to crop requirements and overall nutrient strength.
Is ATA PK 13-14 a complete fertiliser?
No. It is a concentrated phosphorus and potassium supplement intended to be used alongside the crop's regular NPK base nutrient.
Can ATA PK 13-14 be used in coco?
Yes. Atami recommends ATA PK 13-14 for coco cultivation as well as soil and hydroponic systems.
Can ATA PK 13-14 be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It can be incorporated into a hydroponic nutrient solution alongside the regular base nutrition during flowering.
Can ATA PK 13-14 be used in soil?
Yes. ATA PK 13-14 is suitable for soil cultivation and can supplement an appropriate flowering base nutrient.
Why do flowering plants need more phosphorus?
Atami highlights phosphorus for its role in storing and transporting energy collected through photosynthesis, an important process as plants develop flowers and fruits.
Why is potassium important during flowering?
Potassium is involved in numerous processes associated with flower and fruit formation, including sugar transport and enzymes involved in starch production.
Does ATA PK 13-14 increase EC?
Yes. It is a concentrated mineral PK supplement, so it contributes to the EC of the nutrient solution. Monitor the final EC when combining it with base nutrients and other additives.
What is the difference between ATA PK 13-14 and ATA-XL?
ATA PK 13-14 is a concentrated PK 13-14 flowering supplement. ATA-XL is a broader growth and bloom stimulator containing plant extracts, humic acids and a lighter PK 2-2 nutrient component.
What is the difference between ATA PK 13-14 and Bloombastic?
ATA PK 13-14 is a straightforward PK flowering supplement introduced from early flowering. Bloombastic is Atami's PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive intended specifically for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening.
How many ATA PK 13-14 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L - Two-Part Base Nutrient for Coco
528
£5.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L - Two-Part Base Nutrient for Coco
528
£5.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L is a professional two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates. Used throughout growth and flowering, it provides balanced primary nutrition together with calcium and essential trace elements for consistent crop development.
Coco combines excellent water retention with an open, oxygen-rich root structure, but its nutritional behaviour differs significantly from conventional soil and peat-based growing media. ATA Coco Max is formulated specifically around these characteristics rather than being a general-purpose fertiliser adapted for coco.
The nutrient is supplied as two complementary concentrates. Coco Max A has an NK analysis of 4-0-1 W/W and contains calcium, while Coco Max B has an NPK analysis of 1-4-5 W/W. Together they provide the balanced mineral nutrition required by coco-grown plants.
ATA Coco Max is designed for use throughout the crop cycle, allowing growers to use the same A&B base nutrient through vegetative development, flowering and ripening rather than changing between separate grow and bloom base feeds.
The general application rate is 1-4ml/L of Coco Max A plus 1-4ml/L of Coco Max B. This 1L set contains 1L of Part A and 1L of Part B, providing 2L of concentrate in total.
Why choose Atami ATA Coco Max A&B?
- Developed specifically for coco - formulated around the nutritional characteristics of coco and coco-based substrates.
- Complete two-part base nutrient - supplies the primary mineral nutrition required throughout the crop cycle.
- Growth & flowering nutrition - the same A&B base feed can remain in use as the crop moves from vegetative to generative growth.
- Coco Max A: NK 4-0-1 W/W - provides nitrogen and potassium together with calcium.
- Coco Max B: NPK 1-4-5 W/W - supplies complementary nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
- Calcium-enriched Part A - provides calcium as part of the normal coco base feed.
- Essential trace elements - supplies micronutrients alongside the primary mineral nutrition.
- Balanced mineral formulation - designed to provide readily available nutrition through the coco root zone.
- Adjustable 1-4ml/L dosage - allows nutrient strength to be adapted to crop stage and plant requirements.
- Equal-part feeding - use the same quantity of Coco Max A and Coco Max B.
- Suitable for automatic irrigation - ideal for drip-fed and regularly irrigated coco systems.
- Use throughout the crop cycle - no need for separate vegetative and flowering base nutrients.
- Compatible with Atami additives - provides the nutritional foundation for a wider crop-stage feeding programme.
- Practical 1L format - ideal for smaller reservoirs, hobby growers and trial areas.
Base nutrition formulated specifically for coco
Coco coir is widely used as a professional growing medium because it combines strong water-holding capacity with a naturally airy structure around the root system.
Its chemical behaviour, however, differs from conventional soil. Coco has cation exchange properties that can influence the availability of nutrients including calcium, magnesium and potassium.
A dedicated coco nutrient is therefore preferable to simply applying a standard soil fertiliser. ATA Coco Max is formulated specifically for coco cultivation, providing a nutrient profile designed around plants growing in this type of root environment.
Coco Max A includes calcium as part of its formulation, while Coco Max B supplies complementary phosphorus, potassium and other mineral nutrition required for continued crop development.
Why is ATA Coco Max supplied as A & B?
ATA Coco Max is supplied as two concentrated components because certain mineral nutrients can react with one another when stored together at high concentration.
Separating these nutrients into Coco Max A and Coco Max B keeps the concentrates stable until they are diluted into irrigation water.
The two bottles are complementary components of one nutrient system. Part A is not a grow feed and Part B is not a bloom feed. Both are required together.
Never mix concentrated Coco Max A directly with concentrated Coco Max B. Add Part A to the water first and mix thoroughly. Then add Part B and mix again.
ATA Coco Max A & B nutrient analysis
ATA Coco Max A has an NK 4-0-1 W/W analysis and supplies nitrogen, potassium and calcium as part of the two-part feeding system.
ATA Coco Max B has an NPK 1-4-5 W/W analysis, providing complementary nitrogen together with phosphorus and a higher proportion of potassium.
The complete formulation also supplies essential trace elements required by plants in much smaller quantities but still necessary for normal metabolism and development.
Both components should be used together at equal dosage. Using only one part will not provide the balanced mineral nutrition for which Coco Max is designed.
Calcium nutrition for coco-grown plants
Calcium management is particularly relevant in coco because the substrate's natural cation exchange characteristics can influence calcium availability within the root zone.
ATA Coco Max A contains calcium as part of its mineral formulation, helping provide this essential element within the normal base nutrient.
Calcium contributes to important structural and physiological processes within the plant, including the formation and development of new plant tissues.
This does not mean every crop automatically requires an additional calcium or magnesium supplement. Source-water mineral content, coco preparation, crop demand and the wider feeding programme should be considered before adding further supplements.
One coco base nutrient for growth & flowering
ATA Coco Max is designed to provide the base mineral nutrition required throughout the complete crop cycle.
The same A&B nutrient can remain in use as plants progress from established vegetative growth through flowering and ripening.
Rather than replacing the base nutrient as the crop changes stage, growers can adjust its concentration and introduce appropriate specialist additives according to changing plant requirements.
This provides a straightforward coco feeding system while retaining the flexibility needed for accurate crop management.
How to use Atami ATA Coco Max A&B
Atami's general application rate is 1-4ml/L of Coco Max A plus 1-4ml/L of Coco Max B.
At this dosage, a 10L reservoir requires 10-40ml of A plus 10-40ml of B, a 50L reservoir requires 50-200ml of each, and a 100L reservoir requires 100-400ml of each component.
Add the required amount of Coco Max A to the water first and mix thoroughly. Add the same quantity of Coco Max B afterwards and mix again.
Never combine the concentrated A and B liquids directly.
Adjust final nutrient strength according to crop stage, plant condition, source water, irrigation frequency, environmental conditions and any additional products being used.
Suitable for hand watering & automatic coco irrigation
Coco is particularly well suited to regular irrigation, and commercial crops are often grown using drip systems that apply relatively small amounts of nutrient solution several times during an irrigation period.
ATA Coco Max is a mineral nutrient and can be used with both manual and automatic irrigation systems.
Growers using automatic systems should maintain good reservoir and irrigation-line hygiene and regularly monitor the condition of the nutrient solution.
In intensively irrigated coco systems, irrigation frequency, drainage and root-zone EC should be considered alongside the strength of the incoming nutrient solution.
Managing nutrient strength in coco
Coco performs particularly well when nutrient delivery is consistent and matched to crop demand.
Because ATA Coco Max is a concentrated mineral fertiliser, increasing its application rate increases the EC of the final nutrient solution.
Monitor nutrient strength when changing Coco Max dosage or adding other mineral products, particularly concentrated phosphorus and potassium supplements during flowering.
The correct concentration depends on factors including plant species, crop stage, source water, irrigation strategy, environmental conditions and light intensity.
Using Coco Max with the Atami ATA programme
ATA Coco Max A&B provides the base mineral nutrition around which a wider Atami feeding programme can be built.
A dedicated root stimulator can be used during establishment. ATA-XL can then provide additional growth and flowering support, while Atazyme performs its enzyme-based root-zone and substrate-conditioning role.
As flowering develops, ATA PK 13-14 can be introduced where additional phosphorus and potassium are appropriate for the crop.
These products perform different functions. Coco Max remains the base nutrient while specialist additives are selected according to crop stage and requirements.
ATA Coco Max vs B'cuzz Coco A&B
ATA Coco Max and B'cuzz Coco A&B are both two-part mineral base nutrients developed specifically for coco cultivation, but they belong to different Atami feeding programmes.
ATA Coco Max A&B belongs to the ATA range and provides straightforward complete coco base nutrition through growth and flowering.
B'cuzz Coco A&B forms the base of Atami's wider B'cuzz Coco programme and is designed to integrate with corresponding B'cuzz stimulators and boosters.
Both are dedicated coco nutrients. The choice between them will generally depend on the wider Atami feeding programme being followed.
ATA Coco Max vs a standard soil nutrient
Coco should not be treated exactly like conventional soil or compost because its physical and chemical properties are different.
Soil nutrients are formulated around the buffering capacity and existing fertility normally associated with soil and peat-based substrates.
ATA Coco Max is specifically formulated for coco-based root zones, including calcium within its two-part mineral feeding system.
Growers using coco as their principal substrate should therefore use a nutrient designed specifically for coco rather than assuming a standard soil feed will provide the same nutritional balance.
1L A & 1L B coco nutrient set
This pack contains 1L of Coco Max A and 1L of Coco Max B, providing 2L of concentrated base nutrient in total.
At the recommended 1-4ml/L dosage of each component, the set provides enough A and B to prepare approximately 250-1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
At 1ml/L of each component, the 1L set treats approximately 1,000L. At 2ml/L it treats approximately 500L, and at 4ml/L it treats approximately 250L.
This makes the 1L format particularly suitable for smaller reservoirs, hobby growers, propagation and trial areas, or growers wanting to introduce the ATA coco programme before moving to larger pack sizes.
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Coco Max A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient for coco |
| Pack size | 1L A + 1L B |
| Total concentrate supplied | 2L |
| Coco Max A analysis | NK 4-0-1 W/W |
| Coco Max B analysis | NPK 1-4-5 W/W |
| Additional nutrition | Calcium & essential trace elements |
| Growing medium | Coco & coco-based substrates |
| Crop stages | Growth, flowering & ripening |
| Dosage | 1-4ml/L A + 1-4ml/L B |
| 10L reservoir | 10-40ml A + 10-40ml B |
| 50L reservoir | 50-200ml A + 50-200ml B |
| 100L reservoir | 100-400ml A + 100-400ml B |
| Approximate solution from 1L A&B set | 250-1,000L depending on dosage |
| Mixing sequence | Add A to water and mix thoroughly, then add B and mix again |
| Automatic irrigation | Suitable |
| Use with additives | Yes - use as the base nutrient and select additional products according to crop stage and requirements |
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Coco Max A&B?
ATA Coco Max A&B is a two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates.
Can ATA Coco Max be used throughout growth and flowering?
Yes. Coco Max is designed as a complete coco base nutrient for use throughout the crop cycle, so the same A&B nutrient can remain in use through vegetative growth, flowering and ripening.
What is the nutrient analysis of ATA Coco Max?
Coco Max A has an NK 4-0-1 W/W analysis and contains calcium, while Coco Max B has an NPK 1-4-5 W/W analysis.
How much ATA Coco Max A&B should I use?
Atami's general dosage is 1-4ml/L of Coco Max A plus 1-4ml/L of Coco Max B. Adjust the final nutrient strength to crop requirements and growing conditions.
Why does ATA Coco Max come in two parts?
Separating the concentrated mineral components prevents unwanted reactions during storage. The two parts are combined only after each has been diluted into water.
Can I mix Coco Max A and B concentrates together?
No. Never mix concentrated Part A and Part B directly. Add A to the water first, mix thoroughly and then add B.
Does ATA Coco Max contain calcium?
Yes. Coco Max A contains calcium as part of its mineral formulation, providing this important nutrient within the normal coco base feed.
Do I automatically need CalMag with ATA Coco Max?
Not necessarily. Coco Max already supplies calcium. Additional calcium or magnesium should be based on source-water composition, crop requirements, coco preparation and the complete feeding programme.
Can ATA Coco Max be used with automatic irrigation?
Yes. Its mineral formulation is suitable for both hand watering and automatic coco irrigation systems, including drip-fed cultivation.
Can ATA Coco Max be used in soil?
Coco Max is formulated specifically for coco and coco-based substrates. A dedicated soil base nutrient is the more appropriate choice for conventional soil or compost cultivation.
What is the difference between ATA Coco Max and B'cuzz Coco A&B?
Both are two-part mineral coco base nutrients. ATA Coco Max belongs to Atami's ATA range, while B'cuzz Coco A&B forms the base of the wider B'cuzz Coco feeding programme.
Can ATA Coco Max be used with ATA PK 13-14?
Yes. Coco Max can remain the base nutrient while ATA PK 13-14 is introduced during flowering where additional phosphorus and potassium are appropriate. Monitor overall nutrient strength when combining mineral products.
How much nutrient solution does the 1L A&B set make?
The set contains 1L of A and 1L of B. Across the 1-4ml/L dosage range, it provides enough of both components to prepare approximately 250-1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L - Two-Part Base Nutrient for Coco
2142
£21.42
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L - Two-Part Base Nutrient for Coco
2142
£21.42
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L is a professional two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates. Designed for use throughout the crop cycle, it provides balanced mineral nutrition to support strong growth, flowering and fruit development in coco.
Coco combines excellent water retention with a naturally open and well-aerated root environment, but its nutritional behaviour differs from conventional soil. ATA Coco Max is formulated specifically for coco cultivation rather than being a general-purpose fertiliser adapted for use in coco.
The nutrient is supplied as two complementary concentrates, Coco Max A and Coco Max B. The two parts work together to provide the primary and secondary nutrients required by plants while allowing the concentrated mineral components to remain stable during storage.
ATA Coco Max can remain the base nutrient as plants move from rooting and vegetative development through early bloom, full flowering and ripening. Atami's current coco feeding programme varies the concentration according to crop stage, with lower rates during establishment and stronger feeding during active growth and flowering.
This 5L set contains 5L of Coco Max A and 5L of Coco Max B, giving 10L of concentrated two-part coco nutrition in total.
Why choose Atami ATA Coco Max A&B?
- Developed specifically for coco - formulated for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates.
- Complete two-part base nutrient - provides the nutritional foundation for the complete crop cycle.
- Growth & flowering nutrition - remains in use as plants progress from establishment through vegetative growth and bloom.
- Stage-adjustable feeding - concentration can be altered according to crop development and nutrient demand.
- Equal A&B application - use the same concentration of Coco Max A and Coco Max B.
- Mineral formulation - supplies readily available plant nutrients through the coco root zone.
- Designed around coco nutrition - provides a more appropriate base feed than using a standard soil fertiliser in coco.
- Suitable for intensive coco growing - ideal for regularly irrigated coco crops.
- Suitable for automatic irrigation - can be incorporated into drip-fed and automated coco systems.
- Compatible with the ATA programme - provides the base nutrition around which specialist root, enzyme and flowering products can be used.
- Suitable for productive crops - ideal for fruiting vegetables, herbs and other coco-grown crops.
- Suitable for ornamental crops - can also be used for flowering and foliage plants grown in coco.
- Commercial 5L format - well suited to larger reservoirs and regular crop production.
Professional base nutrition for coco cultivation
Coco coir is widely used by professional and hobby growers because it combines excellent moisture retention with an open structure that allows oxygen to remain available around the root system.
Unlike conventional compost or soil, however, coco provides very little complete nutrition of its own. Successful coco cultivation therefore relies heavily on the nutrient solution supplied by the grower.
ATA Coco Max is designed specifically to provide this nutritional foundation. Rather than trying to adapt a soil fertiliser to a different growing medium, growers can use a dedicated coco base nutrient formulated around the requirements of coco-grown plants.
This makes nutrient management more predictable and allows the grower to build a complete crop-stage programme around a consistent base feed.
Why does ATA Coco Max come in two parts?
Some mineral nutrients react with one another when stored together at high concentration. These reactions can create compounds that are no longer readily available to plants.
ATA Coco Max therefore separates its concentrated mineral nutrition into Part A and Part B. The components remain separate until they are diluted into water.
Coco Max A and Coco Max B are complementary parts of the same nutrient. They are not separate grow and bloom fertilisers, and both should be used together.
Never mix the concentrated A and B liquids directly together. Add Part A to the reservoir water and mix thoroughly before adding Part B.
One coco base nutrient throughout the crop cycle
One of the main advantages of ATA Coco Max is that the same two-part base nutrient can remain in use throughout the crop cycle.
Instead of replacing the base fertiliser as the plant changes developmental stage, growers adjust the concentration of Coco Max A&B and introduce specialist additives where required.
Atami's current Coco Max grow programme uses lower concentrations during the rooting phase, followed by stronger feeding through growth, early bloom, bloom and ripening.
This allows the nutrient programme to follow the changing demand of the crop while retaining the same nutritional foundation.
How to use Atami ATA Coco Max A&B
Coco Max A and B should always be used in equal concentrations. Atami's current coco programme typically uses approximately 1-2ml/L of each component during rooting and 3-4ml/L of each during established growth and flowering.
For a 100L reservoir, 1-4ml/L corresponds to 100-400ml of Coco Max A plus 100-400ml of Coco Max B. For 500L, this equals 500ml-2L of each component. For 1,000L, use 1-4L of each component.
Add the required amount of Coco Max A to the water first and mix thoroughly. Then add the same concentration of Coco Max B and mix again.
Never combine the concentrated A and B components before dilution.
Atami's grow guides are general guidelines. Final concentration should be adapted to crop species, plant size, development stage, source water, irrigation frequency, environmental conditions and the other products included in the nutrient programme.
Ideal for regularly irrigated coco crops
Coco is particularly well suited to frequent irrigation because its physical structure can retain moisture while maintaining oxygen around the roots.
ATA Coco Max is suitable for both hand watering and automatic irrigation, making it useful across everything from individual coco pots to larger drip-irrigated growing areas.
In intensive coco production, growers should consider irrigation frequency and drainage alongside the strength of the incoming nutrient solution.
Monitoring both feed and root-zone conditions can help identify nutrient accumulation and allows irrigation or nutrient strength to be adjusted before crop performance is affected.
Managing nutrient strength in coco
Because ATA Coco Max is a concentrated mineral nutrient, its application rate directly affects the EC of the final nutrient solution.
Young or recently rooted plants generally require a lower nutrient concentration than established plants under active growth or flowering conditions.
As crop demand increases, Coco Max concentration can be increased accordingly. If additional mineral products such as PK flowering additives or CalMag are introduced, their contribution to the total nutrient strength should also be considered.
Professional growers should base final feed strength on crop response, source-water EC, growing environment and measured root-zone conditions rather than relying solely on a fixed feeding schedule.
Using Coco Max with the Atami ATA programme
ATA Coco Max A&B provides the base mineral nutrition within Atami's ATA coco programme.
During initial establishment, a dedicated root stimulator such as Rootfast or Rootbastic can be incorporated according to the chosen programme.
Once active growth is established, Atazyme can be used for enzyme-based root-zone support, while specialist flowering additives can be introduced as the crop moves into bloom and ripening.
Atami's current Coco Max programmes include options incorporating products such as ATA PK 13-14, Bloombastic, Rokzbastic, CalMag and B'cuzz Silic Boost depending on the grower's chosen feeding strategy.
Coco Max remains the base nutrient while these additional products perform their more specialised roles.
Do coco plants always need additional CalMag?
Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco, but an additional CalMag product should not automatically be added at maximum strength to every nutrient solution.
The requirement depends on factors including source-water mineral content, the condition and preparation of the coco, crop species, plant demand and the complete nutrient programme.
Atami's current Coco Max feeding programmes include ATA CalMag as an optional part of complete feeding schedules, with the concentration adjusted according to crop and growing conditions.
Growers using soft or reverse-osmosis water may have different supplementation requirements from growers using harder source water containing appreciable calcium and magnesium.
ATA Coco Max vs B'cuzz Coco A&B
ATA Coco Max and B'cuzz Coco A&B are both two-part mineral base nutrients designed specifically for coco cultivation, but they belong to different Atami feeding programmes.
ATA Coco Max A&B belongs to Atami's ATA range and provides the base nutrition for the ATA coco programme.
B'cuzz Coco A&B forms the base of the B'cuzz Coco programme and is designed to integrate with products such as Coco Booster Uni and Coco Bloom Stimulator.
Both are dedicated coco nutrients. The appropriate choice will normally depend on which wider Atami nutrient programme the grower intends to follow.
ATA Coco Max vs soil nutrients
Coco should not be treated exactly like conventional soil or potting compost because its nutrient-holding characteristics and inherent fertility are different.
Soil nutrients are formulated around the properties of soil or peat-based growing media, while ATA Coco Max is designed specifically for coco-based root zones.
Growers using coco as their principal growing medium should therefore use a dedicated coco nutrient rather than assuming a standard soil feed will provide the same nutritional balance.
5L A & 5L B for larger coco systems
This set contains 5L of Coco Max A and 5L of Coco Max B, providing 10L of concentrated two-part nutrient in total.
Across a 1-4ml/L application range, each 5L component is sufficient for approximately 1,250-5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
At 1ml/L of each component, the set treats approximately 5,000L. At 2ml/L it treats approximately 2,500L, at 3ml/L approximately 1,667L, and at 4ml/L approximately 1,250L.
The 5L format is particularly suitable for larger reservoirs, regular coco growers and commercial horticultural production where a consistent base nutrient is required throughout the crop cycle.
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Coco Max A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient for coco |
| Pack size | 5L A + 5L B |
| Total concentrate supplied | 10L |
| Growing medium | Coco & coco-based substrates |
| Crop stages | Rooting, growth, early bloom, flowering & ripening |
| Application | Use equal concentrations of Coco Max A and Coco Max B |
| Typical rooting rate | 1-2ml/L A + 1-2ml/L B |
| Typical established crop rate | 3-4ml/L A + 3-4ml/L B |
| 100L at 1-4ml/L | 100-400ml A + 100-400ml B |
| 500L at 1-4ml/L | 500ml-2L A + 500ml-2L B |
| 1,000L at 1-4ml/L | 1-4L A + 1-4L B |
| Approximate solution from 5L A&B set | 1,250-5,000L depending on application rate |
| Mixing sequence | Add A to water and mix thoroughly, then add B and mix again |
| Irrigation | Suitable for manual & automatic irrigation systems |
| Use with additives | Yes - use Coco Max as the base nutrient and select additional products according to crop stage and requirements |
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Coco Max A&B?
ATA Coco Max A&B is a two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates.
Can ATA Coco Max be used throughout the crop cycle?
Yes. Atami's Coco Max feeding programmes use it from the rooting phase through growth, flowering and ripening, with the concentration adjusted according to crop stage.
Why does ATA Coco Max come in two parts?
Certain mineral nutrients can react when stored together at high concentration. Separating them into A and B keeps the concentrates stable until they are diluted into water.
Can I mix Coco Max A and B concentrates together?
No. Never mix the concentrated components directly. Add Coco Max A to the water and mix thoroughly before adding Coco Max B.
How much ATA Coco Max A&B should I use?
Atami's current Coco Max programme typically uses 1-2ml/L of each component during rooting and 3-4ml/L of each during established growth and flowering. Treat feeding schedules as guidelines and adapt them to the crop and growing conditions.
Do I use the same amount of Coco Max A and B?
Yes. Coco Max A and B are used at equal concentrations. If using 3ml/L of Part A, for example, use 3ml/L of Part B.
Can ATA Coco Max be used in automatic irrigation systems?
Yes. ATA Coco Max is suitable for manually watered coco crops as well as automatic and drip-irrigated systems.
Is ATA Coco Max suitable for soil?
ATA Coco Max is specifically formulated for coco and coco-based substrates. Atami offers dedicated soil nutrients for conventional soil and compost cultivation.
Can I use Atazyme with ATA Coco Max?
Yes. Atazyme can be incorporated alongside Coco Max to provide enzyme-based root-zone and substrate support as part of an Atami feeding programme.
Can ATA Coco Max be used with PK flowering boosters?
Yes. Atami's coco programmes combine Coco Max with specialist flowering products where appropriate. Monitor overall nutrient strength when introducing concentrated mineral additives.
Do I need CalMag with ATA Coco Max?
This depends on source water, coco preparation, crop requirements and the wider feeding programme. Atami includes CalMag in some Coco Max programmes, but supplementation should be matched to actual growing conditions.
What is the difference between ATA Coco Max and B'cuzz Coco A&B?
Both are two-part base nutrients for coco. ATA Coco Max belongs to the ATA programme, while B'cuzz Coco A&B forms the base of Atami's wider B'cuzz Coco programme.
How much nutrient solution does a 5L Coco Max A&B set make?
The set contains 5L of Part A and 5L of Part B. Across a 1-4ml/L application range, it provides enough of both components for approximately 1,250-5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Atami ATA Clean 5L - Irrigation System Cleaner & Deposit Remover
5332
£53.32
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Clean 5L - Irrigation System Cleaner & Deposit Remover
5332
£53.32
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Clean 5L is a highly concentrated irrigation system cleaner designed to prevent and remove mineral deposits from pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and irrigation pipework. Used at just 0.1ml/L, it helps keep nutrient delivery systems clean, free-flowing and operating efficiently throughout the crop cycle.
Mineral nutrients dissolved in irrigation water can gradually react and form deposits inside a growing system. Atami specifically identifies elements including iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium as substances that can eventually contribute to sediment formation.
ATA Clean works by bonding with these metallic nutrients and helping break down crystals and flakes so that they become easier to carry out of the irrigation system with the water flow.
It can be used both preventatively and curatively, making it useful for routine irrigation-system maintenance as well as systems where mineral residue has already begun to accumulate.
Atami recommends ATA Clean particularly for systems using tap water. Its extremely concentrated 0.1ml/L application rate means a single 5L container can treat approximately 50,000 litres of irrigation water.
Why choose Atami ATA Clean?
- Prevents mineral deposits - helps stop sediment accumulating throughout irrigation systems.
- Removes existing residue - can be used both preventatively and curatively.
- Helps keep drippers clear - supports reliable flow through small irrigation outlets.
- Maintains irrigation pipework - helps reduce mineral accumulation inside irrigation lines.
- Helps protect filters - reduces the build-up of deposits that can restrict water movement.
- Supports pump maintenance - helps keep mineral residue from accumulating throughout the irrigation circuit.
- Helps keep tanks cleaner - suitable for maintaining complete nutrient-delivery systems.
- Breaks down mineral deposits - bonds with metallic nutrients and helps make deposits easier to flush away.
- Especially useful with tap water - specifically recommended by Atami for tap-water irrigation.
- Extremely concentrated - used at only 0.1ml per litre of water.
- Plant-safe at the recommended rate - designed for use as part of an active crop irrigation programme.
- Suitable throughout the crop cycle - system maintenance is not restricted to a particular growth stage.
- Works with nutrient solutions - added after preparing the base nutrient and adjusting pH.
- Commercial 5L format - capable of treating approximately 50,000L of irrigation water.
Why do irrigation systems develop mineral deposits?
Fertigation systems repeatedly carry water containing dissolved mineral nutrients through tanks, pumps, filters, pipes and small irrigation outlets.
Over time, some of these dissolved elements can react and form crystals, flakes and sediment. Atami specifically identifies water-soluble metallic nutrients and ions including iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium as potential contributors to this process.
Accumulation can gradually restrict the internal diameter of irrigation lines, contaminate filters and interfere with small drippers or emitters.
Preventative irrigation-system maintenance helps reduce this accumulation before it becomes severe enough to interfere with water and nutrient delivery.
How does ATA Clean work?
ATA Clean contains substances that bond with metallic nutrients responsible for mineral sediment formation.
Atami explains that this action helps break down crystals and flakes so the resulting material can be more easily carried away with the irrigation water.
This gives ATA Clean two useful functions. Regular preventative use helps minimise new deposits, while curative use can help dissolve and remove residue that has already developed.
Maintaining cleaner internal surfaces helps water continue to move efficiently through the irrigation system.
Helps clean pumps, filters, drippers, tanks & pipes
ATA Clean is intended for maintenance across the complete irrigation circuit rather than one individual component.
Atami's current grow guides specifically recommend ATA Clean for cleaning pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
This is particularly valuable in automated irrigation systems where small restrictions can affect individual outlets and create uneven water or nutrient delivery across a crop.
Routine preventative maintenance can therefore help reduce the need to dismantle and manually clean components after heavy mineral accumulation has occurred.
Helps prevent blocked drippers & restricted flow
Drip irrigation systems can be particularly sensitive to mineral accumulation because water must pass through relatively small internal passages and outlets.
Even modest deposits can gradually restrict flow, potentially causing different plants within the same irrigation zone to receive different quantities of water and nutrients.
ATA Clean helps prevent and remove the mineral residue responsible for this type of restriction, supporting more reliable irrigation-system performance.
For commercial and automated crops, maintaining consistent delivery across every dripper can be an important part of maintaining uniform crop performance.
Preventative & curative irrigation cleaning
ATA Clean does not need to be reserved until an irrigation system is visibly dirty or partially blocked.
Atami specifically states that the product can be used both preventatively and curatively.
Preventative use helps control mineral accumulation as part of normal system maintenance. Curative use is intended to help break down deposits that have already formed so they can be discharged with the irrigation water.
For automatic irrigation systems, Atami's current grow guides recommend using ATA Clean in a couple of irrigations each week at 0.1ml/L to clean pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
How to use Atami ATA Clean
ATA Clean is extremely concentrated. The current Atami dosage is 0.1ml per litre of water.
Prepare the normal base nutrient solution first. Correct the solution to the required pH where necessary, with Atami giving pH 5.5-6.5 in its ATA Clean application instructions.
Allow the prepared nutrient solution to stand briefly and then add ATA Clean as the final cleaning component.
At 0.1ml/L, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for 1,000L of irrigation water.
Because the application rate is so low, accurate measuring equipment is recommended, particularly when preparing smaller reservoirs.
Especially useful with tap water
Atami specifically recommends ATA Clean for use with tap water.
The mineral content of tap water varies considerably by region, and harder water can contain significant concentrations of dissolved calcium, magnesium and other minerals.
These minerals combine with those introduced through fertilisers and can contribute to deposits within irrigation equipment.
Growers operating in mineral-rich water areas can therefore benefit particularly from preventative irrigation-system maintenance.
PK 18-6, but ATA Clean is not a fertiliser
ATA Clean carries a relatively high PK 18-6 W/W value on its product information, but Atami specifically states that it should not be considered a fertiliser.
The reason is the extremely low application rate. At only 0.1ml/L, the quantity of phosphorus and potassium contributed to the final nutrient solution has very little nutritional effect on the plant.
ATA Clean's purpose is irrigation-system maintenance rather than crop feeding.
Growers should therefore continue using the appropriate base nutrient and crop-stage supplements rather than treating ATA Clean as a source of flowering PK nutrition.
Ideal for automatic irrigation & fertigation systems
ATA Clean is particularly useful wherever nutrient solution is repeatedly circulated or delivered through irrigation equipment.
This includes drip irrigation, automatic watering systems, nutrient tanks, pumps, filters and networks of irrigation pipework.
Maintaining these components is particularly important in commercial growing environments where a partial blockage can affect multiple plants or an entire irrigation zone.
Atami's grow guides specifically incorporate ATA Clean into automatic irrigation programmes as a regular system-maintenance product.
ATA Clean vs Atazyme
ATA Clean and Atazyme are sometimes confused because both are associated with maintaining the growing system, but they perform very different jobs.
ATA Clean is an irrigation-system cleaner. It targets mineral deposits and sediment within equipment such as pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
Atazyme is an enzyme-based crop additive designed to break down dead plant and root material within the growing medium and support the root-zone environment.
ATA Clean therefore maintains the irrigation equipment, while Atazyme primarily works within the substrate and root zone.
5L ATA Clean for commercial irrigation maintenance
ATA Clean's very low 0.1ml/L application rate makes the 5L container particularly economical for larger irrigation systems and commercial growing areas.
One 5L container contains 5,000ml of concentrate. At 0.1ml/L, this is sufficient to treat approximately 50,000 litres of irrigation water.
For a 100L reservoir, only 10ml is required. A 500L reservoir requires 50ml, while a 1,000L reservoir requires 100ml.
The 5L format is therefore well suited to nurseries, controlled-environment growing areas and other operations running larger or frequently used irrigation systems.
Atami ATA Clean 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Clean |
| Product type | Irrigation system cleaner & mineral deposit remover |
| Size | 5L |
| Primary function | Prevents & removes mineral sediment from irrigation systems |
| Suitable equipment | Pumps, filters, drippers, tanks & irrigation pipework |
| Application | Preventative & curative |
| Recommended dosage | 0.1ml/L |
| 10L water | 1ml |
| 50L water | 5ml |
| 100L water | 10ml |
| 500L water | 50ml |
| 1,000L water | 100ml |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 50,000L of irrigation water |
| Atami application pH | 5.5-6.5 |
| Analysis | PK 18-6 W/W |
| Fertiliser | No - Atami states that ATA Clean is not considered a fertiliser due to its very low application rate |
| Water source | Especially recommended for tap water |
| Automatic irrigation | Suitable |
Atami ATA Clean 5L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Clean used for?
ATA Clean is used to prevent and remove mineral deposits from irrigation equipment including pumps, filters, drippers, nutrient tanks and pipework.
How does ATA Clean work?
ATA Clean bonds with metallic nutrients that can form sediment and helps break down crystals and flakes so they can be carried away with the irrigation water.
What dosage of ATA Clean should I use?
Atami's current recommended dosage is 0.1ml/L. This means a 5L container can treat approximately 50,000L of irrigation water.
Can ATA Clean help prevent blocked drippers?
Yes. Preventing and removing mineral sediment helps reduce the build-up that can restrict small irrigation lines and dripper outlets.
Can ATA Clean remove existing deposits?
Yes. Atami states that ATA Clean can be used both preventatively and curatively, helping break down existing mineral deposits as well as reducing new accumulation.
How often should ATA Clean be used in an automatic irrigation system?
Atami's current grow guides recommend using ATA Clean in a couple of irrigations each week at 0.1ml/L to help clean pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
When should ATA Clean be added to a nutrient solution?
Prepare the base nutrient first, adjust pH if required and allow the solution to stand briefly. ATA Clean is then added afterwards.
Is ATA Clean suitable for tap water?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends ATA Clean for use with tap water, where dissolved minerals can contribute to irrigation-system deposits.
Is ATA Clean a fertiliser?
No. Although ATA Clean has a PK 18-6 W/W analysis, Atami states that it is not considered a fertiliser because its very low application rate means its nutritional effect on the plant is minimal.
Is ATA Clean safe to use while plants are growing?
Yes. ATA Clean is designed for use within active crop irrigation programmes at the recommended concentration, and Atami describes it as harmless to plants and the environment.
What is the difference between ATA Clean and Atazyme?
ATA Clean targets mineral deposits inside irrigation equipment. Atazyme is an enzyme additive that works primarily within the substrate and root zone by helping break down dead plant and root material.
Can ATA Clean be used with fertilisers?
Yes. ATA Clean is designed to work as part of a nutrient irrigation programme. Prepare the normal nutrient solution first and add ATA Clean afterwards according to Atami's application instructions.
How much water will Atami ATA Clean 5L treat?
At the recommended 0.1ml/L application rate, 5L of ATA Clean is sufficient for approximately 50,000 litres of irrigation water.
Atami ATA Calmag 5L - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
1728
£17.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 5L - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
1728
£17.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 5L is a professional, fast-acting calcium, magnesium and iron supplement designed to enrich water that is naturally low in these essential minerals. Particularly useful with soft, reverse-osmosis, rain or demineralised water, it can also supplement a normal fertiliser programme where additional calcium and magnesium are required.
Calcium and magnesium are secondary plant nutrients, but both perform essential functions. Calcium contributes to the formation and strength of plant cell walls, while magnesium plays a central role in chlorophyll and the plant's ability to capture light energy.
Atami also formulates ATA Calmag with iron, providing a fast-acting mineral supplement that can help address three commonly important elements within one product.
ATA Calmag is particularly relevant in cultivation systems where the source water contains little calcium and magnesium. This includes reverse-osmosis water, rainwater, naturally soft water and other demineralised water sources.
It can be used with soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation and is compatible with Atami's mineral feeding programmes. The general application range is 0.1-1ml/L, allowing the dose to be adjusted according to water quality, crop requirements and the wider nutrient programme.
Why choose Atami ATA Calmag?
- Calcium, magnesium & iron supplement - supplies three important mineral elements in one concentrated additive.
- Helps prevent deficiencies - particularly useful where source water or the growing system provides insufficient calcium and magnesium.
- Supports stronger cell walls - calcium plays an essential structural role within developing plant tissue.
- Supports chlorophyll production - magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll.
- Supports photosynthesis - adequate magnesium helps plants efficiently capture and use light energy.
- Supports nutrient uptake - Atami positions ATA Calmag as a supplement for improved nutrient absorption and healthier crop development.
- Fast-acting mineral formulation - designed to provide readily available supplementary nutrition.
- Ideal for soft water - particularly useful where naturally low mineral content leaves calcium and magnesium levels inadequate.
- Excellent for RO water - helps rebuild calcium and magnesium levels removed during reverse-osmosis filtration.
- Suitable for rainwater - useful where captured rainwater forms the basis of the irrigation supply.
- Suitable for coco - especially relevant because calcium and magnesium management can be important in coco cultivation.
- Suitable for hydroponics - useful in mineral feeding programmes where source-water composition can be closely controlled.
- Suitable for soil - can supplement soil feeding where additional calcium and magnesium are required.
- Flexible 0.1-1ml/L dosage - allows supplementation to be matched to water quality and crop requirements.
- Commercial 5L format - suitable for larger reservoirs, nurseries and regular professional use.
Extra calcium for stronger plant structure
Calcium performs an important structural role within plants and is closely associated with the formation and stability of cell walls.
Rapidly developing plant tissue requires an adequate calcium supply, making consistent availability particularly important during periods of active growth.
Atami describes the additional calcium supplied by ATA Calmag as supporting stronger cell walls and greater plant resilience.
Calcium availability is influenced not only by the fertiliser programme but also by source water, substrate, irrigation strategy and environmental conditions. ATA Calmag allows growers to supplement calcium where the existing supply is insufficient.
Magnesium for chlorophyll & light energy
Magnesium performs a very different but equally important role. It sits at the centre of the chlorophyll molecule and is therefore directly associated with the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
An inadequate magnesium supply can interfere with normal chlorophyll function and photosynthetic performance.
ATA Calmag provides additional magnesium alongside calcium, helping growers maintain adequate availability where the source water or normal nutrient programme does not provide enough.
Atami summarises the relationship simply: more magnesium supports more chlorophyll and energy, while calcium supports stronger cell structure.
Calcium & magnesium with added iron
ATA Calmag is not simply a two-element calcium and magnesium product. Atami's current formulation also includes iron.
Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important plant processes associated with chlorophyll formation, enzyme activity and energy metabolism.
Combining calcium, magnesium and iron makes ATA Calmag particularly useful where growers want to strengthen the mineral profile of low-mineral irrigation water before or alongside their normal fertiliser programme.
Ideal for soft, RO, rain & demineralised water
ATA Calmag is especially useful when the irrigation water itself provides little calcium or magnesium.
Reverse-osmosis water has had the majority of its dissolved minerals removed. Rainwater can also contain very little calcium and magnesium, while naturally soft mains water may provide significantly lower levels than harder water supplies.
Atami specifically recommends ATA Calmag for soft and demineralised water, allowing growers to supplement these minerals before or as part of their normal nutrient programme.
This is particularly useful in professional cultivation where source-water composition is considered as part of the complete fertiliser strategy rather than treating every water source identically.
ATA Calmag for coco growing
Calcium and magnesium management deserves particular attention in coco cultivation because coco's cation exchange characteristics can influence the availability of calcium, magnesium and potassium within the root zone.
Properly prepared and buffered coco helps manage these interactions, but source-water mineral content and the chosen base nutrient still determine whether additional supplementation is required.
Atami identifies coco as one of the growing methods where ATA Calmag can be particularly useful, especially when combined with soft, rain or reverse-osmosis water.
Growers should consider the calcium and magnesium already supplied by their base nutrient before selecting the final ATA Calmag dose.
ATA Calmag for hydroponics
Hydroponic growing gives the grower direct control over the mineral composition of the nutrient solution, which makes source-water quality especially important.
If the starting water contains very little calcium and magnesium, the final nutrient solution must provide these minerals through the feeding programme.
ATA Calmag is fully compatible with Atami's mineral nutrient programmes and can be incorporated into hydroponic feeding where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Atami's current hydro grow guides use ATA Calmag throughout growth and flowering, with the precise concentration adjusted according to crop stage and the overall programme.
How to use Atami ATA Calmag
Atami's general dosage for ATA Calmag is 0.1-1ml per litre of water.
Use ATA Calmag to enrich water that is naturally poor in calcium and magnesium or as a supplement to the normal fertiliser solution. Atami recommends using water at approximately room temperature, around 21°C, for optimal results.
At the full 0.1-1ml/L range, a 100L reservoir requires 10-100ml, a 500L reservoir requires 50-500ml and a 1,000L reservoir requires 100ml-1L.
The correct dose depends on the starting water, growing medium, base nutrient, crop stage, plant condition and whether supplementation is preventative or being used to address an identified shortage.
Atami's grow-guide rates are guidelines rather than fixed requirements. Monitor the crop and overall nutrient strength when adjusting supplementation.
Helping prevent calcium & magnesium deficiencies
ATA Calmag can be used proactively when growing conditions are known to provide limited calcium and magnesium, rather than waiting for visible deficiency symptoms to become established.
This is particularly relevant with reverse-osmosis water, rainwater, soft water, coco and hydroponic systems.
Atami also highlights intensive LED cultivation as a situation where calcium and magnesium demand can deserve additional attention.
Visible plant symptoms can have several causes, however, including pH, root health, nutrient antagonism and environmental stress. Increasing Calmag concentration should therefore not automatically be treated as the solution to every apparent deficiency.
Designed to complement your base nutrient
ATA Calmag is a supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser.
It provides additional calcium, magnesium and iron where these elements are required, while the normal base nutrient continues to supply the broader macro and micronutrient profile needed by the crop.
ATA Calmag carries an N 6 W/W analysis, so it also contributes nitrogen to the final nutrient solution. This should be considered when building a complete feeding programme, particularly during later crop stages.
Growers using several mineral additives should monitor total nutrient concentration rather than assessing each product in isolation.
Using ATA Calmag with Atami nutrients
ATA Calmag is designed to integrate with Atami's mineral feeding programmes and can be used alongside base nutrients for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
Atami's current grow guides include ATA Calmag alongside nutrient programmes such as ATA soil feeding, B'cuzz Hydro A&B and other mineral base feeds.
The amount required varies between programmes because the base nutrient, substrate and crop stage already influence the calcium and magnesium available to the plant.
This is why ATA Calmag should be viewed as an adjustable mineral supplement rather than a product that must always be applied at its maximum concentration.
Do you need Calmag with hard water?
Not every irrigation source requires the same level of calcium and magnesium supplementation.
Hard mains water can already contain significant quantities of calcium and magnesium. Adding a high dose of Calmag without considering the starting water may therefore provide more mineral supplementation than the crop requires.
Growers should consider source-water analysis or EC, the base nutrient formulation, substrate and plant response before deciding how much ATA Calmag to use.
The broad 0.1-1ml/L application range gives growers flexibility to match supplementation to their actual conditions.
5L Calmag for commercial & high-volume growing
The 5L format is ideal for commercial horticulture, larger reservoirs and growers regularly using low-mineral water.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, one 5L container can prepare approximately 5,000 litres of supplemented irrigation water.
At 0.5ml/L it can treat approximately 10,000 litres, while at the minimum 0.1ml/L rate it can treat up to approximately 50,000 litres.
This broad treatment range reflects the fact that ATA Calmag dosage should be adjusted according to water quality and crop requirements rather than applied at one fixed concentration in every situation.
Atami ATA Calmag 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Calmag |
| Product type | Calcium, magnesium & iron mineral supplement |
| Size | 5L |
| Primary nutrients | Calcium & magnesium |
| Additional micronutrient | Iron |
| Nutrient analysis | N 6 W/W |
| Dosage | 0.1-1ml/L |
| 100L reservoir | 10-100ml |
| 500L reservoir | 50-500ml |
| 1,000L reservoir | 100ml-1L |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 5,000-50,000L depending on dosage |
| Suitable growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponic cultivation |
| Particularly suitable for | Soft water, reverse-osmosis water, rainwater & demineralised water |
| Crop stages | Can be used throughout the crop cycle according to plant and water requirements |
| Recommended water temperature | Approximately 21°C |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes - designed as a supplementary additive to a normal fertiliser programme |
Atami ATA Calmag 5L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Calmag?
ATA Calmag is a fast-acting mineral supplement providing additional calcium, magnesium and iron. It is designed to enrich water that is low in these minerals or supplement an existing fertiliser programme.
Does ATA Calmag contain iron?
Yes. Atami describes ATA Calmag as a calcium and magnesium additive with iron, allowing it to supplement three important mineral elements within one product.
What is ATA Calmag's recommended dosage?
Atami recommends 0.1-1ml/L. The appropriate concentration depends on source-water quality, crop requirements, growing medium and the rest of the fertiliser programme.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for reverse-osmosis water?
Yes. Reverse-osmosis filtration removes most dissolved minerals from water, making ATA Calmag particularly useful for restoring supplementary calcium and magnesium to an RO-based feeding programme.
Can ATA Calmag be used with rainwater?
Yes. Rainwater is often naturally low in calcium and magnesium, so ATA Calmag can be used where testing or crop requirements indicate that additional supplementation is needed.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for coco?
Yes. Atami specifically identifies coco as a growing system where calcium and magnesium supplementation can be particularly useful, especially when low-mineral water is being used.
Can ATA Calmag be used in hydroponics?
Yes. ATA Calmag is compatible with Atami's mineral feeding programmes and can be used in hydroponic cultivation where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Can ATA Calmag be used in soil?
Yes. Atami describes ATA Calmag as suitable for all substrate types, including soil, where additional calcium and magnesium supplementation is appropriate.
Why do plants need calcium?
Calcium plays an important role in the formation and stability of plant cell walls and is particularly important in actively developing plant tissue.
Why do plants need magnesium?
Magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll and is therefore closely involved in photosynthesis and the plant's ability to capture light energy.
Do I need ATA Calmag if I have hard tap water?
Not necessarily. Hard water may already contain significant calcium and magnesium. Consider your water composition, base nutrient and crop requirements before deciding how much additional Calmag is required.
Is ATA Calmag a complete plant fertiliser?
No. ATA Calmag is a supplementary mineral additive designed to complement a normal base fertiliser rather than replace it.
Can ATA Calmag be used throughout flowering?
Yes, where additional calcium and magnesium are required. Atami's current feeding programmes use ATA Calmag through both growth and flowering, with the concentration adjusted according to crop stage and the wider nutrient programme.
How much water will Atami ATA Calmag 5L treat?
Across Atami's 0.1-1ml/L application range, a 5L container can supplement approximately 5,000-50,000 litres of water, depending on the concentration required.
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
148
£1.48
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
148
£1.48
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml is a professional, fast-acting calcium, magnesium and iron supplement designed to enrich water that is naturally low in these essential minerals. Particularly useful with soft, reverse-osmosis, rain and demineralised water, it can also supplement a normal mineral feeding programme where additional calcium and magnesium are required.
Calcium and magnesium are secondary plant nutrients, but both perform essential functions. Calcium is important for the formation and strength of plant cell walls, while magnesium is central to chlorophyll and the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
ATA Calmag also contains iron, giving growers a fast-acting mineral supplement that can help support calcium, magnesium and iron availability within one product.
It is particularly useful where the irrigation source contains relatively little mineral content, including reverse-osmosis water, rainwater and naturally soft water. Atami also identifies coco and hydroponic cultivation as situations where calcium and magnesium management can deserve additional attention.
ATA Calmag can be used with different substrate types and is compatible with Atami mineral feeding programmes. The general dosage is 0.1-1ml/L, allowing supplementation to be adjusted according to water quality, crop requirements and the wider nutrient programme.
Why choose Atami ATA Calmag?
- Calcium, magnesium & iron - supplies three important mineral elements in one concentrated supplement.
- Helps prevent deficiencies - particularly useful where the water or growing system provides insufficient calcium and magnesium.
- Supports stronger cell walls - calcium plays an important structural role within developing plant tissue.
- Supports chlorophyll production - magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll.
- Supports light-energy absorption - adequate magnesium is important for normal photosynthetic function.
- Supports nutrient uptake - Atami highlights improved nutrient absorption as a key benefit of ATA Calmag.
- Supports plant resilience - adequate calcium contributes to strong plant structure.
- Supports flower quality - Atami identifies improved flower quality as another benefit of the supplement.
- Fast-acting mineral formulation - designed to provide readily available supplementary nutrition.
- Ideal for soft water - particularly useful where naturally low mineral content limits calcium and magnesium supply.
- Excellent for RO water - useful for rebuilding calcium and magnesium levels after reverse-osmosis filtration.
- Suitable for rainwater - useful where collected rainwater forms part of the irrigation programme.
- Suitable for coco & hydroponics - two growing methods where calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important.
- Flexible 0.1-1ml/L dosage - supplementation can be matched to water quality and crop requirements.
- Concentrated 250ml format - capable of treating approximately 250-2,500L of water depending on dosage.
- Trade-ready case quantity - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 250ml bottles.
Extra calcium for stronger plant structure
Calcium performs an important structural role within plants and contributes to the formation and stability of cell walls.
Rapidly developing plant tissue requires a reliable calcium supply, making availability particularly important during periods of active crop development.
Atami highlights additional calcium as supporting stronger cell walls and improved plant resilience.
Calcium availability is influenced by more than the fertiliser itself. Source-water composition, substrate, irrigation strategy, root health and environmental conditions can all influence how effectively plants receive and use calcium.
Magnesium for chlorophyll & energy
Magnesium is located at the centre of the chlorophyll molecule and is therefore directly connected to the plant's ability to capture light energy.
An inadequate magnesium supply can interfere with normal chlorophyll function and overall plant development.
ATA Calmag provides additional magnesium alongside calcium, helping growers maintain adequate availability where the source water or normal feeding programme does not provide enough.
Atami summarises the relationship clearly: calcium supports stronger cell walls, while adequate magnesium supports chlorophyll production and plant energy.
Calcium & magnesium with added iron
ATA Calmag is more than a basic calcium and magnesium supplement. The formulation also includes iron.
Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important plant processes associated with chlorophyll formation, enzyme activity and normal metabolism.
Combining calcium, magnesium and iron makes ATA Calmag particularly useful where growers want to strengthen the mineral profile of low-mineral irrigation water while maintaining a straightforward feeding programme.
Ideal for soft, RO, rain & demineralised water
ATA Calmag is particularly useful when the irrigation source naturally provides very little calcium or magnesium.
Reverse-osmosis water has most dissolved minerals removed during filtration. Rainwater can also contain very low levels of calcium and magnesium, while naturally soft mains water may provide substantially less than harder water sources.
Atami specifically recommends ATA Calmag for cultivation with soft or demineralised water.
Supplementation allows growers to account for the starting mineral profile of their irrigation water rather than assuming every water source provides the same nutritional contribution.
ATA Calmag for coco growing
Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco because the medium's cation exchange characteristics influence the behaviour of calcium, magnesium and potassium within the root zone.
Properly washed and buffered coco helps manage these interactions, but source-water mineral content and the chosen base nutrient still determine whether additional supplementation is appropriate.
Atami identifies coco as one of the growing systems where ATA Calmag can be particularly useful, especially when combined with soft, rain or reverse-osmosis water.
Growers should consider the calcium and magnesium already supplied by their coco base nutrient before selecting the final ATA Calmag concentration.
ATA Calmag for hydroponics
Hydroponic growing gives the grower direct control over the mineral composition of the nutrient solution, making the quality of the starting water particularly important.
Where the water contains little calcium and magnesium, these elements need to be supplied through the nutrient programme.
ATA Calmag is compatible with Atami mineral feeding programmes and can be incorporated into hydroponic nutrition where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
The dosage can be adjusted according to crop requirements, source water and the wider feeding programme.
How to use Atami ATA Calmag
Atami recommends 0.1-1ml of ATA Calmag per litre of water.
Use it to enrich water that is poor in calcium and magnesium or as an addition to the normal fertiliser solution.
At 0.1-1ml/L, use 1-10ml for 10L, 5-50ml for 50L, 10-100ml for 100L and 25-250ml for 250L of water.
The appropriate concentration depends on source-water mineral content, growing medium, base nutrient, crop stage and whether ATA Calmag is being used preventatively or to address an identified shortage.
Feeding programmes should be treated as guidelines and adjusted according to crop response and local growing conditions.
Preventing & correcting calcium and magnesium shortages
ATA Calmag can be used proactively where growing conditions are known to provide limited calcium and magnesium rather than waiting for a deficiency to become established.
This is particularly relevant with reverse-osmosis water, rainwater, soft water, coco and hydroponic systems.
It can also be used correctively where plant condition and feeding analysis indicate that calcium or magnesium availability is inadequate.
Visible symptoms can have several possible causes, however, including unsuitable pH, root-zone problems, nutrient antagonism and environmental stress. Calmag dosage should therefore be adjusted based on the complete growing situation.
Calmag support for intensive LED growing
Intensive LED cultivation can place substantial demand on a crop's overall nutrient programme, particularly where plants are growing rapidly under high light intensity.
Calcium and magnesium availability should be considered alongside the other macro and micronutrients rather than treated in isolation.
ATA Calmag provides an adjustable mineral supplement that can be incorporated according to crop response without requiring the grower to change the entire base nutrient programme.
Designed to complement your base nutrient
ATA Calmag is a supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser.
It provides additional calcium, magnesium and iron where required, while the normal base nutrient continues to provide the wider range of macro and micronutrients needed by the crop.
ATA Calmag carries an N 6 W/W analysis, so it also contributes nitrogen to the nutrient solution. This should be considered when building a complete feeding programme.
Growers using several mineral additives should monitor overall nutrient concentration rather than assessing each supplement in isolation.
Do you need Calmag with hard tap water?
Not every water source requires the same level of calcium and magnesium supplementation.
Hard mains water can already contain appreciable amounts of calcium and magnesium. Automatically adding the maximum Calmag concentration without considering the starting water may therefore provide more supplementation than the crop requires.
Source-water composition, base nutrient, growing medium and crop response should all be considered when selecting the appropriate dose.
ATA Calmag's broad 0.1-1ml/L application range allows supplementation to be adjusted to suit different water qualities and crop requirements.
Concentrated 250ml Calmag supplement
The 250ml format is ideal for smaller reservoirs, hobby growers, propagation areas and growers wanting to supplement low-mineral water without purchasing a larger container.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, one 250ml bottle can supplement approximately 250 litres of water.
At 0.5ml/L it can treat approximately 500 litres, while at the minimum 0.1ml/L rate it can treat up to approximately 2,500 litres.
For trade and wholesale ordering, ATA Calmag 250ml is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, giving 3L of product per full case.
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Calmag |
| Product type | Calcium, magnesium & iron mineral supplement |
| Size | 250ml |
| Primary nutrients | Calcium & magnesium |
| Additional micronutrient | Iron |
| Nutrient analysis | N 6 W/W |
| Dosage | 0.1-1ml/L |
| 10L water | 1-10ml |
| 50L water | 5-50ml |
| 100L water | 10-100ml |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 250-2,500L depending on dosage |
| Suitable growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponic cultivation |
| Particularly suitable for | Soft water, reverse-osmosis water, rainwater & demineralised water |
| Crop stages | Can be used throughout the crop cycle according to plant and water requirements |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes - designed as a supplementary additive to a normal fertiliser programme |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml FAQs
What is Atami ATA Calmag?
ATA Calmag is a fast-acting mineral supplement that provides additional calcium, magnesium and iron. It is particularly useful where irrigation water is naturally low in calcium and magnesium.
What is the recommended ATA Calmag dosage?
Atami recommends 0.1-1ml/L. The appropriate concentration depends on source-water quality, crop requirements, growing medium and the rest of the feeding programme.
Does ATA Calmag contain iron?
Yes. The mineral formulation supplies iron alongside calcium and magnesium.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for reverse-osmosis water?
Yes. Reverse-osmosis filtration removes most dissolved minerals, making ATA Calmag particularly useful for adding calcium and magnesium to an RO-based feeding programme.
Can ATA Calmag be used with rainwater?
Yes. Rainwater can be naturally low in calcium and magnesium, so ATA Calmag can be used where additional mineral supplementation is required.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for coco?
Yes. Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco, especially when low-mineral water is being used.
Can ATA Calmag be used in hydroponics?
Yes. ATA Calmag is compatible with mineral feeding programmes and can be used in hydroponic cultivation where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Can ATA Calmag be used in soil?
Yes. ATA Calmag can supplement soil-grown plants where additional calcium and magnesium are appropriate.
Why do plants need calcium?
Calcium contributes to the formation and strength of plant cell walls and is particularly important for actively developing plant tissue.
Why do plants need magnesium?
Magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll and therefore plays an important role in the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
Do I need ATA Calmag with hard tap water?
Not necessarily. Hard water can already contain significant calcium and magnesium, so source-water composition should be considered before deciding how much additional Calmag is required.
Is ATA Calmag a complete fertiliser?
No. ATA Calmag is a supplementary mineral additive designed to complement a normal base fertiliser rather than replace it.
How much water can Atami ATA Calmag 250ml treat?
Across the 0.1-1ml/L dosage range, a 250ml bottle can supplement approximately 250-2,500 litres of water, depending on the concentration required.
How many Atami ATA Calmag 250ml bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles, giving a total of 3L of ATA Calmag per case.
Atami ATA Calmag 1L - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
559
£5.59
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 1L - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
559
£5.59
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 1L is a professional, fast-acting calcium, magnesium and iron supplement designed to enrich water that is naturally low in these essential minerals. Particularly useful with soft, reverse-osmosis, rain and demineralised water, it can also supplement a normal mineral feeding programme where additional calcium and magnesium are required.
Calcium and magnesium are secondary plant nutrients, but both perform essential functions. Calcium contributes to the formation and strength of plant cell walls, while magnesium is central to chlorophyll and the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
ATA Calmag also contains iron, providing a convenient mineral supplement that can support calcium, magnesium and iron availability within one product.
It is particularly useful where irrigation water contains relatively little mineral content, including reverse-osmosis water, rainwater and naturally soft water. Calcium and magnesium management can also deserve particular attention in coco and hydroponic cultivation.
ATA Calmag is suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic growing and can be incorporated into Atami mineral feeding programmes. The general dosage is 0.1-1ml/L, allowing supplementation to be adjusted according to water quality, crop requirements and the wider nutrient programme.
Why choose Atami ATA Calmag?
- Calcium, magnesium & iron - supplies three important mineral elements in one concentrated supplement.
- Helps reduce deficiencies - particularly useful where the water or growing system provides insufficient calcium and magnesium.
- Supports stronger cell walls - calcium plays an important structural role within developing plant tissue.
- Supports chlorophyll production - magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll.
- Supports photosynthesis - adequate magnesium helps plants efficiently capture and use light energy.
- Supports nutrient uptake - designed to complement a balanced mineral feeding programme.
- Supports stronger plants - adequate calcium contributes to healthy structural development.
- Supports quality flowering - balanced mineral nutrition helps plants maintain healthy development into flowering.
- Fast-acting mineral formulation - provides readily available supplementary nutrition.
- Ideal for soft water - useful where naturally low mineral content limits calcium and magnesium supply.
- Excellent for RO water - helps replace calcium and magnesium removed during reverse-osmosis filtration.
- Suitable for rainwater - useful where captured rainwater forms the basis of an irrigation programme.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydro - integrates into a wide range of growing systems.
- Flexible 0.1-1ml/L dosage - allows supplementation to be matched to water quality and crop demand.
- 1L concentrated format - capable of treating approximately 1,000-10,000L of water depending on dosage.
- Trade-ready case quantity - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
Extra calcium for stronger plant structure
Calcium performs an important structural role within plants and contributes to the formation and stability of cell walls.
Rapidly developing plant tissue requires a reliable calcium supply, making availability particularly important during periods of active crop development.
Additional calcium can help maintain healthy structural development where the existing nutrient programme or source water does not provide sufficient quantities.
Calcium availability is influenced by more than fertiliser concentration. Source-water composition, substrate, irrigation strategy, root health and environmental conditions can all affect how effectively plants receive and use calcium.
Magnesium for chlorophyll & plant energy
Magnesium is located at the centre of the chlorophyll molecule and is therefore directly associated with the plant's ability to capture light energy.
An inadequate magnesium supply can interfere with normal chlorophyll function and plant development.
ATA Calmag supplies additional magnesium alongside calcium, helping growers maintain adequate availability where the source water or normal feeding programme does not provide enough.
This makes magnesium management particularly important for actively growing crops where healthy green foliage and efficient photosynthetic activity are required.
Calcium & magnesium with added iron
ATA Calmag is more than a basic calcium and magnesium supplement. Its formulation also includes iron.
Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important plant processes associated with chlorophyll formation, enzyme activity and normal plant metabolism.
Combining calcium, magnesium and iron makes ATA Calmag particularly useful where growers want to strengthen the mineral profile of low-mineral irrigation water without unnecessarily complicating the feeding programme.
Ideal for soft, RO, rain & demineralised water
ATA Calmag is especially useful when the irrigation source naturally provides little calcium or magnesium.
Reverse-osmosis water has most dissolved minerals removed during filtration. Rainwater can also contain very low levels of calcium and magnesium, while naturally soft mains water may provide substantially less than harder water supplies.
ATA Calmag allows growers to supplement these important elements and account for the starting mineral profile of their irrigation water.
This is particularly useful in professional cultivation where water quality forms part of the complete crop nutrition strategy.
ATA Calmag for coco growing
Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco because the medium's cation exchange characteristics influence the behaviour of calcium, magnesium and potassium within the root zone.
Properly washed and buffered coco helps manage these interactions, but source-water mineral content and the chosen base nutrient still determine whether additional supplementation is required.
ATA Calmag is particularly useful in coco when the crop is being irrigated with soft, rain or reverse-osmosis water.
Growers should consider the calcium and magnesium already supplied by their coco base nutrient before deciding how much additional Calmag is appropriate.
ATA Calmag for hydroponics
Hydroponic cultivation gives the grower direct control over the mineral composition of the nutrient solution, making the quality of the starting water particularly important.
Where the source water contains very little calcium and magnesium, these elements need to be supplied through the nutrient programme.
ATA Calmag can be incorporated into hydroponic mineral feeding where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Final supplementation should be adjusted according to the base nutrient, source water, crop stage and overall EC of the prepared nutrient solution.
How to use Atami ATA Calmag
Atami's general dosage for ATA Calmag is 0.1-1ml per litre of water.
Use it to enrich water that is poor in calcium and magnesium or as an addition to the normal fertiliser solution where additional supplementation is required.
At 0.1-1ml/L, use 1-10ml for 10L, 5-50ml for 50L, 10-100ml for 100L, 50-500ml for 500L and 100ml-1L for 1,000L of water.
The appropriate concentration depends on source-water mineral content, growing medium, base nutrient, crop stage and plant condition.
Feeding programmes should be treated as guidelines and adjusted according to crop response, water analysis and local growing conditions.
Helping prevent calcium & magnesium deficiencies
ATA Calmag can be used proactively where growing conditions are known to provide limited calcium and magnesium rather than waiting for deficiency symptoms to become established.
This is particularly relevant with reverse-osmosis water, rainwater, soft water, coco and hydroponic systems.
It can also be used where crop condition and feeding analysis indicate that calcium or magnesium availability is inadequate.
Visible deficiency symptoms can have several possible causes, however, including unsuitable pH, root-zone problems, nutrient antagonism and environmental stress. Increasing Calmag concentration should not automatically be treated as the solution to every apparent deficiency.
Calmag support for intensive LED growing
Fast-growing crops under intensive lighting can place substantial demand on the overall nutrient programme.
Calcium and magnesium availability should be considered alongside the crop's other macro and micronutrient requirements, particularly where low-mineral water forms the basis of the nutrient solution.
ATA Calmag provides an adjustable supplement that can be incorporated according to crop demand without requiring the grower to replace the normal base nutrient.
Designed to complement your base nutrient
ATA Calmag is a supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser.
It supplies additional calcium, magnesium and iron where required, while the normal base nutrient continues to provide the wider macro and micronutrient profile needed by the crop.
ATA Calmag also contributes nitrogen to the nutrient solution, so this should be considered when building a complete mineral feeding programme.
Growers using several mineral additives should monitor total nutrient concentration and crop response rather than assessing each product in isolation.
Do you need Calmag with hard tap water?
Not every irrigation source requires the same level of calcium and magnesium supplementation.
Hard mains water can already contain significant quantities of calcium and magnesium. Adding the maximum Calmag concentration without considering the starting water may therefore provide more supplementation than the crop requires.
Source-water composition, base nutrient, growing medium and plant response should all be considered when selecting the appropriate dose.
The broad 0.1-1ml/L application range gives growers flexibility to match supplementation to their actual conditions.
1L Calmag supplement for regular growing
The 1L format offers a useful balance between treatment capacity and pack size, making it suitable for hobby growers, larger home growing systems and professional cultivation.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, one 1L bottle can supplement approximately 1,000 litres of water.
At 0.5ml/L it can treat approximately 2,000 litres, while at the minimum 0.1ml/L rate it can treat up to approximately 10,000 litres.
For trade and wholesale ordering, ATA Calmag 1L is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, giving 12L of product per full case.
Atami ATA Calmag 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Calmag |
| Product type | Calcium, magnesium & iron mineral supplement |
| Size | 1L |
| Primary nutrients | Calcium & magnesium |
| Additional micronutrient | Iron |
| Dosage | 0.1-1ml/L |
| 10L water | 1-10ml |
| 50L water | 5-50ml |
| 100L water | 10-100ml |
| 500L water | 50-500ml |
| 1,000L water | 100ml-1L |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 1,000-10,000L depending on dosage |
| Suitable growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponic cultivation |
| Particularly suitable for | Soft water, reverse-osmosis water, rainwater & demineralised water |
| Crop stages | Can be used throughout the crop cycle according to plant and water requirements |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes - designed as a supplementary additive to a normal fertiliser programme |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA Calmag 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Calmag?
ATA Calmag is a concentrated mineral supplement providing additional calcium, magnesium and iron. It is particularly useful where irrigation water is naturally low in calcium and magnesium.
What is the recommended ATA Calmag dosage?
Atami recommends 0.1-1ml/L. The appropriate concentration depends on source-water quality, crop requirements, growing medium and the rest of the feeding programme.
Does ATA Calmag contain iron?
Yes. ATA Calmag supplies iron alongside calcium and magnesium.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for reverse-osmosis water?
Yes. Reverse-osmosis filtration removes most dissolved minerals, making ATA Calmag particularly useful for adding calcium and magnesium to an RO-based feeding programme.
Can ATA Calmag be used with rainwater?
Yes. Rainwater can be naturally low in calcium and magnesium, so ATA Calmag can be used where additional mineral supplementation is required.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for coco?
Yes. Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco, especially when soft, rain or reverse-osmosis water is used.
Can ATA Calmag be used in hydroponics?
Yes. ATA Calmag can be incorporated into hydroponic mineral feeding programmes where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Can ATA Calmag be used in soil?
Yes. ATA Calmag can supplement soil-grown plants where additional calcium and magnesium are appropriate.
Why do plants need calcium?
Calcium contributes to the formation and strength of plant cell walls and is particularly important for actively developing plant tissue.
Why do plants need magnesium?
Magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll and therefore plays an important role in the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
Do I need ATA Calmag with hard tap water?
Not necessarily. Hard water can already contain significant calcium and magnesium, so the source-water mineral profile should be considered before deciding how much additional Calmag is required.
Is ATA Calmag a complete fertiliser?
No. ATA Calmag is a supplementary mineral additive designed to complement a normal base fertiliser rather than replace it.
How much water can Atami ATA Calmag 1L treat?
Across the 0.1-1ml/L dosage range, a 1L bottle can supplement approximately 1,000-10,000 litres of water, depending on the concentration required.
How many Atami ATA Calmag 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles, giving a total of 12L of ATA Calmag per case.
Ecothrive Trace 5L - Organic Chelated Micronutrient & Trace Element Supplement
3100
£31.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Trace 5L - Organic Chelated Micronutrient & Trace Element Supplement
3100
£31.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Trace 5L is a concentrated organic micronutrient supplement supplying six essential trace elements: iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum. Naturally chelated using plant-derived lignosulphonate, Trace is designed to prevent and correct micronutrient deficiencies, support nutrient uptake and maintain vigorous, high-quality plant growth.
Micronutrients are required in much smaller quantities than nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, but that does not make them less important. They are involved in chlorophyll production, photosynthesis, enzyme activity, cell development, nutrient utilisation and numerous other processes essential to healthy plants.
Ecothrive developed Trace after extensive testing showed that trace-element availability in potting soils can often be lower than expected or even non-detectable. Plants may therefore experience micronutrient "hidden hunger" before obvious visual deficiency symptoms develop.
Trace was developed primarily for organic and living soil cultivation, but its applications extend to coco, hydroponics, propagation and foliar feeding. It is particularly useful for supplementing dilute hydroponic nutrient solutions where full-strength base nutrients are not being used.
Ecothrive Trace is approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation and uses biodegradable lignosulphonate rather than a synthetic EDTA chelating system.
Why choose Ecothrive Trace?
- Six essential micronutrients - supplies iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum in a balanced formulation.
- Helps prevent hidden hunger - maintains trace-element availability before deficiencies become severe enough to produce obvious symptoms.
- Naturally chelated - uses plant-derived lignosulphonate to keep micronutrients available for plant uptake.
- Approved for organic cultivation - Soil Association approved for organic growing.
- Ideal for living soil - formulated primarily with organic and living soil growers in mind.
- Supports nutrient uptake - adequate micronutrient availability supports the utilisation of primary and secondary nutrients.
- Supports chlorophyll production - iron and manganese perform important roles in healthy photosynthetic function.
- Supports enzyme activity - several of the supplied trace elements act as essential enzyme cofactors.
- Supports soil microbiology - balanced trace nutrition contributes to processes including nutrient cycling and microbial respiration.
- Suitable for propagation - useful for topping up micronutrients in dilute feeds used for seedlings and cuttings.
- Suitable for coco & hydro - can supplement quarter-, half- and other reduced-strength mineral nutrient solutions.
- Root or foliar application - can be supplied through irrigation or used as a fast-acting foliar feed.
- Highly compatible - tank stable and suitable for integration with other nutrients and additives.
- Commercial 5L format - ideal for larger living soil systems, nurseries and professional horticultural use.
Prevent micronutrient "hidden hunger"
A plant does not need to display dramatic deficiency symptoms for micronutrient availability to be limiting its performance.
Ecothrive describes this less obvious condition as hidden hunger. The plant may continue to grow, but insufficient trace elements can limit important physiological processes and reduce its ability to use other nutrients efficiently.
Ecothrive's own laboratory testing of potting soils has repeatedly found that available trace elements can be below ideal levels or, in some cases, non-detectable.
Trace provides a controlled way to replenish these elements rather than relying solely on indirect sources such as rock dust, seaweed or compost.
Six essential trace elements in one supplement
Ecothrive Trace supplies a carefully balanced combination of iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum.
Iron - chlorophyll & energy processes
Iron is required for chlorophyll formation and participates in enzymes involved in plant energy and nitrogen metabolism. Iron deficiency is commonly associated with interveinal chlorosis, particularly in younger foliage.
Manganese - photosynthesis & enzyme activation
Manganese supports photosynthesis and activates numerous enzymes involved in plant metabolism and nutrient utilisation.
Zinc - growth regulation & phosphorus metabolism
Zinc is required for auxin synthesis and activates enzymes involved in plant growth and phosphorus metabolism.
Copper - enzymes, respiration & cell strength
Copper functions as an enzyme cofactor and contributes to photosynthesis, respiration, nitrogen metabolism and lignin synthesis.
Boron - cell walls & calcium utilisation
Boron is important for cell-wall formation and cell division and assists calcium utilisation and transport within the plant.
Molybdenum - nitrogen utilisation
Molybdenum is required by enzymes involved in nitrogen metabolism, including nitrate reduction, helping plants efficiently utilise available nitrogen.
Naturally chelated with lignosulphonate
The micronutrients in Ecothrive Trace are naturally chelated using lignosulphonate, a plant-derived material originating from lignin.
Chelation helps bind micronutrients and keep them soluble, improving their availability for plant uptake.
Ecothrive selected lignosulphonate as an alternative to synthetic chelating agents such as EDTA. It is biodegradable and compatible with biological and organic cultivation.
This makes Trace particularly well suited to living soil systems where maintaining biological compatibility is an important part of the overall growing method.
Trace elements for organic & living soil
Trace was developed primarily with living soil growers in mind.
Living soil may contain a broad range of mineral and organic inputs, but this does not automatically guarantee that every micronutrient remains available to the crop at an optimum concentration.
Ecothrive recommends Trace as a targeted way to maintain or restore micronutrient levels throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
For living soil and organic potting mixes, apply 0.25-0.5ml/L with every watering during vegetative growth and flowering, stopping approximately 1-2 weeks before harvest.
Supports soil biology & nutrient cycling
Trace elements are important not only to plants but also to many biological processes occurring within a living soil ecosystem.
Ecothrive highlights their roles in enzyme activation, nutrient cycling, nitrogen fixation and microbial respiration.
Maintaining balanced micronutrient availability can therefore contribute to a diverse and active microbial community while supporting the plant directly.
The lignosulphonate chelating system is biodegradable and designed to remain compatible with biological growing methods.
Micronutrient support for seedlings & cuttings
Propagation feeds are often deliberately diluted because seedlings and newly rooted cuttings require lower overall nutrient concentrations than established plants.
Diluting a complete mineral fertiliser also reduces the concentration of its micronutrients. This can leave a very weak nutrient solution short of essential trace elements.
Ecothrive Trace can be used during propagation at 0.25ml/L with every watering to supplement dilute nutrient solutions without requiring the grower to increase the entire base feed.
Using Ecothrive Trace in hydroponics & coco
Ecothrive Trace is compatible with hydroponic systems including coco coir, rockwool and deep water culture.
Full-strength mineral base nutrients should already contain adequate trace elements, so Ecothrive does not recommend automatically adding a full Trace dose on top of a complete full-strength mineral feed.
Its main hydroponic role is topping up micronutrients when the base nutrient is deliberately being used below full strength.
With a half-strength base nutrient, Ecothrive recommends 0.25ml/L Trace. With a three-quarter-strength base nutrient, use 0.125ml/L.
Add Trace after mixing the base nutrients.
Fast-acting foliar micronutrient feed
Trace can also be applied directly to foliage, providing a fast route for micronutrient supplementation when correcting a deficiency or when root feeding is not preferred.
Ecothrive recommends a foliar concentration of 10ml/L every 10-14 days.
Foliar feeding can be used throughout propagation and vegetative growth instead of root feeding. For fruiting plants it can continue through the cycle, while flowering plants should no longer be sprayed once flowers have started to form.
Ecothrive advises choosing either the appropriate root-feed or foliar programme rather than routinely applying both simultaneously.
Ecothrive Trace micronutrient composition
Trace provides six essential micronutrients at carefully controlled concentrations:
- Iron (Fe): 0.6%
- Manganese (Mn): 0.6%
- Zinc (Zn): 0.1%
- Boron (B): 0.1%
- Copper (Cu): 0.04%
- Molybdenum (Mo): 0.01%
- Chelating agent: lignosulphonate
At a 0.5ml/L application rate, Ecothrive states that Trace provides approximately 3ppm iron, 3ppm manganese, 0.5ppm zinc, 0.2ppm copper, 0.5ppm boron and 0.05ppm molybdenum.
How to use Ecothrive Trace
Application depends on the growing method. In living soil and organic potting mixes, use 0.25-0.5ml/L during vegetative growth and flowering. During propagation use 0.25ml/L.
In hydroponics or coco, Trace is intended primarily for reduced-strength base feeds. Use 0.25ml/L with half-strength base nutrients or 0.125ml/L with three-quarter-strength base nutrients.
For foliar application, use 10ml/L every 10-14 days, following Ecothrive's crop-stage guidance for foliar feeding.
When mixing with other nutrients, add Trace after the base nutrient has been thoroughly mixed into the water.
Compatible with nutrients & additives
Ecothrive describes Trace as tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives.
It can therefore be integrated into an existing nutrient programme rather than requiring a completely separate application.
In mineral hydroponic or coco programmes, however, remember that a full-strength complete base nutrient should already provide its own micronutrient package.
Trace should be used to address an actual requirement rather than unnecessarily increasing micronutrient concentrations in an already complete feed.
5L Trace for commercial & high-volume growing
The 5L format is particularly suited to larger living soil systems, nurseries, propagation facilities and professional horticultural operations requiring regular micronutrient supplementation.
At 0.25ml/L, 5L provides enough concentrate for approximately 20,000 litres of root-feed solution.
At 0.5ml/L, it provides approximately 10,000 litres.
Its concentrated formulation makes the 5L container a practical option for commercial growers while still allowing very precise micronutrient management.
Ecothrive Trace 5L product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Trace |
| Product type | Organic chelated micronutrient & trace element supplement |
| Size | 5L |
| Micronutrients | Iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron & molybdenum |
| Iron | 0.6% |
| Manganese | 0.6% |
| Zinc | 0.1% |
| Boron | 0.1% |
| Copper | 0.04% |
| Molybdenum | 0.01% |
| Chelating agent | Plant-derived lignosulphonate |
| Organic status | Approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation |
| Living soil root feed | 0.25-0.5ml/L |
| Propagation root feed | 0.25ml/L |
| Half-strength hydro/coco base feed | 0.25ml/L |
| Three-quarter-strength hydro/coco base feed | 0.125ml/L |
| Foliar application | 10ml/L every 10-14 days |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, organic potting mixes, coco & hydroponics |
| Application methods | Root feed & foliar spray |
| Approximate solution at 0.25ml/L | 20,000L |
| Approximate solution at 0.5ml/L | 10,000L |
Ecothrive Trace 5L FAQs
What is Ecothrive Trace?
Ecothrive Trace is a concentrated organic micronutrient supplement containing iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum. It is designed to maintain or restore essential trace-element availability throughout plant growth.
Is Ecothrive Trace approved for organic cultivation?
Yes. Ecothrive Trace is approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation.
What micronutrients are in Ecothrive Trace?
Trace contains six essential micronutrients: iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum.
What does naturally chelated mean?
Trace uses lignosulphonate, a plant-derived chelating agent that binds micronutrients and helps keep them soluble and available for plant uptake without relying on synthetic EDTA chelation.
What is micronutrient hidden hunger?
Hidden hunger occurs when trace-element availability is low enough to limit plant performance but not yet severe enough to create obvious visual deficiency symptoms.
Is Ecothrive Trace suitable for living soil?
Yes. Trace was formulated primarily with organic and living soil cultivation in mind and provides a controlled way to maintain six essential micronutrients.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used during propagation?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends 0.25ml/L during propagation to supplement the micronutrient content of dilute feeds used for seedlings and cuttings.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used in coco?
Yes. It can be used in coco where reduced-strength base nutrients are being applied. Full-strength complete coco nutrients should already contain sufficient trace elements.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It is compatible with hydroponic systems including rockwool and deep water culture and is particularly useful for supplementing micronutrients when base nutrients are deliberately diluted.
Can Ecothrive Trace be foliar sprayed?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends 10ml/L every 10-14 days for foliar feeding. For flowering plants, stop foliar application once flowers begin to form.
Should Trace be added before or after base nutrients?
Add Ecothrive Trace after the base nutrients have been thoroughly mixed into the nutrient solution.
Can Ecothrive Trace be mixed with other additives?
Yes. Ecothrive describes Trace as tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives.
Does Ecothrive Trace support soil microbes?
Yes. Balanced trace-element availability supports processes including enzyme activation, nutrient cycling, nitrogen fixation and microbial respiration within biologically active soils.
How much solution does Ecothrive Trace 5L make?
At the standard living soil rates, 5L makes approximately 20,000L at 0.25ml/L or 10,000L at 0.5ml/L.
Ecothrive Trace 250ml - Organic Chelated Micronutrient & Trace Element Supplement
390
£3.90
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Trace 250ml - Organic Chelated Micronutrient & Trace Element Supplement
390
£3.90
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Trace 250ml is a concentrated organic micronutrient supplement supplying six essential trace elements: iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum. Naturally chelated using plant-derived lignosulphonate, Trace is designed to prevent and correct micronutrient deficiencies, support nutrient uptake and maintain vigorous, high-quality plant growth.
Micronutrients are required in much smaller quantities than nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, but they remain essential to healthy plant development. They are involved in chlorophyll production, photosynthesis, enzyme activity, cell development, nutrient utilisation and numerous other physiological processes.
Ecothrive developed Trace after extensive testing showed that trace-element availability in potting soils can often be lower than expected or even non-detectable. Plants can therefore experience micronutrient "hidden hunger" before obvious visual deficiency symptoms develop.
Trace was developed primarily for organic and living soil cultivation, but its applications extend to propagation, coco, hydroponics and foliar feeding. It is particularly useful where growers want precise control over micronutrient supplementation without unnecessarily increasing their complete base nutrient.
Ecothrive Trace is approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation and uses biodegradable lignosulphonate rather than a synthetic EDTA chelating system.
Why choose Ecothrive Trace?
- Six essential micronutrients - supplies iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum in one concentrated formulation.
- Helps prevent hidden hunger - maintains trace-element availability before shortages become severe enough to produce obvious symptoms.
- Naturally chelated - uses plant-derived lignosulphonate to help keep micronutrients available for plant uptake.
- Approved for organic cultivation - Soil Association approved for organic growing.
- Ideal for living soil - formulated primarily with organic and living soil growers in mind.
- Supports nutrient uptake - adequate micronutrient availability supports the efficient utilisation of other plant nutrients.
- Supports chlorophyll production - iron and manganese perform important roles in healthy photosynthetic function.
- Supports enzyme activity - several of the supplied trace elements act as essential enzyme cofactors.
- Supports healthy plant development - balanced micronutrition contributes to normal growth, cell development and metabolism.
- Supports soil biology - trace elements participate in biological processes associated with nutrient cycling and microbial activity.
- Excellent for propagation - useful for topping up micronutrients in dilute feeds used for seedlings and cuttings.
- Suitable for coco & hydro - useful for supplementing reduced-strength mineral nutrient solutions.
- Root or foliar application - can be supplied through irrigation or applied directly to foliage.
- Tank stable - designed to integrate with existing nutrient and additive programmes.
- Highly concentrated 250ml format - a small bottle provides enough Trace for hundreds of litres of root-feed solution.
Prevent micronutrient "hidden hunger"
Plants do not need to display dramatic deficiency symptoms for micronutrient availability to be limiting performance.
Ecothrive describes this less obvious condition as hidden hunger. A plant may continue to grow while inadequate trace-element availability quietly limits important physiological processes.
Ecothrive's testing of potting soils has found that available trace-element concentrations can sometimes be below desirable levels or even non-detectable.
Trace provides a precise way to replenish these elements rather than relying solely on indirect mineral sources and waiting for visible deficiency symptoms to appear.
Six essential trace elements in one supplement
Ecothrive Trace supplies a carefully balanced combination of iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum.
Iron - chlorophyll & energy processes
Iron is required for chlorophyll formation and participates in enzymes involved in plant energy and nitrogen metabolism. Maintaining adequate iron availability supports healthy green growth and normal photosynthetic function.
Manganese - photosynthesis & enzyme activation
Manganese supports photosynthesis and activates numerous enzymes involved in plant metabolism and nutrient utilisation.
Zinc - growth regulation & metabolism
Zinc is required for normal plant growth and participates in enzyme systems associated with growth regulation and nutrient metabolism.
Copper - enzymes, respiration & plant development
Copper functions as an enzyme cofactor and contributes to photosynthesis, respiration, nitrogen metabolism and lignin synthesis.
Boron - cell development & calcium utilisation
Boron is important for cell-wall formation and cell division and contributes to calcium utilisation and transport within the plant.
Molybdenum - nitrogen utilisation
Molybdenum is required by enzymes involved in nitrogen metabolism, including nitrate reduction, helping plants efficiently utilise available nitrogen.
Naturally chelated with lignosulphonate
The micronutrients in Ecothrive Trace are naturally chelated using lignosulphonate, a plant-derived material originating from lignin.
Chelation helps bind micronutrients and maintain their solubility, supporting their availability for plant uptake.
Ecothrive selected lignosulphonate as an alternative to synthetic chelating agents such as EDTA. It is biodegradable and compatible with biological and organic cultivation.
This makes Trace particularly well suited to living soil systems where biological compatibility forms an important part of the overall growing method.
Trace elements for organic & living soil
Trace was developed primarily with living soil growers in mind.
A living soil may contain a broad range of mineral and organic ingredients, but this does not automatically guarantee that every micronutrient remains available to the crop at an optimum concentration.
Ecothrive Trace provides a targeted way to maintain or restore micronutrient levels throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
For living soil and organic potting mixes, apply 0.25-0.5ml/L with every watering during vegetative growth and flowering, stopping approximately 1-2 weeks before harvest.
Supports soil biology & nutrient cycling
Trace elements are important not only to plants but also to many biological processes occurring within a living soil ecosystem.
Ecothrive highlights their roles in processes including enzyme activation, nutrient cycling, nitrogen fixation and microbial respiration.
Maintaining balanced micronutrient availability can therefore contribute to an active biological growing environment while directly supporting the crop.
The lignosulphonate chelating system is biodegradable and designed to remain compatible with biological growing methods.
Micronutrient support for seedlings & cuttings
Propagation feeds are often deliberately diluted because seedlings and newly rooted cuttings require lower overall nutrient concentrations than established plants.
Diluting a complete mineral fertiliser also reduces the concentration of its micronutrients. This can leave a weak nutrient solution short of important trace elements.
Ecothrive Trace can be used during propagation at 0.25ml/L with every watering to supplement dilute nutrient solutions without requiring the grower to increase the entire base feed.
This makes Trace useful for seedlings, rooted cuttings and juvenile plants where gentle overall feeding is required alongside reliable micronutrient availability.
Using Ecothrive Trace in hydroponics & coco
Ecothrive Trace is compatible with hydroponic systems including coco coir, rockwool and deep water culture.
A complete full-strength mineral base nutrient should already contain adequate trace elements, so Trace is not intended to be automatically added at full concentration on top of a complete full-strength feed.
Its main hydroponic role is topping up micronutrients when the base nutrient is deliberately being used below full strength.
With a half-strength base nutrient, Ecothrive recommends 0.25ml/L Trace. With a three-quarter-strength base nutrient, use 0.125ml/L.
Add Trace after mixing the base nutrients.
Fast-acting foliar micronutrient feed
Trace can also be applied directly to foliage, providing another route for micronutrient supplementation where foliar feeding is appropriate.
Ecothrive recommends a foliar concentration of 10ml/L every 10-14 days.
Foliar feeding can be used throughout propagation and vegetative growth instead of root feeding. For flowering plants, foliar application should stop once flowers have started to form.
Ecothrive advises choosing either the appropriate root-feed or foliar programme rather than routinely applying both methods simultaneously.
Ecothrive Trace micronutrient composition
Trace provides six essential micronutrients at carefully controlled concentrations:
- Iron (Fe): 0.6%
- Manganese (Mn): 0.6%
- Zinc (Zn): 0.1%
- Boron (B): 0.1%
- Copper (Cu): 0.04%
- Molybdenum (Mo): 0.01%
- Chelating agent: lignosulphonate
At a 0.5ml/L application rate, Ecothrive states that Trace provides approximately 3ppm iron, 3ppm manganese, 0.5ppm zinc, 0.2ppm copper, 0.5ppm boron and 0.05ppm molybdenum.
How to use Ecothrive Trace
Application depends on the growing method. In living soil and organic potting mixes, use 0.25-0.5ml/L during vegetative growth and flowering. During propagation use 0.25ml/L.
In hydroponics or coco, Trace is intended primarily for reduced-strength base feeds. Use 0.25ml/L with half-strength base nutrients or 0.125ml/L with three-quarter-strength base nutrients.
For foliar application, use 10ml/L every 10-14 days, following Ecothrive's crop-stage guidance for foliar feeding.
When mixing with other nutrients, add Trace after the base nutrient has been thoroughly mixed into the water.
Compatible with nutrients & additives
Ecothrive describes Trace as tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives.
It can therefore be integrated into an existing nutrient programme rather than requiring a completely separate application.
In mineral hydroponic or coco programmes, remember that a full-strength complete base nutrient should already provide its own micronutrient package.
Trace should be used to address an actual requirement rather than unnecessarily increasing micronutrient concentrations in an already complete feed.
Concentrated 250ml Trace supplement
The 250ml bottle is an efficient format for home growers, propagation areas, smaller living soil systems and growers wanting precise micronutrient supplementation without purchasing a larger commercial pack.
At the 0.25ml/L living soil and propagation rate, one 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
At 0.5ml/L, it provides approximately 500 litres of nutrient solution.
Because Trace is used at very low concentrations, the 250ml format provides substantial treatment capacity while allowing accurate micronutrient management.
Ecothrive Trace 250ml product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Trace |
| Product type | Organic chelated micronutrient & trace element supplement |
| Size | 250ml |
| Micronutrients | Iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron & molybdenum |
| Iron | 0.6% |
| Manganese | 0.6% |
| Zinc | 0.1% |
| Boron | 0.1% |
| Copper | 0.04% |
| Molybdenum | 0.01% |
| Chelating agent | Plant-derived lignosulphonate |
| Organic status | Approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation |
| Living soil root feed | 0.25-0.5ml/L |
| Propagation root feed | 0.25ml/L |
| Half-strength hydro/coco base feed | 0.25ml/L |
| Three-quarter-strength hydro/coco base feed | 0.125ml/L |
| Foliar application | 10ml/L every 10-14 days |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, organic potting mixes, coco & hydroponics |
| Application methods | Root feed & foliar spray |
| Approximate solution at 0.25ml/L | 1,000L |
| Approximate solution at 0.5ml/L | 500L |
Ecothrive Trace 250ml FAQs
What is Ecothrive Trace?
Ecothrive Trace is a concentrated organic micronutrient supplement containing iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum. It is designed to maintain or restore essential trace-element availability throughout plant growth.
Is Ecothrive Trace approved for organic cultivation?
Yes. Ecothrive Trace is approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation.
What micronutrients are in Ecothrive Trace?
Trace contains six essential micronutrients: iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum.
What does naturally chelated mean?
Trace uses lignosulphonate, a plant-derived chelating agent that helps keep micronutrients soluble and available for plant uptake without relying on synthetic EDTA chelation.
What is micronutrient hidden hunger?
Hidden hunger occurs when trace-element availability is low enough to limit plant performance but not yet severe enough to create obvious visual deficiency symptoms.
Is Ecothrive Trace suitable for living soil?
Yes. Trace was formulated primarily with organic and living soil cultivation in mind and provides a controlled way to maintain six essential micronutrients.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used during propagation?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends 0.25ml/L during propagation to supplement the micronutrient content of dilute feeds used for seedlings and cuttings.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used in coco?
Yes. It can be used in coco where reduced-strength base nutrients are being applied. A full-strength complete coco nutrient should already provide its own trace-element package.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It is compatible with hydroponic systems including rockwool and deep water culture and is particularly useful for supplementing micronutrients when base nutrients are deliberately diluted.
Can Ecothrive Trace be foliar sprayed?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends 10ml/L every 10-14 days for foliar feeding. For flowering plants, stop foliar application once flowers begin to form.
Should Trace be added before or after base nutrients?
Add Ecothrive Trace after the base nutrients have been thoroughly mixed into the nutrient solution.
Can Ecothrive Trace be mixed with other additives?
Yes. Ecothrive describes Trace as tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives.
Does Ecothrive Trace support soil microbes?
Balanced trace-element availability supports biological processes including enzyme activity, nutrient cycling, nitrogen fixation and microbial respiration within biologically active soils.
How much solution does Ecothrive Trace 250ml make?
At the standard living soil rates, 250ml makes approximately 1,000L at 0.25ml/L or 500L at 0.5ml/L.
Ecothrive Trace 1L - Organic Chelated Micronutrient & Trace Element Supplement
850
£8.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Trace 1L - Organic Chelated Micronutrient & Trace Element Supplement
850
£8.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Trace 1L is a concentrated organic micronutrient supplement supplying six essential trace elements: iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum. Naturally chelated using plant-derived lignosulphonate, Trace is designed to prevent and correct micronutrient deficiencies, support nutrient uptake and maintain vigorous, high-quality plant growth.
Micronutrients are required in much smaller quantities than nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, but they remain essential to healthy plant development. They are involved in chlorophyll production, photosynthesis, enzyme activity, cell development, nutrient utilisation and numerous other physiological processes.
Ecothrive developed Trace after extensive testing showed that trace-element availability in potting soils can often be lower than expected or even non-detectable. Plants can therefore experience micronutrient "hidden hunger" before obvious visual deficiency symptoms develop.
Trace was developed primarily for organic and living soil cultivation, but its applications extend to propagation, coco, hydroponics and foliar feeding. It is particularly useful where growers want precise control over micronutrient supplementation without unnecessarily increasing their complete base nutrient.
Ecothrive Trace is approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation and uses biodegradable lignosulphonate rather than a synthetic EDTA chelating system.
Why choose Ecothrive Trace?
- Six essential micronutrients - supplies iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum in one concentrated formulation.
- Helps prevent hidden hunger - maintains trace-element availability before shortages become severe enough to produce obvious symptoms.
- Naturally chelated - uses plant-derived lignosulphonate to help keep micronutrients available for plant uptake.
- Approved for organic cultivation - Soil Association approved for organic growing.
- Ideal for living soil - formulated primarily with organic and living soil growers in mind.
- Supports nutrient uptake - adequate micronutrient availability supports efficient utilisation of other plant nutrients.
- Supports chlorophyll production - iron and manganese perform important roles in healthy photosynthetic function.
- Supports enzyme activity - several of the supplied trace elements act as essential enzyme cofactors.
- Supports healthy plant development - balanced micronutrition contributes to normal growth, cell development and metabolism.
- Supports soil biology - trace elements participate in biological processes associated with nutrient cycling and microbial activity.
- Excellent for propagation - useful for topping up micronutrients in dilute feeds used for seedlings and cuttings.
- Suitable for coco & hydro - useful for supplementing reduced-strength mineral nutrient solutions.
- Root or foliar application - can be supplied through irrigation or applied directly to foliage.
- Tank stable - designed to integrate with existing nutrient and additive programmes.
- Concentrated 1L format - provides substantial treatment capacity for regular and professional use.
Prevent micronutrient "hidden hunger"
Plants do not need to display dramatic deficiency symptoms for micronutrient availability to be limiting their performance.
Ecothrive describes this less obvious condition as hidden hunger. A plant may continue to grow while inadequate trace-element availability quietly limits important physiological processes.
Ecothrive's testing of potting soils has found that available trace-element concentrations can sometimes be below desirable levels or even non-detectable.
Trace provides a precise way to replenish these elements rather than relying solely on indirect mineral sources and waiting for visible deficiency symptoms to appear.
Six essential trace elements in one supplement
Ecothrive Trace supplies a carefully balanced combination of iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum.
Iron - chlorophyll & energy processes
Iron is required for chlorophyll formation and participates in enzymes involved in plant energy and nitrogen metabolism. Maintaining adequate iron availability supports healthy green growth and normal photosynthetic function.
Manganese - photosynthesis & enzyme activation
Manganese supports photosynthesis and activates numerous enzymes involved in plant metabolism and nutrient utilisation.
Zinc - growth regulation & metabolism
Zinc is required for normal plant growth and participates in enzyme systems associated with growth regulation and nutrient metabolism.
Copper - enzymes, respiration & plant development
Copper functions as an enzyme cofactor and contributes to photosynthesis, respiration, nitrogen metabolism and lignin synthesis.
Boron - cell development & calcium utilisation
Boron is important for cell-wall formation and cell division and contributes to calcium utilisation and transport within the plant.
Molybdenum - nitrogen utilisation
Molybdenum is required by enzymes involved in nitrogen metabolism, including nitrate reduction, helping plants efficiently utilise available nitrogen.
Naturally chelated with lignosulphonate
The micronutrients in Ecothrive Trace are naturally chelated using lignosulphonate, a plant-derived material originating from lignin.
Chelation helps bind micronutrients and maintain their solubility, supporting their availability for plant uptake.
Ecothrive selected lignosulphonate as an alternative to synthetic chelating agents such as EDTA. It is biodegradable and compatible with biological and organic cultivation.
This makes Trace particularly well suited to living soil systems where biological compatibility forms an important part of the overall growing method.
Trace elements for organic & living soil
Trace was developed primarily with living soil growers in mind.
A living soil may contain a broad range of mineral and organic ingredients, but this does not automatically guarantee that every micronutrient remains available to the crop at an optimum concentration.
Ecothrive Trace provides a targeted way to maintain or restore micronutrient levels throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
For living soil and organic potting mixes, apply 0.25-0.5ml/L with every watering during vegetative growth and flowering, stopping approximately 1-2 weeks before harvest.
Supports soil biology & nutrient cycling
Trace elements are important not only to plants but also to many biological processes occurring within a living soil ecosystem.
Ecothrive highlights their roles in processes including enzyme activation, nutrient cycling, nitrogen fixation and microbial respiration.
Maintaining balanced micronutrient availability can therefore contribute to an active biological growing environment while directly supporting the crop.
The lignosulphonate chelating system is biodegradable and designed to remain compatible with biological growing methods.
Micronutrient support for seedlings & cuttings
Propagation feeds are often deliberately diluted because seedlings and newly rooted cuttings require lower overall nutrient concentrations than established plants.
Diluting a complete mineral fertiliser also reduces the concentration of its micronutrients. This can leave a weak nutrient solution short of important trace elements.
Ecothrive Trace can be used during propagation at 0.25ml/L with every watering to supplement dilute nutrient solutions without requiring the grower to increase the entire base feed.
This makes Trace useful for seedlings, rooted cuttings and juvenile plants where gentle overall feeding is required alongside reliable micronutrient availability.
Using Ecothrive Trace in hydroponics & coco
Ecothrive Trace is compatible with hydroponic systems including coco coir, rockwool and deep water culture.
A complete full-strength mineral base nutrient should already contain adequate trace elements, so Trace is not intended to be automatically added at full concentration on top of a complete full-strength feed.
Its main hydroponic role is topping up micronutrients when the base nutrient is deliberately being used below full strength.
With a half-strength base nutrient, Ecothrive recommends 0.25ml/L Trace. With a three-quarter-strength base nutrient, use 0.125ml/L.
Add Trace after mixing the base nutrients.
Fast-acting foliar micronutrient feed
Trace can also be applied directly to foliage, providing another route for micronutrient supplementation where foliar feeding is appropriate.
Ecothrive recommends a foliar concentration of 10ml/L every 10-14 days.
Foliar feeding can be used throughout propagation and vegetative growth instead of root feeding. For flowering plants, foliar application should stop once flowers have started to form.
Ecothrive advises choosing either the appropriate root-feed or foliar programme rather than routinely applying both methods simultaneously.
Ecothrive Trace micronutrient composition
Trace provides six essential micronutrients at carefully controlled concentrations:
- Iron (Fe): 0.6%
- Manganese (Mn): 0.6%
- Zinc (Zn): 0.1%
- Boron (B): 0.1%
- Copper (Cu): 0.04%
- Molybdenum (Mo): 0.01%
- Chelating agent: lignosulphonate
At a 0.5ml/L application rate, Ecothrive states that Trace provides approximately 3ppm iron, 3ppm manganese, 0.5ppm zinc, 0.2ppm copper, 0.5ppm boron and 0.05ppm molybdenum.
How to use Ecothrive Trace
Application depends on the growing method. In living soil and organic potting mixes, use 0.25-0.5ml/L during vegetative growth and flowering. During propagation use 0.25ml/L.
In hydroponics or coco, Trace is intended primarily for reduced-strength base feeds. Use 0.25ml/L with half-strength base nutrients or 0.125ml/L with three-quarter-strength base nutrients.
For foliar application, use 10ml/L every 10-14 days, following Ecothrive's crop-stage guidance for foliar feeding.
When mixing with other nutrients, add Trace after the base nutrient has been thoroughly mixed into the water.
Compatible with nutrients & additives
Ecothrive describes Trace as tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives.
It can therefore be integrated into an existing nutrient programme rather than requiring a completely separate application.
In mineral hydroponic or coco programmes, remember that a full-strength complete base nutrient should already provide its own micronutrient package.
Trace should be used to address an actual requirement rather than unnecessarily increasing micronutrient concentrations in an already complete feed.
1L Trace for regular & professional growing
The 1L format provides substantial treatment capacity while remaining practical for home growers, propagation facilities, larger living soil systems and professional horticultural use.
At the 0.25ml/L living soil and propagation rate, one 1L bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
At 0.5ml/L, it provides approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Because Trace is used at very low concentrations, the 1L format provides excellent coverage for growers regularly managing micronutrient availability across multiple crops or larger irrigation volumes.
Ecothrive Trace 1L product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Trace |
| Product type | Organic chelated micronutrient & trace element supplement |
| Size | 1L |
| Micronutrients | Iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron & molybdenum |
| Iron | 0.6% |
| Manganese | 0.6% |
| Zinc | 0.1% |
| Boron | 0.1% |
| Copper | 0.04% |
| Molybdenum | 0.01% |
| Chelating agent | Plant-derived lignosulphonate |
| Organic status | Approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation |
| Living soil root feed | 0.25-0.5ml/L |
| Propagation root feed | 0.25ml/L |
| Half-strength hydro/coco base feed | 0.25ml/L |
| Three-quarter-strength hydro/coco base feed | 0.125ml/L |
| Foliar application | 10ml/L every 10-14 days |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, organic potting mixes, coco & hydroponics |
| Application methods | Root feed & foliar spray |
| Approximate solution at 0.25ml/L | 4,000L |
| Approximate solution at 0.5ml/L | 2,000L |
Ecothrive Trace 1L FAQs
What is Ecothrive Trace?
Ecothrive Trace is a concentrated organic micronutrient supplement containing iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum. It is designed to maintain or restore essential trace-element availability throughout plant growth.
Is Ecothrive Trace approved for organic cultivation?
Yes. Ecothrive Trace is approved by the Soil Association for organic cultivation.
What micronutrients are in Ecothrive Trace?
Trace contains six essential micronutrients: iron, manganese, zinc, copper, boron and molybdenum.
What does naturally chelated mean?
Trace uses lignosulphonate, a plant-derived chelating agent that helps keep micronutrients soluble and available for plant uptake without relying on synthetic EDTA chelation.
What is micronutrient hidden hunger?
Hidden hunger occurs when trace-element availability is low enough to limit plant performance but not yet severe enough to create obvious visual deficiency symptoms.
Is Ecothrive Trace suitable for living soil?
Yes. Trace was formulated primarily with organic and living soil cultivation in mind and provides a controlled way to maintain six essential micronutrients.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used during propagation?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends 0.25ml/L during propagation to supplement the micronutrient content of dilute feeds used for seedlings and cuttings.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used in coco?
Yes. It can be used in coco where reduced-strength base nutrients are being applied. A full-strength complete coco nutrient should already provide its own trace-element package.
Can Ecothrive Trace be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It is compatible with hydroponic systems including rockwool and deep water culture and is particularly useful for supplementing micronutrients when base nutrients are deliberately diluted.
Can Ecothrive Trace be foliar sprayed?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends 10ml/L every 10-14 days for foliar feeding. For flowering plants, stop foliar application once flowers begin to form.
Should Trace be added before or after base nutrients?
Add Ecothrive Trace after the base nutrients have been thoroughly mixed into the nutrient solution.
Can Ecothrive Trace be mixed with other additives?
Yes. Ecothrive describes Trace as tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives.
Does Ecothrive Trace support soil microbes?
Balanced trace-element availability supports biological processes including enzyme activity, nutrient cycling, nitrogen fixation and microbial respiration within biologically active soils.
How much solution does Ecothrive Trace 1L make?
At the standard living soil rates, 1L makes approximately 4,000L at 0.25ml/L or 2,000L at 0.5ml/L.
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 5kg - Organic Living Soil Regeneration Amendment
2500
£25.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 5kg - Organic Living Soil Regeneration Amendment
2500
£25.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 5kg is an organic powdered soil amendment specifically formulated to restore and revitalise depleted living soil between crop cycles. Built around slow and medium-release organic and mineral inputs, Re-Gen replenishes nutrients, supports soil biology and prepares previously used growing media for productive reuse.
Living soil is designed to be reused rather than discarded after every crop. However, plants remove nutrients and minerals from the soil as they grow, meaning these reserves need to be replenished before the next planting.
Soil Food Re-Gen is Ecothrive's answer to this process. Rather than treating reused soil as a blank growing medium, Re-Gen is designed to replace what the previous crop has removed while maintaining the biological ecosystem that has developed within the soil.
Its standout ingredient is olivine, a naturally occurring magnesium iron silicate that steadily releases magnesium and silicon. This is combined with bone meal, Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass and micronised rock phosphate to provide long-lasting nutrition and support biologically active soil.
Apply Re-Gen after harvest during soil preparation. For indoor containers and living soil beds, Ecothrive recommends 2-4g per litre of soil. For depleted outdoor soil, apply 400-600g per m².
Why choose Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen?
- Regenerates used living soil - formulated specifically to replenish soil between crop cycles.
- Supports repeated soil reuse - helps maintain a sustainable growing system without replacing the entire growing medium after every harvest.
- Slow & medium-release nutrition - designed to restore nutrient reserves rather than feed plants hand-to-mouth like a liquid fertiliser.
- Contains olivine - provides a gradual source of magnesium and silicon.
- Replenishes magnesium - supports the magnesium reserves required for chlorophyll production in the following crop.
- Supplies silicon - helps support strong plant tissue and structural resilience.
- Contains bone meal - provides slow-release nitrogen and phosphorus to help restore depleted soil fertility.
- Contains Ecothrive Charge - mealworm frass helps revitalise biological activity within the growing medium.
- Micronised rock phosphate - replenishes phosphorus reserves for continued soil fertility.
- Supports microbial life - helps maintain the biologically active ecosystem at the heart of living soil cultivation.
- Prepares soil for the next crop - restores the nutritional foundation required for early vegetative development.
- Designed for Ecothrive Living Soil - purpose-built to work as part of Ecothrive's reusable living soil system.
- Suitable for other living soils - can also be used to regenerate compatible organic living soil mixes.
- Indoor & outdoor application - suitable for pots, beds and depleted garden soil.
- Commercial 5kg format - ideal for larger living soil beds, multiple containers and professional growing systems.
Designed to keep living soil productive crop after crop
One of the major advantages of living soil cultivation is that the growing medium does not have to be thrown away after every harvest.
A mature living soil contains an established physical structure and biological ecosystem. Reusing that soil allows growers to retain these characteristics while avoiding the cost and waste associated with repeatedly replacing large volumes of growing media.
The challenge is nutrition. Each crop removes nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium and other elements from the soil. Unless those reserves are replenished, the following crop starts with progressively less fertility.
Soil Food Re-Gen is formulated specifically for this between-crop stage, helping restore the nutritional foundation while allowing the soil itself to remain in use.
Olivine for long-term magnesium & silicon
The standout ingredient in Soil Food Re-Gen is olivine, a naturally occurring magnesium iron silicate selected by Ecothrive for its long-term behaviour within living soil.
Rather than providing a rapid spike of soluble nutrition, olivine releases magnesium and silicon steadily over time.
Magnesium for chlorophyll production
Magnesium is an essential plant nutrient and a central component of chlorophyll. Replenishing magnesium reserves helps prepare reused soil to support healthy photosynthetic growth in the following crop.
Silicon for stronger plant structure
Silicon can accumulate within plant tissues and contribute to structural strength and resilience. Ecothrive uses olivine to provide a gradual source of silicon as part of the soil's long-term mineral reserve.
This slow-release behaviour is particularly well suited to living soil, where the objective is to maintain balanced fertility over time rather than create short-lived nutrient peaks.
What's in Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen?
Re-Gen combines four principal ingredients selected to restore depleted living soil and provide a foundation for the next crop.
Olivine
A magnesium iron silicate providing a steady source of magnesium and silicon for long-term soil fertility and future plant development.
Bone meal
A slow-release organic source of nitrogen and phosphorus that helps replenish nutrients removed during the previous crop.
Mealworm frass - Ecothrive Charge
Ecothrive's mealworm frass contributes organic nutrition while helping revitalise microbial populations and biological activity within the soil.
Micronised rock phosphate
Provides a mineral phosphorus reserve to help replenish soil fertility and maintain phosphorus availability through subsequent crop cycles.
Rebuild fertility without abandoning your soil biology
Living soil is more than a physical growing medium. It functions as a biological ecosystem in which microorganisms contribute to decomposition, nutrient cycling and the conversion of organic materials into plant-available forms.
Replacing the entire soil after every crop means replacing an ecosystem that has already had time to establish.
Re-Gen is designed around a different approach: retain the soil and replenish what the crop has removed.
Mealworm frass provides an organic input that supports biological activity, while the mineral and organic nutrient sources help restore fertility for continued cultivation.
How to use Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen
Soil Food Re-Gen should be applied after harvest and before replanting.
For indoor pots and living soil beds, use 2-4g per litre of soil. For larger containers or beds, calculate the application according to the volume of soil being regenerated within approximately the top 20-25cm.
Blend the required quantity thoroughly into the depleted soil and water thoroughly after application.
Ecothrive recommends using the lower end of the range where the previous crop showed relatively little depletion and the higher end where the soil has been more heavily exhausted.
For smaller containers that can be emptied easily, the soil can be removed and thoroughly remixed with Re-Gen before being returned to the pot.
Using Soil Food Re-Gen outdoors
Re-Gen can also be used to restore depleted outdoor garden soil.
Ecothrive recommends 400-600g per m² for depleted outdoor soil.
Work the amendment into approximately the top 20-25cm of soil and water thoroughly afterwards.
This deeper incorporation distinguishes Re-Gen from a conventional surface top dressing. The objective is to rebuild fertility throughout the active upper soil profile before the next crop is established.
Part of the complete Ecothrive Soil Food system
Soil Food Re-Gen forms one part of Ecothrive's three-product organic powdered nutrient system for living soil.
Soil Food Grow
Used during vegetative development to replenish nutrition required for vigorous roots, stems and foliage.
Soil Food Bloom
Used as plants move into flowering and fruiting, with nutrition targeted towards the increased demands of the generative stage.
Soil Food Re-Gen
Used after harvest to restore depleted soil before the next crop begins.
The three products are intended to be used sequentially according to crop stage and soil condition rather than all being applied together.
How much soil will a 5kg bag regenerate?
At Ecothrive's indoor application rate of 2-4g per litre of soil, a 5kg bag provides substantial coverage for large pots and living soil beds.
At 2g/L, 5kg is sufficient for approximately 2,500 litres of soil.
At 4g/L, 5kg is sufficient for approximately 1,250 litres of soil.
For outdoor depleted soil at 400-600g per m², a 5kg bag covers approximately 8.3-12.5m², depending on the application rate selected.
A more sustainable approach to growing media
Soil Food Re-Gen is built around the principle that productive growing media should be maintained and reused rather than automatically discarded.
Reusing established living soil can reduce the quantity of new growing media required from crop to crop while preserving the structure and biological ecosystem already present.
Re-Gen replenishes the nutrients and minerals that cultivation removes, helping growers maintain productive soil over repeated cycles.
For larger living soil beds in particular, this can create a more practical and resource-efficient long-term cultivation system.
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 5kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Range | Soil Food |
| Product | Soil Food Re-Gen |
| Product type | Organic powdered living soil regeneration amendment |
| Pack size | 5kg |
| Primary purpose | Restoring depleted living soil between crop cycles |
| Key ingredient | Olivine - magnesium iron silicate |
| Other key ingredients | Bone meal, mealworm frass (Ecothrive Charge) & micronised rock phosphate |
| Key mineral contribution | Slow-release magnesium & silicon from olivine |
| When to use | After harvest, during soil preparation and before the next crop |
| Indoor application rate | 2-4g per litre of soil |
| Outdoor application rate | 400-600g per m² of depleted soil |
| Application depth | Blend into approximately the top 20-25cm of soil |
| Application method | Blend into depleted soil and water thoroughly |
| Approximate indoor coverage at 2g/L | 2,500L of soil |
| Approximate indoor coverage at 4g/L | 1,250L of soil |
| Approximate outdoor coverage | 8.3-12.5m² at 400-600g/m² |
| Suitable for | Living soil pots, beds & depleted outdoor soil |
| Contains animal-derived ingredients | Yes - includes bone meal & mealworm frass |
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 5kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen?
Soil Food Re-Gen is an organic powdered amendment formulated to replenish depleted living soil after harvest so the same growing medium can be prepared and reused for another crop.
When should I use Soil Food Re-Gen?
Use Re-Gen at the end of the crop cycle after harvest and before replanting. It is specifically designed for the soil regeneration stage between crops.
How much Soil Food Re-Gen should I use?
For indoor living soil, Ecothrive recommends 2-4g per litre of soil. For depleted outdoor soil, use 400-600g per m². Blend it into the soil and water thoroughly.
What is olivine and why is it in Re-Gen?
Olivine is a naturally occurring magnesium iron silicate. Ecothrive uses it as a slow and consistent source of magnesium and silicon to help rebuild the soil's mineral reserves for subsequent crops.
Does Soil Food Re-Gen contain silicon?
Yes. Olivine provides a gradual source of silicon, which can contribute to plant tissue strength and structural resilience in the following crop.
Does Re-Gen contain magnesium?
Yes. Olivine steadily supplies magnesium, an essential plant nutrient required for chlorophyll production and numerous metabolic processes.
Can I reuse Ecothrive Living Soil?
Yes. Ecothrive Living Soil is specifically designed for reuse, and Soil Food Re-Gen is the amendment Ecothrive recommends for replenishing it between crop cycles.
Can Re-Gen be used with other living soils?
Yes. Although developed specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil, Re-Gen can also be used to replenish compatible living soil systems where organic and mineral reserves need restoring between crops.
Is Soil Food Re-Gen a top dressing?
Re-Gen is designed primarily to be blended into depleted soil rather than simply left on the surface. Ecothrive recommends incorporating it into approximately the top 20-25cm before watering thoroughly.
What is the difference between Soil Food Grow and Re-Gen?
Soil Food Grow is used during vegetative growth to replenish nutrients required by an actively growing crop. Re-Gen is used after harvest to restore depleted soil before the next crop is planted.
What is the difference between Soil Food Bloom and Re-Gen?
Soil Food Bloom is formulated for flowering and fruiting plants. Re-Gen is a between-crop soil amendment designed to restore long-term fertility after the previous crop has been harvested.
Does Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen contain animal products?
Yes. Re-Gen contains bone meal and mealworm frass alongside olivine and micronised rock phosphate.
How much soil can a 5kg bag of Re-Gen treat?
At the recommended indoor rate of 2-4g/L, a 5kg bag can regenerate approximately 1,250-2,500 litres of soil, depending on the level of depletion and application rate selected.
Can Soil Food Re-Gen be used outdoors?
Yes. For depleted outdoor soil, Ecothrive recommends 400-600g per m², worked into approximately the top 20-25cm and watered thoroughly.
Why regenerate living soil instead of replacing it?
Regeneration allows growers to retain the established structure and biological ecosystem of their living soil while replenishing nutrients removed by the previous crop. It also reduces the need to replace large volumes of growing media between cycles.
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 1kg - Organic Living Soil Regeneration Amendment
750
£7.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 1kg - Organic Living Soil Regeneration Amendment
750
£7.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 1kg is an organic powdered soil amendment specifically formulated to restore and revitalise depleted living soil between crop cycles. Combining medium and long-release organic and mineral inputs, Re-Gen replenishes nutrients, supports soil biology and prepares previously used growing media for productive reuse.
Living soil is designed to be reused rather than discarded after every crop. Plants inevitably remove nutrients and minerals from the soil as they develop, so these reserves need to be replenished before the next planting if the soil is to remain productive.
Soil Food Re-Gen is designed specifically for this between-crop stage. Rather than replacing established living soil, it helps put back what the previous crop has removed while preserving the physical structure and biological ecosystem already present.
The formulation is built around olivine, a naturally occurring magnesium iron silicate that steadily releases magnesium and silicon. This is combined with bone meal, Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass and micronised rock phosphate to rebuild soil fertility and support biological activity.
Re-Gen has a typical analysis of 3.5% nitrogen, 5.5% phosphorus pentoxide and 3.5% potassium oxide, alongside 10% calcium, 1% magnesium and 4% sulphur.
Why choose Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen?
- Regenerates used living soil - formulated specifically to replenish depleted soil between crop cycles.
- Supports repeated soil reuse - helps maintain established growing media rather than replacing it after every harvest.
- Medium & long-release nutrition - replenishes soil fertility for the next crop rather than providing a short-lived liquid feed.
- Contains olivine - supplies magnesium and silicon steadily over time.
- Replenishes magnesium - supports the soil reserves required for healthy chlorophyll production in the following crop.
- Supplies silicon - contributes to stronger plant tissues and structural resilience.
- Contains bone meal - provides slow-release nitrogen and phosphorus.
- Contains Ecothrive Charge - mealworm frass helps support microbial activity in biologically active soil.
- Contains micronised rock phosphate - helps replenish phosphorus reserves without excessive residual build-up.
- 10% calcium - provides a substantial calcium contribution to the regenerated soil.
- Balanced nutrient analysis - typical analysis of N 3.5%, P₂O₅ 5.5% and K₂O 3.5%.
- Prepares soil for the next crop - creates a long-lasting nutritional foundation for early vegetative growth.
- Designed for Ecothrive Living Soil - purpose-built to simplify reuse of Ecothrive's living soil system.
- Suitable for other living soils - can also be used with compatible organic living soil mixes.
- Indoor & outdoor use - suitable for pots, living soil beds and depleted garden soil.
Restore living soil between crops
One of the key advantages of living soil cultivation is the ability to reuse the growing medium from one crop to the next.
Mature living soil already contains established physical structure and a biologically active ecosystem. Discarding it after every harvest means losing much of what has developed during the previous growing cycle.
The challenge is that each crop removes nutrients from the soil. Nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium and other elements are incorporated into plant tissue and eventually leave the system at harvest.
Re-Gen is formulated to restore this depleted fertility so that the soil can be prepared for another crop without starting again with completely new growing media.
Balanced nutrition for soil regeneration
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen has a typical analysis designed around the requirements of depleted living soil:
- Nitrogen (N): 3.5%
- Phosphorus pentoxide (P₂O₅): 5.5%, equivalent to approximately 2.5% elemental phosphorus
- Potassium oxide (K₂O): 3.5%, equivalent to approximately 3% elemental potassium
- Calcium: 10%
- Magnesium: 1%
- Sulphur: 4%
This is not intended to function like a conventional fast-acting liquid fertiliser. Re-Gen is designed to restore nutrient reserves within the soil and provide a foundation of medium and long-release nutrition for the next crop.
Olivine for long-term magnesium & silicon
The standout ingredient in Soil Food Re-Gen is olivine, a naturally occurring magnesium iron silicate selected by Ecothrive for its long-term behaviour within living soil.
Rather than producing a rapid increase in soluble nutrients, olivine provides a slow and consistent release of magnesium and silicon.
Magnesium for chlorophyll production
Magnesium is an essential plant nutrient and a central component of chlorophyll. Replenishing magnesium reserves helps prepare reused soil to support healthy photosynthetic growth during the following crop.
Silicon for stronger plant tissue
Silicon contributes to plant structural integrity and can help plants develop greater resilience to environmental and biological stresses.
The gradual mineral release provided by olivine is particularly well suited to living soil, where the objective is to maintain balanced fertility over an extended period.
What's in Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen?
Re-Gen combines several complementary organic and mineral ingredients selected to restore depleted living soil.
Olivine
A magnesium iron silicate that provides a slow and consistent source of magnesium and silicon for long-term soil fertility.
Bone meal
A slow-release organic source of nitrogen and phosphorus that helps replace nutrients removed during the previous crop.
Mealworm frass - Ecothrive Charge
Ecothrive's mealworm frass contributes organic nutrition while helping revitalise microbial populations within biologically active soil.
Micronised rock phosphate
Provides a mineral phosphorus reserve to help replenish soil fertility and maintain phosphorus availability through subsequent crop cycles.
Replenish fertility while retaining your soil ecosystem
Living soil functions as a biological ecosystem rather than simply acting as an inert medium for holding roots.
Microorganisms contribute to decomposition, nutrient cycling and the conversion of organic materials into forms that can become available to plants.
Replacing the entire soil after every harvest also replaces much of the ecosystem that has already become established.
Re-Gen supports a different approach: retain the living soil and replenish what the crop has removed. Mealworm frass contributes to biological activity, while its organic and mineral nutrient sources rebuild fertility for continued cultivation.
How to use Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen
Soil Food Re-Gen should be applied after harvest and before the next crop is planted.
For indoor pots and living soil beds, use 2-4g per litre of soil. For larger pots and beds, calculate the required amount using the volume of soil in approximately the top 20-25cm.
Ecothrive recommends using 2g/L where plants showed minimal fading towards the end of the previous cycle. Increase to 4g/L where most of the large leaves had yellowed before harvest.
For pots up to approximately 25L, the soil can be emptied from the container and thoroughly remixed with the required quantity of Re-Gen.
For larger containers and living soil beds, blend Re-Gen into the upper soil profile. Ecothrive's low-till guidance is based on hand blending it through approximately the top 20-25cm of soil.
Water thoroughly after application and always adjust the rate according to the condition of the previous crop and the soil being regenerated.
Using Soil Food Re-Gen outdoors
Re-Gen can also be used to restore depleted field and garden soil.
For depleted outdoor soil, Ecothrive recommends 400-600g per m².
Fork the amendment into approximately the top 20-25cm of soil and water thoroughly after application.
This is different from the lighter surface top-dressing method used with Soil Food Grow and Bloom. Re-Gen is intended to rebuild fertility throughout the active upper soil profile before another crop is established.
Part of the complete Ecothrive Soil Food system
Soil Food Re-Gen forms one part of Ecothrive's three-product organic powdered nutrient system for living soil.
Soil Food Grow
Used during vegetative growth to replenish nutrition required for vigorous roots, stems and foliage.
Soil Food Bloom
Used as plants move into flowering and fruiting, with nutrition targeted towards the increased phosphorus and potassium demands of the generative stage.
Soil Food Re-Gen
Used after harvest to restore depleted soil before the next crop begins.
The Soil Food products are designed to work sequentially according to crop stage and soil condition rather than all being applied at the same time.
How much soil will a 1kg bag regenerate?
At Ecothrive's indoor application rate of 2-4g per litre of soil, a 1kg bag provides enough Re-Gen for a substantial volume of growing media.
At 2g/L, 1kg is sufficient for approximately 500 litres of soil.
At 4g/L, 1kg is sufficient for approximately 250 litres of soil.
For outdoor depleted soil at 400-600g per m², a 1kg bag covers approximately 1.7-2.5m², depending on the application rate selected.
A practical approach to reusing growing media
Soil Food Re-Gen is built around the principle that productive living soil should be maintained and reused rather than automatically discarded.
Reusing established living soil retains its existing physical structure and biological ecosystem while reducing the quantity of new growing media required between crops.
Re-Gen replenishes nutrients and minerals removed by cultivation, helping growers maintain productive soil over repeated growing cycles.
This makes it particularly useful for living soil pots and beds where replacing the complete growing medium after every crop would be both wasteful and impractical.
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 1kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Range | Soil Food |
| Product | Soil Food Re-Gen |
| Product type | Organic powdered living soil regeneration amendment |
| Pack size | 1kg |
| Primary purpose | Restoring depleted living soil between crop cycles |
| Typical nitrogen (N) | 3.5% |
| Typical phosphorus (P₂O₅) | 5.5% - approximately 2.5% elemental P |
| Typical potassium (K₂O) | 3.5% - approximately 3% elemental K |
| Calcium | 10% |
| Magnesium | 1% |
| Sulphur | 4% |
| Key ingredient | Olivine - magnesium iron silicate |
| Other key ingredients | Bone meal, mealworm frass (Ecothrive Charge) & micronised rock phosphate |
| When to use | After harvest, during soil preparation and before the next crop |
| Indoor application rate | 2-4g per litre of soil |
| Outdoor application rate | 400-600g per m² of depleted soil |
| Application depth | Blend into approximately the top 20-25cm of soil |
| Approximate indoor coverage at 2g/L | 500L of soil |
| Approximate indoor coverage at 4g/L | 250L of soil |
| Approximate outdoor coverage | 1.7-2.5m² at 400-600g/m² |
| Suitable for | Living soil pots, beds & depleted outdoor soil |
| Contains animal-derived ingredients | Yes - includes bone meal & mealworm frass |
Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen 1kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen?
Soil Food Re-Gen is an organic powdered amendment formulated to replenish depleted living soil after harvest so the same growing medium can be prepared and reused for another crop.
When should I use Soil Food Re-Gen?
Use Re-Gen at the end of the crop cycle after harvest and before replanting. It is specifically designed for the soil regeneration stage between crops.
How much Soil Food Re-Gen should I use?
For indoor living soil, use 2-4g per litre of soil. Ecothrive recommends 2g/L where the previous crop showed minimal late-stage fading and 4g/L where most large leaves had yellowed before harvest. For depleted outdoor soil, use 400-600g/m².
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Soil Food Re-Gen?
Its typical analysis is 3.5% nitrogen, 5.5% P₂O₅ and 3.5% K₂O. It also contains 10% calcium, 1% magnesium and 4% sulphur.
What is olivine and why is it in Re-Gen?
Olivine is a naturally occurring magnesium iron silicate. Ecothrive uses it as a slow and consistent source of magnesium and silicon to help rebuild soil mineral reserves for subsequent crops.
Can I reuse Ecothrive Living Soil?
Yes. Ecothrive Living Soil is designed for reuse, with Soil Food Re-Gen formulated specifically to replenish it between crop cycles.
Can Re-Gen be used with other living soils?
Yes. Although designed specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil, Ecothrive states that its Soil Food amendments can also be used effectively with other living soil systems.
Should Re-Gen be top-dressed?
Re-Gen is primarily designed to be blended into depleted soil. For larger pots and beds, work it through approximately the top 20-25cm. For pots up to 25L, Ecothrive recommends emptying the soil and thoroughly remixing it with Re-Gen.
What is the difference between Soil Food Grow and Re-Gen?
Soil Food Grow is used during vegetative growth to replenish nutrients required by an actively growing crop. Re-Gen is applied after harvest to restore depleted soil before the next crop.
What is the difference between Soil Food Bloom and Re-Gen?
Soil Food Bloom is formulated for flowering and fruiting plants. Re-Gen is a between-crop amendment designed to rebuild soil fertility after harvest.
Does Soil Food Re-Gen contain animal products?
Yes. Re-Gen contains bone meal and mealworm frass alongside olivine and micronised rock phosphate.
How much soil can a 1kg bag of Re-Gen treat?
At the recommended indoor rate of 2-4g/L, a 1kg bag can regenerate approximately 250-500 litres of soil, depending on the application rate selected.
Can Soil Food Re-Gen be used outdoors?
Yes. For depleted outdoor soil, Ecothrive recommends 400-600g/m², forked into approximately the top 20-25cm and watered thoroughly afterwards.
Why regenerate living soil instead of replacing it?
Regeneration allows growers to retain the established structure and biological ecosystem of their living soil while replenishing nutrients removed by the previous crop. It also reduces the need to replace large volumes of growing media between cycles.
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg - Organic Living Soil Vegetative Top-Dress
2500
£25.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg - Organic Living Soil Vegetative Top-Dress
2500
£25.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg is a premium organic top-dress soil amendment formulated specifically for vigorous vegetative growth in living soil. With a typical NPK analysis of 3.5-3-4.5, it combines readily assimilable nitrogen with phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium, sulphur and amino acids to replenish nutrients as plants build roots, stems and healthy foliage.
Soil Food Grow is part of Ecothrive's complete Soil Food system and is designed around a simple living soil principle: replace the nutrients plants have used rather than continuously feeding them with soluble fertiliser.
The key ingredient is soy amino hydrolysate, which provides fast-acting organic amine nitrogen. Ecothrive selected this highly accessible form of nitrogen to support strong vegetative development while stimulating the biological processes responsible for nutrient cycling within living soil.
Mealworm frass, micronised rock phosphate, potassium sulphate and gypsum complement the nitrogen source, creating a balanced top-dress containing both immediately useful and medium-release nutrition.
Soil Food Grow is particularly useful for fast-growing or heavy-feeding plants that begin to draw down the original nutrient reserves in their living soil during the vegetative stage.
Why choose Ecothrive Soil Food Grow?
- Formulated for vegetative growth - targeted nutrition for strong roots, stems and foliage.
- Organic top-dress amendment - designed specifically for biologically active living soil.
- Typical NPK 3.5-3-4.5 - balanced vegetative nutrition with an emphasis on nitrogen and potassium.
- Fast-acting amine nitrogen - soy amino hydrolysate provides nitrogen in an easily assimilable form.
- 6% amino acids - supplied as part of the nutrient-rich organic formulation.
- Supports vigorous foliage - replenishes nitrogen as plants build new leaves and shoots.
- Supports strong roots - micronised rock phosphate contributes phosphorus for healthy root development.
- Supports plant structure - potassium, calcium and sulphur contribute to balanced vegetative development.
- Stimulates soil biology - designed to encourage microbial activity and nutrient mineralisation.
- Contains Ecothrive Charge - mealworm frass supports microbial life and nutrient cycling.
- Fast & medium-release nutrition - provides useful nutrition without unnecessarily loading living soil with excessive residual fertility.
- Simple top-dress application - spread over the soil surface, lightly scratch in and water.
- Indoor & outdoor use - suitable for living soil pots, beds and organically managed garden soil.
- Part of the Soil Food system - use Grow during vegetative development, Bloom during flowering and Re-Gen between crops.
- Commercial 5kg format - suitable for larger beds, multiple containers and professional living soil cultivation.
Balanced organic nutrition for vegetative growth
Vegetative plants need sufficient nitrogen to construct new foliage, proteins and chlorophyll, but successful growth requires more than nitrogen alone.
Soil Food Grow provides a balanced blend of macro and secondary nutrients with a typical analysis of:
- Nitrogen (N): 3.5%
- Phosphorus pentoxide (P₂O₅): 3%, equivalent to approximately 1.3% elemental phosphorus
- Potassium oxide (K₂O): 4.5%, equivalent to approximately 3.8% elemental potassium
- Calcium: 6%
- Magnesium: 1%
- Sulphur: 4%
- Amino acids: 6%
The result is a vegetative top-dress designed to replenish the nutrients that an actively growing plant removes from its soil while maintaining a balanced living soil system.
Soy amino hydrolysate - fast-acting organic nitrogen
The key ingredient in Soil Food Grow is soy amino hydrolysate, a fast-acting organic source of amine nitrogen.
Nitrogen is fundamental to vegetative growth, but different organic nitrogen sources become available at different rates. Ecothrive uses soy amino hydrolysate because its amine nitrogen is readily assimilable, helping plants access useful nitrogen without waiting exclusively for slower organic materials to break down.
This makes it particularly valuable when established plants begin placing greater demand on the original nutrient reserve in their living soil.
The formulation balances this relatively fast response with medium-release inputs, helping provide useful vegetative nutrition while reducing the risk of unnecessarily accumulating large quantities of residual nutrients.
Feed the plant while supporting living soil biology
Soil Food Grow is designed to work with the biological processes that make living soil function.
Organic nutrients are transformed and cycled by microorganisms within the root zone. Ecothrive's formulation is designed to encourage this biological activity rather than bypass it with a conventional high-strength soluble mineral feed.
The soy amino hydrolysate provides accessible organic nitrogen, while Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass contributes organic material that supports microbial life and nutrient cycling.
Maintaining an active soil ecosystem helps organic nutrient sources become part of a continuing cycle between soil, microorganisms and plant roots.
Key ingredients in Soil Food Grow
Soy amino hydrolysate
Provides fast-acting organic amine nitrogen and amino acids to support vigorous vegetative development and active soil biology.
Mealworm frass - Ecothrive Charge
Ecothrive's mealworm frass contributes organic nutrition and supports microbial activity and nutrient cycling within living soil.
Micronised rock phosphate
Provides phosphorus in a finely ground mineral form, supporting root development while contributing to the soil's phosphorus reserve.
Potassium sulphate
Provides potassium and sulphur, supporting numerous plant processes including water regulation, enzyme activity and healthy structural development.
Gypsum
Provides calcium and sulphur without being used primarily as a liming material, helping replenish secondary nutrients required by actively growing plants.
How to use Ecothrive Soil Food Grow
Soil Food Grow is designed to be top-dressed periodically during vegetative growth.
For established indoor plants, use 1-2g per litre of soil. Calculate the dose using the volume of soil within approximately the top 15cm of the pot or bed.
Spread the measured amendment evenly over the soil surface, lightly scratch it into the top 2-4cm and water after application.
For established plants in approximately 40-60L pots, Ecothrive recommends applying Soil Food Grow during the late vegetative or early transition stage, approximately 3-4 weeks after planting.
Smaller containers generally deplete their nutrient reserves more quickly than larger containers and living soil beds, so application should always be adjusted according to plant demand, container volume and growing conditions.
When should Soil Food Grow be applied?
Ecothrive's Soil Food system is designed around plant demand rather than a rigid weekly fertiliser schedule.
Soil Food Grow is intended for the vegetative phase, when plants are actively producing roots, stems, shoots and foliage.
As a general guide, Ecothrive suggests using Grow around 3-4 weeks after planting in smaller pots or 4-6 weeks in larger pots. For established 40-60L containers, application during late vegetative growth or early transition is recommended.
These timings should be treated as guidance rather than an automatic feeding date. Plant size, crop duration, soil volume, environmental intensity and previous soil use all affect nutrient demand.
Using Soil Food Grow outdoors
Soil Food Grow can also be used as an organic top-dress for established outdoor crops grown in field or garden soil.
Apply 100-200g per m², spread evenly across the soil surface.
Lightly scratch the amendment into the top 2-4cm of soil and water after application.
For established outdoor crops, Ecothrive recommends repeating the application approximately every 4-6 weeks, adjusting according to plant performance and growing conditions.
Grow, Bloom & Re-Gen - the Ecothrive Soil Food system
Soil Food Grow is one part of Ecothrive's three-stage organic powdered nutrient system for living soil.
Soil Food Grow
Use during vegetative growth to replenish nitrogen and balanced nutrition required for strong roots, stems and foliage.
Soil Food Bloom
Switch to Soil Food Bloom as plants enter flowering or fruiting. Its formulation reduces nitrogen and increases phosphorus and potassium to better match generative plant demand.
Soil Food Re-Gen
After harvest, use Soil Food Re-Gen to restore depleted living soil and prepare it for another crop.
The products are designed to be used sequentially according to crop stage, rather than applying all three together.
Designed specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil
Ecothrive Living Soil contains an initial reserve of nutrition, so newly planted crops do not automatically need additional fertiliser.
As plants grow, however, those nutrient reserves are gradually consumed. Heavy-feeding plants, smaller soil volumes and high-intensity growing environments can accelerate this depletion.
Soil Food Grow is designed to replenish the nutrients used during vegetative development without abandoning the living soil approach.
Rather than feeding on a fixed liquid nutrient schedule, the aim is to top up the soil when plant demand indicates that additional nutrition is required.
How much soil will a 5kg bag treat?
At the recommended indoor rate of 1-2g per litre of soil, a 5kg bag provides substantial coverage for multiple containers or large living soil beds.
At 1g/L, 5kg provides enough Soil Food Grow for approximately 5,000 litres of calculated soil volume.
At 2g/L, it provides enough for approximately 2,500 litres.
Remember that Ecothrive recommends calculating indoor top-dress quantities using the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm of the pot or bed rather than automatically using the entire container volume.
For outdoor applications at 100-200g/m², a 5kg bag provides approximately 25-50m² of coverage per application.
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Range | Soil Food |
| Product | Soil Food Grow |
| Product type | Organic vegetative living soil top-dress amendment |
| Pack size | 5kg |
| Primary crop stage | Vegetative growth & early transition |
| Typical NPK | 3.5-3-4.5 |
| Nitrogen (N) | 3.5% |
| Phosphorus (P₂O₅) | 3% - approximately 1.3% elemental P |
| Potassium (K₂O) | 4.5% - approximately 3.8% elemental K |
| Calcium | 6% |
| Magnesium | 1% |
| Sulphur | 4% |
| Amino acids | 6% |
| Key ingredient | Soy amino hydrolysate |
| Other key ingredients | Mealworm frass, micronised rock phosphate, potassium sulphate & gypsum |
| Indoor application rate | 1-2g per litre of calculated soil volume |
| Indoor calculation depth | Approximately the top 15cm of soil |
| Application method | Top-dress, scratch into the top 2-4cm & water |
| Outdoor application rate | 100-200g per m² |
| Outdoor frequency | Approximately every 4-6 weeks for established crops, adjusted to plant demand |
| Approximate indoor coverage | 2,500-5,000L of calculated soil volume at 1-2g/L |
| Approximate outdoor coverage | 25-50m² per application at 100-200g/m² |
| Suitable for | Living soil pots, beds & organically managed outdoor soil |
| Contains animal-derived ingredients | Yes - contains mealworm frass |
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Soil Food Grow?
Soil Food Grow is an organic powdered top-dress amendment formulated to replenish nutrients during vegetative growth in living soil. It provides fast and medium-release nutrition while supporting the soil's biological ecosystem.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Soil Food Grow?
Soil Food Grow has a typical NPK analysis of 3.5-3-4.5. It also contains 6% calcium, 1% magnesium, 4% sulphur and 6% amino acids.
When should I use Soil Food Grow?
Use Soil Food Grow during vegetative development when plants begin depleting the nutrient reserves in their living soil. For 40-60L pots, Ecothrive recommends application during late vegetative growth or early transition, around 3-4 weeks after planting.
How much Ecothrive Soil Food Grow should I use?
For established indoor plants, use 1-2g/L, calculated from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm of the pot or bed. Top-dress evenly, scratch into the upper 2-4cm and water afterwards.
What is soy amino hydrolysate?
Soy amino hydrolysate is an organic source of amino acids and readily assimilable amine nitrogen. Ecothrive uses it to provide relatively fast nitrogen availability during vigorous vegetative growth while supporting biological activity in the soil.
Is Soil Food Grow only for Ecothrive Living Soil?
It was formulated specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil, but Ecothrive states that the Soil Food range can also be used effectively with other organic living soil systems.
Does Soil Food Grow replace liquid fertiliser?
In an appropriately managed living soil system, Soil Food Grow is designed to replenish nutrients through organic top dressing rather than relying on continuous soluble liquid feeding.
What is the difference between Soil Food Grow and Bloom?
Grow is formulated for vegetative development with accessible nitrogen and balanced nutrition for roots, stems and foliage. Bloom contains less nitrogen and increased phosphorus and potassium for flowering and fruiting plants.
What is the difference between Soil Food Grow and Re-Gen?
Grow is a top-dress for actively growing plants during the vegetative stage. Re-Gen is blended into depleted soil after harvest to restore fertility before the next crop.
Can Soil Food Grow be used in living soil beds?
Yes. It is suitable for both containers and living soil beds. For indoor beds, Ecothrive recommends calculating the dose from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm.
Can Soil Food Grow be used outdoors?
Yes. For established outdoor crops, use 100-200g/m², scratch it into the top 2-4cm and water afterwards. Ecothrive recommends repeating approximately every 4-6 weeks where required.
Does Soil Food Grow contain calcium and magnesium?
Yes. Its typical analysis includes 6% calcium and 1% magnesium, alongside nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium and sulphur.
Does Soil Food Grow contain animal-derived ingredients?
Yes. Soil Food Grow contains mealworm frass in the form of Ecothrive Charge.
How much soil can a 5kg bag of Soil Food Grow treat?
At 1-2g/L, 5kg is sufficient for approximately 2,500-5,000 litres of calculated soil volume. For indoor pots and beds, Ecothrive recommends calculating the dose from approximately the top 15cm of soil.
Do I use Soil Food Grow and Bloom together?
They are designed primarily for sequential use. Apply Grow during vegetative development, move to Bloom when plants enter flowering or fruiting, and use Re-Gen after harvest to prepare the soil for reuse.
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg - Organic Living Soil Vegetative Top-Dress
750
£7.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg - Organic Living Soil Vegetative Top-Dress
750
£7.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg is a premium organic top-dress soil amendment formulated specifically for vigorous vegetative growth in living soil. With a typical NPK analysis of 3.5-3-4.5, it combines readily assimilable nitrogen with phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium, sulphur and amino acids to replenish nutrients as plants build roots, stems and healthy foliage.
Soil Food Grow is part of Ecothrive's complete Soil Food system and is designed around a simple living soil principle: replace the nutrients plants have used rather than continuously feeding them with soluble fertiliser.
The key ingredient is soy amino hydrolysate, which provides fast-acting organic amine nitrogen. Ecothrive selected this highly accessible form of nitrogen to support strong vegetative development while stimulating the biological processes responsible for nutrient cycling within living soil.
Mealworm frass, micronised rock phosphate, potassium sulphate and gypsum complement the nitrogen source, creating a balanced top-dress containing both immediately useful and medium-release nutrition.
Soil Food Grow is particularly useful for fast-growing or heavy-feeding plants that begin to draw down the original nutrient reserves in their living soil during the vegetative stage.
Why choose Ecothrive Soil Food Grow?
- Formulated for vegetative growth - targeted nutrition for strong roots, stems and foliage.
- Organic top-dress amendment - designed specifically for biologically active living soil.
- Typical NPK 3.5-3-4.5 - balanced vegetative nutrition with an emphasis on nitrogen and potassium.
- Fast-acting amine nitrogen - soy amino hydrolysate provides nitrogen in an easily assimilable form.
- 6% amino acids - supplied as part of the nutrient-rich organic formulation.
- Supports vigorous foliage - replenishes nitrogen as plants build new leaves and shoots.
- Supports strong roots - micronised rock phosphate contributes phosphorus for healthy root development.
- Supports plant structure - potassium, calcium and sulphur contribute to balanced vegetative development.
- Stimulates soil biology - designed to encourage microbial activity and nutrient mineralisation.
- Contains Ecothrive Charge - mealworm frass supports microbial life and nutrient cycling.
- Fast & medium-release nutrition - provides useful nutrition without unnecessarily loading living soil with excessive residual fertility.
- Simple top-dress application - spread over the soil surface, lightly scratch in and water.
- Indoor & outdoor use - suitable for living soil pots, beds and organically managed garden soil.
- Part of the Soil Food system - use Grow during vegetative development, Bloom during flowering and Re-Gen between crops.
- Commercial 5kg format - suitable for larger beds, multiple containers and professional living soil cultivation.
Balanced organic nutrition for vegetative growth
Vegetative plants need sufficient nitrogen to construct new foliage, proteins and chlorophyll, but successful growth requires more than nitrogen alone.
Soil Food Grow provides a balanced blend of macro and secondary nutrients with a typical analysis of:
- Nitrogen (N): 3.5%
- Phosphorus pentoxide (P₂O₅): 3%, equivalent to approximately 1.3% elemental phosphorus
- Potassium oxide (K₂O): 4.5%, equivalent to approximately 3.8% elemental potassium
- Calcium: 6%
- Magnesium: 1%
- Sulphur: 4%
- Amino acids: 6%
The result is a vegetative top-dress designed to replenish the nutrients that an actively growing plant removes from its soil while maintaining a balanced living soil system.
Soy amino hydrolysate - fast-acting organic nitrogen
The key ingredient in Soil Food Grow is soy amino hydrolysate, a fast-acting organic source of amine nitrogen.
Nitrogen is fundamental to vegetative growth, but different organic nitrogen sources become available at different rates. Ecothrive uses soy amino hydrolysate because its amine nitrogen is readily assimilable, helping plants access useful nitrogen without waiting exclusively for slower organic materials to break down.
This makes it particularly valuable when established plants begin placing greater demand on the original nutrient reserve in their living soil.
The formulation balances this relatively fast response with medium-release inputs, helping provide useful vegetative nutrition while reducing the risk of unnecessarily accumulating large quantities of residual nutrients.
Feed the plant while supporting living soil biology
Soil Food Grow is designed to work with the biological processes that make living soil function.
Organic nutrients are transformed and cycled by microorganisms within the root zone. Ecothrive's formulation is designed to encourage this biological activity rather than bypass it with a conventional high-strength soluble mineral feed.
The soy amino hydrolysate provides accessible organic nitrogen, while Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass contributes organic material that supports microbial life and nutrient cycling.
Maintaining an active soil ecosystem helps organic nutrient sources become part of a continuing cycle between soil, microorganisms and plant roots.
Key ingredients in Soil Food Grow
Soy amino hydrolysate
Provides fast-acting organic amine nitrogen and amino acids to support vigorous vegetative development and active soil biology.
Mealworm frass - Ecothrive Charge
Ecothrive's mealworm frass contributes organic nutrition and supports microbial activity and nutrient cycling within living soil.
Micronised rock phosphate
Provides phosphorus in a finely ground mineral form, supporting root development while contributing to the soil's phosphorus reserve.
Potassium sulphate
Provides potassium and sulphur, supporting numerous plant processes including water regulation, enzyme activity and healthy structural development.
Gypsum
Provides calcium and sulphur without being used primarily as a liming material, helping replenish secondary nutrients required by actively growing plants.
How to use Ecothrive Soil Food Grow
Soil Food Grow is designed to be top-dressed periodically during vegetative growth.
For established indoor plants, use 1-2g per litre of soil. Calculate the dose using the volume of soil within approximately the top 15cm of the pot or bed.
Spread the measured amendment evenly over the soil surface, lightly scratch it into the top 2-4cm and water after application.
For established plants in approximately 40-60L pots, Ecothrive recommends applying Soil Food Grow during the late vegetative or early transition stage, approximately 3-4 weeks after planting.
Smaller containers generally deplete their nutrient reserves more quickly than larger containers and living soil beds, so application should always be adjusted according to plant demand, container volume and growing conditions.
When should Soil Food Grow be applied?
Ecothrive's Soil Food system is designed around plant demand rather than a rigid weekly fertiliser schedule.
Soil Food Grow is intended for the vegetative phase, when plants are actively producing roots, stems, shoots and foliage.
As a general guide, Ecothrive suggests using Grow around 3-4 weeks after planting in smaller pots or 4-6 weeks in larger pots. For established 40-60L containers, application during late vegetative growth or early transition is recommended.
These timings should be treated as guidance rather than an automatic feeding date. Plant size, crop duration, soil volume, environmental intensity and previous soil use all affect nutrient demand.
Using Soil Food Grow outdoors
Soil Food Grow can also be used as an organic top-dress for established outdoor crops grown in field or garden soil.
Apply 100-200g per m², spread evenly across the soil surface.
Lightly scratch the amendment into the top 2-4cm of soil and water after application.
For established outdoor crops, Ecothrive recommends repeating the application approximately every 4-6 weeks, adjusting according to plant performance and growing conditions.
Grow, Bloom & Re-Gen - the Ecothrive Soil Food system
Soil Food Grow is one part of Ecothrive's three-stage organic powdered nutrient system for living soil.
Soil Food Grow
Use during vegetative growth to replenish nitrogen and balanced nutrition required for strong roots, stems and foliage.
Soil Food Bloom
Switch to Soil Food Bloom as plants enter flowering or fruiting. Its formulation reduces nitrogen and increases phosphorus and potassium to better match generative plant demand.
Soil Food Re-Gen
After harvest, use Soil Food Re-Gen to restore depleted living soil and prepare it for another crop.
The products are designed to be used sequentially according to crop stage, rather than applying all three together.
Designed specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil
Ecothrive Living Soil contains an initial reserve of nutrition, so newly planted crops do not automatically need additional fertiliser.
As plants grow, however, those nutrient reserves are gradually consumed. Heavy-feeding plants, smaller soil volumes and high-intensity growing environments can accelerate this depletion.
Soil Food Grow is designed to replenish the nutrients used during vegetative development without abandoning the living soil approach.
Rather than feeding on a fixed liquid nutrient schedule, the aim is to top up the soil when plant demand indicates that additional nutrition is required.
How much soil will a 5kg bag treat?
At the recommended indoor rate of 1-2g per litre of soil, a 5kg bag provides substantial coverage for multiple containers or large living soil beds.
At 1g/L, 5kg provides enough Soil Food Grow for approximately 5,000 litres of calculated soil volume.
At 2g/L, it provides enough for approximately 2,500 litres.
Remember that Ecothrive recommends calculating indoor top-dress quantities using the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm of the pot or bed rather than automatically using the entire container volume.
For outdoor applications at 100-200g/m², a 5kg bag provides approximately 25-50m² of coverage per application.
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Range | Soil Food |
| Product | Soil Food Grow |
| Product type | Organic vegetative living soil top-dress amendment |
| Pack size | 5kg |
| Primary crop stage | Vegetative growth & early transition |
| Typical NPK | 3.5-3-4.5 |
| Nitrogen (N) | 3.5% |
| Phosphorus (P₂O₅) | 3% - approximately 1.3% elemental P |
| Potassium (K₂O) | 4.5% - approximately 3.8% elemental K |
| Calcium | 6% |
| Magnesium | 1% |
| Sulphur | 4% |
| Amino acids | 6% |
| Key ingredient | Soy amino hydrolysate |
| Other key ingredients | Mealworm frass, micronised rock phosphate, potassium sulphate & gypsum |
| Indoor application rate | 1-2g per litre of calculated soil volume |
| Indoor calculation depth | Approximately the top 15cm of soil |
| Application method | Top-dress, scratch into the top 2-4cm & water |
| Outdoor application rate | 100-200g per m² |
| Outdoor frequency | Approximately every 4-6 weeks for established crops, adjusted to plant demand |
| Approximate indoor coverage | 2,500-5,000L of calculated soil volume at 1-2g/L |
| Approximate outdoor coverage | 25-50m² per application at 100-200g/m² |
| Suitable for | Living soil pots, beds & organically managed outdoor soil |
| Contains animal-derived ingredients | Yes - contains mealworm frass |
Ecothrive Soil Food Grow 5kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Soil Food Grow?
Soil Food Grow is an organic powdered top-dress amendment formulated to replenish nutrients during vegetative growth in living soil. It provides fast and medium-release nutrition while supporting the soil's biological ecosystem.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Soil Food Grow?
Soil Food Grow has a typical NPK analysis of 3.5-3-4.5. It also contains 6% calcium, 1% magnesium, 4% sulphur and 6% amino acids.
When should I use Soil Food Grow?
Use Soil Food Grow during vegetative development when plants begin depleting the nutrient reserves in their living soil. For 40-60L pots, Ecothrive recommends application during late vegetative growth or early transition, around 3-4 weeks after planting.
How much Ecothrive Soil Food Grow should I use?
For established indoor plants, use 1-2g/L, calculated from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm of the pot or bed. Top-dress evenly, scratch into the upper 2-4cm and water afterwards.
What is soy amino hydrolysate?
Soy amino hydrolysate is an organic source of amino acids and readily assimilable amine nitrogen. Ecothrive uses it to provide relatively fast nitrogen availability during vigorous vegetative growth while supporting biological activity in the soil.
Is Soil Food Grow only for Ecothrive Living Soil?
It was formulated specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil, but Ecothrive states that the Soil Food range can also be used effectively with other organic living soil systems.
Does Soil Food Grow replace liquid fertiliser?
In an appropriately managed living soil system, Soil Food Grow is designed to replenish nutrients through organic top dressing rather than relying on continuous soluble liquid feeding.
What is the difference between Soil Food Grow and Bloom?
Grow is formulated for vegetative development with accessible nitrogen and balanced nutrition for roots, stems and foliage. Bloom contains less nitrogen and increased phosphorus and potassium for flowering and fruiting plants.
What is the difference between Soil Food Grow and Re-Gen?
Grow is a top-dress for actively growing plants during the vegetative stage. Re-Gen is blended into depleted soil after harvest to restore fertility before the next crop.
Can Soil Food Grow be used in living soil beds?
Yes. It is suitable for both containers and living soil beds. For indoor beds, Ecothrive recommends calculating the dose from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm.
Can Soil Food Grow be used outdoors?
Yes. For established outdoor crops, use 100-200g/m², scratch it into the top 2-4cm and water afterwards. Ecothrive recommends repeating approximately every 4-6 weeks where required.
Does Soil Food Grow contain calcium and magnesium?
Yes. Its typical analysis includes 6% calcium and 1% magnesium, alongside nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium and sulphur.
Does Soil Food Grow contain animal-derived ingredients?
Yes. Soil Food Grow contains mealworm frass in the form of Ecothrive Charge.
How much soil can a 5kg bag of Soil Food Grow treat?
At 1-2g/L, 5kg is sufficient for approximately 2,500-5,000 litres of calculated soil volume. For indoor pots and beds, Ecothrive recommends calculating the dose from approximately the top 15cm of soil.
Do I use Soil Food Grow and Bloom together?
They are designed primarily for sequential use. Apply Grow during vegetative development, move to Bloom when plants enter flowering or fruiting, and use Re-Gen after harvest to prepare the soil for reuse.
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 5kg - Organic Living Soil Flowering & Fruiting Top-Dress
2500
£25.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 5kg - Organic Living Soil Flowering & Fruiting Top-Dress
2500
£25.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 5kg is a premium organic top-dress soil amendment formulated specifically for flowering and fruiting plants grown in living soil. With a typical NPK analysis of 2-8-6, Bloom reduces nitrogen while increasing phosphorus and potassium to replenish the nutrients plants demand as they move from vegetative growth into flower and fruit production.
Soil Food Bloom forms the flowering stage of Ecothrive's complete Soil Food system. It is designed to replace nutrients as plants use them, supporting abundant flowers and fruits while maintaining the biologically active soil ecosystem responsible for nutrient cycling.
At the heart of the formulation is potassium lignosulphonate, an organic potassium source rich in fulvic compounds. Ecothrive uses this material not only to supply potassium but also to improve nutrient availability and help plants access phosphorus, calcium and other important elements during the energy-intensive flowering stage.
Mealworm frass, micronised rock phosphate and additional mineral inputs complement the potassium lignosulphonate, supplying a balanced combination of phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium and sulphur.
The result is a targeted living soil bloom amendment designed for early and mid-flowering, when plants are rapidly forming flowers and fruits and their demand for phosphorus and potassium increases.
Why choose Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom?
- Formulated for flowering & fruiting - specifically designed to replenish nutrients during the generative stage.
- Organic living soil top-dress - works with biologically active soil rather than relying on continuous soluble feeding.
- Typical NPK 2-8-6 - reduced nitrogen with increased phosphorus and potassium for flowering plants.
- High phosphorus content - supports flower formation and sustained generative development.
- Potassium-rich formulation - replenishes potassium heavily utilised during flowering and fruit production.
- Potassium lignosulphonate - supplies organic potassium while supporting nutrient availability.
- Contains fulvic compounds - supports efficient nutrient uptake and availability within the root zone.
- Supports dense flower development - formulated to meet the increased nutritional demands of productive flowering plants.
- Supports fruiting crops - suitable for tomatoes and other flowering and fruit-producing plants grown in living soil.
- 10% calcium - provides a substantial calcium contribution during flowering and fruit development.
- Contains magnesium - helps maintain essential magnesium availability as plants continue photosynthesising during bloom.
- Supports soil biology - organic inputs and soluble carbon help fuel microbial activity.
- Contains Ecothrive Charge - mealworm frass contributes organic nutrition and supports nutrient cycling.
- Simple top-dress application - spread over the soil surface, lightly scratch in and water.
- Commercial 5kg format - ideal for larger living soil beds, multiple containers and professional growing systems.
Targeted nutrition for flowering & fruiting
Plant nutritional demand changes as vegetative growth gives way to flowering and fruit production.
Nitrogen remains important, but the balance shifts towards greater phosphorus and potassium demand. Soil Food Bloom reflects this change with a typical analysis of:
- Nitrogen (N): 2%
- Phosphorus pentoxide (P₂O₅): 8%, equivalent to approximately 3.5% elemental phosphorus
- Potassium oxide (K₂O): 6%, equivalent to approximately 5% elemental potassium
- Calcium: 10%
- Magnesium: 1%
- Sulphur: 2.5%
- Fulvic compounds: 2.5%
Compared with Soil Food Grow, Bloom contains less nitrogen and substantially more phosphorus and potassium, matching the change in nutrient demand as plants enter their generative stage.
Potassium lignosulphonate & fulvic compounds
The defining ingredient in Soil Food Bloom is potassium lignosulphonate.
Lignosulphonates are derived from lignin, a natural structural component of plants. In Soil Food Bloom, Ecothrive uses potassium lignosulphonate as an organic potassium source while taking advantage of its fulvic-rich characteristics.
Fulvic compounds can act as natural chelating agents, helping keep nutrients available within the root zone and improving the efficiency with which plants can access them.
This is particularly valuable during flowering, when rapidly developing flowers and fruits place increased demand on the soil's reserves of phosphorus, potassium, calcium and other essential elements.
Ecothrive also highlights the soluble carbon and wood-derived sugars associated with this ingredient, which provide an additional energy source for soil microorganisms.
Phosphorus for sustained flower formation
Soil Food Bloom contains 8% P₂O₅, equivalent to approximately 3.5% elemental phosphorus.
Phosphorus is essential for plant energy transfer, root function and reproductive development. Demand becomes particularly important as plants establish flowering sites and begin producing flowers and fruits.
Micronised rock phosphate forms part of the Bloom formulation, helping maintain phosphorus availability through the early and mid-flowering stages.
The fulvic compounds supplied by potassium lignosulphonate further support the availability and uptake of phosphorus and other nutrients within the soil.
Potassium for flowers, fruits & crop quality
Potassium is heavily utilised by productive flowering and fruiting plants. Soil Food Bloom contains 6% K₂O, equivalent to approximately 5% elemental potassium.
Potassium contributes to water regulation, enzyme activity, carbohydrate movement and numerous processes involved in productive flowering and fruit development.
By replenishing potassium as plants move through bloom, Soil Food Bloom helps prevent the soil's existing reserves from becoming a limiting factor during this demanding stage.
Calcium, magnesium & sulphur support
Flowering nutrition is not simply a matter of increasing phosphorus and potassium. Plants continue to require calcium, magnesium and sulphur throughout the generative stage.
Soil Food Bloom contains 10% calcium, 1% magnesium and 2.5% sulphur, helping replenish these important secondary nutrients alongside its NPK nutrition.
Calcium contributes to normal cell-wall development and structural integrity, while magnesium remains essential to chlorophyll and photosynthesis. Sulphur is required for amino acids, proteins and numerous plant metabolic processes.
Support flowering plants & living soil biology
Soil Food Bloom is designed to nourish plants without abandoning the biological principles of living soil.
Mealworm frass in the form of Ecothrive Charge contributes organic nutrition while supporting microbial activity and nutrient cycling.
The potassium lignosulphonate component also supplies soluble carbon and wood-derived sugars that can provide an energy source for soil microorganisms.
This allows Bloom to replenish nutrients required by flowering plants while continuing to support the soil ecosystem responsible for processing and cycling organic nutrition.
Key ingredients in Soil Food Bloom
Potassium lignosulphonate
The defining Bloom ingredient, supplying organic potassium together with fulvic-rich compounds that support nutrient availability and efficient uptake.
Mealworm frass - Ecothrive Charge
Provides an organic input that supports microbial activity and nutrient cycling during the energy-intensive flowering stage.
Micronised rock phosphate
Provides a finely ground source of phosphorus to help maintain phosphorus availability during sustained flower and fruit production.
Additional mineral nutrition
The complete formulation provides substantial calcium together with magnesium and sulphur, creating a broader flowering amendment rather than a simple phosphorus and potassium booster.
How to use Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom
Soil Food Bloom should be top-dressed as plants enter the flowering or fruiting stage.
For established indoor plants, use 1-2g per litre of soil, calculating the required quantity from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm of the pot or bed.
Spread the measured amendment evenly over the soil surface, lightly scratch it into the top 2-4cm and water after application.
For established plants in approximately 40-60L pots, Ecothrive recommends applying Bloom during the early generative stage once flowers have started to form.
Some cultivars and longer flowering cycles can benefit from a second application approximately 2-3 weeks later. Ecothrive advises avoiding further top dressing during the final 4-5 weeks before harvest.
When should Soil Food Bloom be applied?
Soil Food Bloom is intended for early and mid-flowering, rather than being used automatically from the beginning of vegetative growth.
The transition should be based primarily on crop stage. Once plants begin forming flowers, their nutrient demand changes and Bloom becomes more appropriate than Soil Food Grow.
Ecothrive recommends an initial Bloom top-dress when flowers have started to form. A second application 2-3 weeks later may be appropriate for some cultivars, long cycles or situations where soil reserves are depleted more rapidly.
Avoid automatic feeding simply because a particular week has been reached. Container volume, plant size, crop duration, environmental intensity and previous use of the soil all influence nutrient demand.
Using Soil Food Bloom outdoors
Soil Food Bloom can also be used with established flowering and fruiting crops grown in field or garden soil.
Apply 100-200g per m² as a top dressing.
Spread evenly across the soil surface, scratch into the top 2-4cm and water after application.
Ecothrive's general outdoor Soil Food guidance is to repeat applications approximately every 4-6 weeks where required, always adjusting according to crop stage and plant demand.
Grow, Bloom & Re-Gen - the Ecothrive Soil Food system
Soil Food Bloom forms the generative stage of Ecothrive's three-product organic powdered nutrient system.
Soil Food Grow
Use during vegetative growth to replenish nitrogen and balanced nutrition required for strong roots, stems and foliage.
Soil Food Bloom
Transition to Bloom as flowers begin to form. Its lower nitrogen and increased phosphorus and potassium are designed to match the nutritional demands of flowering and fruiting plants.
Soil Food Re-Gen
After harvest, use Re-Gen to replenish depleted living soil and prepare it for another crop.
The products are designed to be used sequentially according to crop stage and soil condition, rather than applying all three at the same time.
Designed specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil
Ecothrive Living Soil contains an initial reserve of organic nutrition, meaning newly planted crops do not automatically require additional fertiliser.
As a crop grows and enters flowering, however, nutrient reserves are gradually consumed. Heavy-flowering and fruiting plants can place particularly high demand on phosphorus and potassium.
Soil Food Bloom is designed to replace what the plants have used, extending the productive life of the existing soil without converting the system into a conventional liquid-feeding programme.
This is particularly useful for smaller containers, long crop cycles and high-intensity environments where nutrient reserves can be exhausted more rapidly.
How much soil will a 5kg bag treat?
At Ecothrive's indoor application rate of 1-2g per litre of soil, a 5kg bag provides substantial coverage for larger living soil systems.
At 1g/L, 5kg provides enough Soil Food Bloom for approximately 5,000 litres of calculated soil volume.
At 2g/L, it provides enough for approximately 2,500 litres.
For indoor containers and beds, Ecothrive recommends calculating the application from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm, rather than automatically using the entire volume of a deep bed.
For outdoor applications at 100-200g/m², a 5kg bag provides approximately 25-50m² of coverage per application.
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 5kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Range | Soil Food |
| Product | Soil Food Bloom |
| Product type | Organic flowering & fruiting living soil top-dress amendment |
| Pack size | 5kg |
| Primary crop stage | Early & mid-flowering / fruiting |
| Typical NPK | 2-8-6 |
| Nitrogen (N) | 2% |
| Phosphorus (P₂O₅) | 8% - approximately 3.5% elemental P |
| Potassium (K₂O) | 6% - approximately 5% elemental K |
| Calcium | 10% |
| Magnesium | 1% |
| Sulphur | 2.5% |
| Fulvic compounds | 2.5% |
| Key ingredient | Potassium lignosulphonate |
| Other key ingredients | Mealworm frass & micronised rock phosphate with complementary mineral nutrition |
| Indoor application rate | 1-2g per litre of calculated soil volume |
| Indoor calculation depth | Approximately the top 15cm of soil |
| Application method | Top-dress, scratch into the top 2-4cm & water |
| Application timing | Once flowers begin to form during the early generative stage |
| Repeat application | Some cultivars may benefit from a second application 2-3 weeks later |
| Late-stage guidance | Avoid top dressing during the final 4-5 weeks before harvest |
| Outdoor application rate | 100-200g per m² |
| Approximate indoor coverage | 2,500-5,000L of calculated soil volume at 1-2g/L |
| Approximate outdoor coverage | 25-50m² per application at 100-200g/m² |
| Suitable for | Living soil pots, beds & organically managed outdoor soil |
| Contains animal-derived ingredients | Yes - contains mealworm frass |
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 5kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom?
Soil Food Bloom is an organic powdered top-dress amendment formulated specifically for flowering and fruiting plants grown in living soil. It replenishes phosphorus, potassium and other essential nutrients as plants move through their generative stage.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom?
Soil Food Bloom has a typical NPK analysis of 2-8-6. It also contains 10% calcium, 1% magnesium, 2.5% sulphur and 2.5% fulvic compounds.
When should I use Soil Food Bloom?
Apply Bloom during the early generative stage once flowers have started to form. It is designed primarily for early and mid-flowering rather than vegetative growth.
How much Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom should I use?
For established indoor plants, use 1-2g/L, calculated from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm. Top-dress evenly, scratch into the upper 2-4cm and water after application.
Can Soil Food Bloom be applied more than once?
Yes. Ecothrive states that some cultivars can benefit from a second application approximately 2-3 weeks after the first. Avoid further top dressing during the final 4-5 weeks before harvest.
What is potassium lignosulphonate?
Potassium lignosulphonate is the key ingredient in Soil Food Bloom. It supplies potassium while providing fulvic-rich compounds that support nutrient availability, chelation and efficient uptake within living soil.
Why does Soil Food Bloom contain less nitrogen than Grow?
Plant nutrient demand changes as flowering begins. Bloom reduces nitrogen while increasing phosphorus and potassium to better match the requirements of flower and fruit development.
Does Soil Food Bloom contain calcium and magnesium?
Yes. Its typical analysis includes 10% calcium and 1% magnesium, helping replenish these essential secondary nutrients during flowering.
Can Soil Food Bloom be used for tomatoes and fruiting plants?
Yes. Soil Food Bloom is designed for flowering and fruiting plants grown in living soil, making it suitable for crops such as tomatoes as they move into flower and fruit production.
Is Soil Food Bloom only for Ecothrive Living Soil?
It is formulated specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil, but the Soil Food range can also be used with other compatible organic living soil systems.
What is the difference between Soil Food Grow and Bloom?
Grow is formulated for vegetative development and has a typical NPK of 3.5-3-4.5. Bloom has a typical NPK of 2-8-6, reducing nitrogen and increasing phosphorus and potassium for flowering and fruiting.
What is the difference between Soil Food Bloom and Re-Gen?
Bloom is applied to actively flowering plants. Re-Gen is used after harvest to replenish depleted living soil and prepare it for another crop.
Can Soil Food Bloom be used outdoors?
Yes. For established outdoor crops, apply 100-200g/m², scratch it into the top 2-4cm and water afterwards. Adjust repeat applications according to crop stage and plant demand.
Does Soil Food Bloom contain animal-derived ingredients?
Yes. Soil Food Bloom contains mealworm frass in the form of Ecothrive Charge.
How much soil can a 5kg bag of Soil Food Bloom treat?
At the recommended indoor rate of 1-2g/L, 5kg is sufficient for approximately 2,500-5,000 litres of calculated soil volume. For indoor pots and beds, Ecothrive recommends calculating the dose from approximately the top 15cm of soil.
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 1kg - Organic Living Soil Flowering & Fruiting Top-Dress
750
£7.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 1kg - Organic Living Soil Flowering & Fruiting Top-Dress
750
£7.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 1kg is a premium organic top-dress soil amendment formulated specifically for flowering and fruiting plants grown in living soil. With a typical NPK analysis of 2-8-6, Bloom reduces nitrogen while increasing phosphorus and potassium to replenish the nutrients plants demand as they move from vegetative growth into flower and fruit production.
Soil Food Bloom forms the flowering stage of Ecothrive's complete Soil Food system. It is designed to replace nutrients as plants use them, supporting productive flowering and fruiting while maintaining the biologically active soil ecosystem responsible for nutrient cycling.
At the heart of the formulation is potassium lignosulphonate, an organic potassium source rich in fulvic compounds. Ecothrive uses this material not only to supply potassium but also to support nutrient availability and help plants access phosphorus, calcium and other important elements during the energy-intensive flowering stage.
Mealworm frass, micronised rock phosphate and complementary mineral inputs combine with the potassium lignosulphonate to supply phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium and sulphur.
The result is a targeted living soil bloom amendment designed primarily for early and mid-flowering, when plants are rapidly forming flowers and fruits and their demand for phosphorus and potassium increases.
Why choose Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom?
- Formulated for flowering & fruiting - targeted nutrition for plants during their generative stage.
- Organic living soil top-dress - designed to replenish soil fertility without relying on continuous soluble feeding.
- Typical NPK 2-8-6 - reduced nitrogen with increased phosphorus and potassium for flowering plants.
- High phosphorus content - supports sustained flower and fruit development.
- Potassium-rich formulation - replenishes potassium heavily utilised during productive flowering.
- Potassium lignosulphonate - supplies organic potassium together with beneficial fulvic compounds.
- Contains fulvic compounds - supports nutrient availability and efficient uptake within the root zone.
- Supports flower formation - formulated to match the increased nutritional demands of generative growth.
- Suitable for fruiting crops - ideal for tomatoes and other flowering or fruit-producing plants grown in living soil.
- 10% calcium - provides a substantial calcium contribution during flowering and fruit development.
- Contains magnesium - helps maintain magnesium availability as plants continue photosynthesising during bloom.
- Supports soil biology - organic inputs and soluble carbon help maintain biological activity.
- Contains Ecothrive Charge - mealworm frass contributes organic nutrition and supports nutrient cycling.
- Simple top-dress application - spread over the soil surface, lightly scratch in and water.
- Practical 1kg format - suitable for individual containers, multiple pots and smaller living soil beds.
Targeted nutrition for flowering & fruiting
Plant nutritional demand changes as vegetative growth gives way to flowering and fruit production.
Nitrogen remains important, but the nutritional balance shifts towards increased phosphorus and potassium demand. Soil Food Bloom reflects this change with a typical analysis of:
- Nitrogen (N): 2%
- Phosphorus pentoxide (P₂O₅): 8%, equivalent to approximately 3.5% elemental phosphorus
- Potassium oxide (K₂O): 6%, equivalent to approximately 5% elemental potassium
- Calcium: 10%
- Magnesium: 1%
- Sulphur: 2.5%
- Fulvic compounds: 2.5%
Compared with Soil Food Grow, Bloom contains less nitrogen and substantially more phosphorus and potassium, matching the shift in plant demand as flowering begins.
Potassium lignosulphonate & fulvic compounds
The defining ingredient in Soil Food Bloom is potassium lignosulphonate.
Lignosulphonates are derived from lignin, a natural structural component of plants. In Soil Food Bloom, Ecothrive uses potassium lignosulphonate as an organic potassium source while also taking advantage of its fulvic-rich characteristics.
Fulvic compounds can help chelate nutrients and maintain their availability within the root zone, supporting efficient nutrient uptake.
This becomes particularly useful during flowering, when developing flowers and fruits place increased demand on the soil's reserves of phosphorus, potassium, calcium and other essential elements.
Ecothrive also highlights the soluble carbon and wood-derived sugars associated with this ingredient, which provide an additional energy source for soil microorganisms.
Phosphorus for sustained flower formation
Soil Food Bloom contains 8% P₂O₅, equivalent to approximately 3.5% elemental phosphorus.
Phosphorus is essential for plant energy transfer, root function and reproductive development. Demand becomes particularly important as plants establish flowering sites and begin producing flowers and fruits.
Micronised rock phosphate forms part of the Bloom formulation, helping maintain phosphorus availability through the early and mid-flowering stages.
The fulvic compounds supplied by potassium lignosulphonate further support the availability and uptake of phosphorus and other nutrients within the soil.
Potassium for flowers, fruits & crop quality
Potassium is heavily utilised by productive flowering and fruiting plants. Soil Food Bloom contains 6% K₂O, equivalent to approximately 5% elemental potassium.
Potassium contributes to water regulation, enzyme activity, carbohydrate movement and numerous physiological processes involved in productive flowering and fruit development.
Replenishing potassium during bloom helps prevent the soil's existing reserves from becoming a limiting factor as crop demand increases.
Calcium, magnesium & sulphur support
Effective flowering nutrition is not simply a matter of increasing phosphorus and potassium. Plants continue to require calcium, magnesium and sulphur throughout the generative stage.
Soil Food Bloom contains 10% calcium, 1% magnesium and 2.5% sulphur, helping replenish these important secondary nutrients alongside its NPK nutrition.
Calcium contributes to normal cell-wall development and structural integrity. Magnesium remains essential to chlorophyll and photosynthesis, while sulphur is required for amino acids, proteins and numerous plant metabolic processes.
Support flowering plants & living soil biology
Soil Food Bloom is designed to nourish flowering plants without abandoning the biological principles of living soil.
Mealworm frass in the form of Ecothrive Charge contributes organic nutrition while supporting microbial activity and nutrient cycling.
The potassium lignosulphonate component also supplies soluble carbon and wood-derived sugars that can provide an energy source for soil microorganisms.
This allows Bloom to replenish nutrients required by flowering plants while continuing to support the soil ecosystem responsible for processing and cycling organic nutrition.
Key ingredients in Soil Food Bloom
Potassium lignosulphonate
The defining Bloom ingredient, supplying organic potassium together with fulvic-rich compounds that support nutrient availability and uptake.
Mealworm frass - Ecothrive Charge
Provides an organic input that supports microbial activity and nutrient cycling during the energy-intensive flowering stage.
Micronised rock phosphate
Provides a finely ground source of phosphorus to help maintain phosphorus availability during sustained flower and fruit production.
Complementary mineral nutrition
The complete formulation provides substantial calcium together with magnesium and sulphur, making Soil Food Bloom a broad flowering amendment rather than simply a phosphorus and potassium booster.
How to use Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom
Soil Food Bloom should be top-dressed as plants enter the flowering or fruiting stage.
For established indoor plants, use 1-2g per litre of soil, calculating the required quantity from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm of the pot or bed.
Spread the measured amendment evenly over the soil surface, lightly scratch it into the top 2-4cm and water after application.
For established plants in approximately 40-60L pots, Ecothrive recommends applying Bloom during the early generative stage once flowers have started to form.
Some cultivars and longer flowering cycles can benefit from a second application approximately 2-3 weeks later. Avoid further top dressing during the final 4-5 weeks before harvest.
When should Soil Food Bloom be applied?
Soil Food Bloom is intended primarily for early and mid-flowering.
The transition from Grow to Bloom should be based on crop stage rather than simply following a rigid calendar. Once flowers begin to form, the plant's nutrient requirements change and Bloom becomes more appropriate than the vegetative Soil Food Grow formulation.
Ecothrive recommends an initial Bloom top-dress once flowers have started to form. A second application 2-3 weeks later may be appropriate for some cultivars, longer flowering cycles or situations where soil reserves are being depleted rapidly.
Container volume, plant size, crop duration, environmental intensity and previous use of the soil can all influence nutrient demand.
Using Soil Food Bloom outdoors
Soil Food Bloom can also be used with established flowering and fruiting crops grown in field or garden soil.
Apply 100-200g per m² as a top dressing.
Spread evenly across the soil surface, scratch into the top 2-4cm and water after application.
Ecothrive's general outdoor Soil Food guidance is to repeat applications approximately every 4-6 weeks where required, adjusting according to crop stage, plant performance and soil condition.
Grow, Bloom & Re-Gen - the Ecothrive Soil Food system
Soil Food Bloom forms the generative stage of Ecothrive's three-product organic powdered nutrient system for living soil.
Soil Food Grow
Use during vegetative growth to replenish nitrogen and balanced nutrition required for strong roots, stems and foliage.
Soil Food Bloom
Transition to Bloom as flowers begin to form. Its lower nitrogen and increased phosphorus and potassium are designed to match the nutritional demands of flowering and fruiting plants.
Soil Food Re-Gen
After harvest, use Re-Gen to replenish depleted living soil and prepare it for another crop.
The three products are designed to be used sequentially according to crop stage and soil condition, rather than routinely applying them together.
Designed specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil
Ecothrive Living Soil contains an initial reserve of organic nutrition, so newly planted crops do not automatically require additional fertiliser.
As plants develop and enter flowering, those nutrient reserves are gradually consumed. Productive flowering and fruiting plants can place particularly high demand on phosphorus and potassium.
Soil Food Bloom is designed to replace what plants have used, extending the productive life of the existing soil without converting the system into a conventional liquid-feeding programme.
This approach is particularly useful in smaller containers, long crop cycles and high-intensity environments where nutrient reserves can be exhausted more rapidly.
How much soil will a 1kg bag treat?
At Ecothrive's indoor application rate of 1-2g per litre of calculated soil volume, a 1kg bag provides useful coverage for multiple containers or a smaller living soil bed.
At 1g/L, 1kg provides enough Soil Food Bloom for approximately 1,000 litres of calculated soil volume.
At 2g/L, it provides enough for approximately 500 litres.
For indoor containers and beds, Ecothrive recommends calculating the application from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm, rather than automatically using the entire volume of a deep container or bed.
For outdoor applications at 100-200g/m², a 1kg bag provides approximately 5-10m² of coverage per application.
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 1kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Range | Soil Food |
| Product | Soil Food Bloom |
| Product type | Organic flowering & fruiting living soil top-dress amendment |
| Pack size | 1kg |
| Primary crop stage | Early & mid-flowering / fruiting |
| Typical NPK | 2-8-6 |
| Nitrogen (N) | 2% |
| Phosphorus (P₂O₅) | 8% - approximately 3.5% elemental P |
| Potassium (K₂O) | 6% - approximately 5% elemental K |
| Calcium | 10% |
| Magnesium | 1% |
| Sulphur | 2.5% |
| Fulvic compounds | 2.5% |
| Key ingredient | Potassium lignosulphonate |
| Other key ingredients | Mealworm frass & micronised rock phosphate with complementary mineral nutrition |
| Indoor application rate | 1-2g per litre of calculated soil volume |
| Indoor calculation depth | Approximately the top 15cm of soil |
| Application method | Top-dress, scratch into the top 2-4cm & water |
| Application timing | Once flowers begin to form during the early generative stage |
| Repeat application | Some cultivars may benefit from a second application 2-3 weeks later |
| Late-stage guidance | Avoid top dressing during the final 4-5 weeks before harvest |
| Outdoor application rate | 100-200g per m² |
| Approximate indoor coverage | 500-1,000L of calculated soil volume at 1-2g/L |
| Approximate outdoor coverage | 5-10m² per application at 100-200g/m² |
| Suitable for | Living soil pots, beds & organically managed outdoor soil |
| Contains animal-derived ingredients | Yes - contains mealworm frass |
Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom 1kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom?
Soil Food Bloom is an organic powdered top-dress amendment formulated specifically for flowering and fruiting plants grown in living soil. It replenishes phosphorus, potassium and other essential nutrients as plants move through their generative stage.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom?
Soil Food Bloom has a typical NPK analysis of 2-8-6. It also contains 10% calcium, 1% magnesium, 2.5% sulphur and 2.5% fulvic compounds.
When should I use Soil Food Bloom?
Apply Bloom during the early generative stage once flowers have started to form. It is designed primarily for early and mid-flowering rather than vegetative growth.
How much Ecothrive Soil Food Bloom should I use?
For established indoor plants, use 1-2g/L, calculated from the soil volume within approximately the top 15cm. Top-dress evenly, scratch into the upper 2-4cm and water after application.
Can Soil Food Bloom be applied more than once?
Yes. Some cultivars and longer flowering cycles can benefit from a second application approximately 2-3 weeks after the first. Avoid further top dressing during the final 4-5 weeks before harvest.
What is potassium lignosulphonate?
Potassium lignosulphonate is the key ingredient in Soil Food Bloom. It supplies potassium while providing fulvic-rich compounds that support nutrient availability and efficient uptake within living soil.
Why does Soil Food Bloom contain less nitrogen than Grow?
Plant nutrient demand changes as flowering begins. Bloom reduces nitrogen while increasing phosphorus and potassium to better match the requirements of flower and fruit development.
Does Soil Food Bloom contain calcium and magnesium?
Yes. Its typical analysis includes 10% calcium and 1% magnesium, helping replenish these essential secondary nutrients during flowering.
Can Soil Food Bloom be used for tomatoes and fruiting plants?
Yes. Soil Food Bloom is designed for flowering and fruiting plants grown in living soil, making it suitable for crops such as tomatoes as they move into flower and fruit production.
Is Soil Food Bloom only for Ecothrive Living Soil?
It is formulated specifically for Ecothrive Living Soil, but the Soil Food range can also be used with other compatible organic living soil systems.
What is the difference between Soil Food Grow and Bloom?
Grow is formulated for vegetative development and has a typical NPK of 3.5-3-4.5. Bloom has a typical NPK of 2-8-6, reducing nitrogen and increasing phosphorus and potassium for flowering and fruiting.
What is the difference between Soil Food Bloom and Re-Gen?
Bloom is applied to actively flowering plants. Re-Gen is used after harvest to replenish depleted living soil and prepare it for another crop.
Can Soil Food Bloom be used outdoors?
Yes. For established outdoor crops, apply 100-200g/m², scratch it into the top 2-4cm and water afterwards. Adjust repeat applications according to crop stage and plant demand.
Does Soil Food Bloom contain animal-derived ingredients?
Yes. Soil Food Bloom contains mealworm frass in the form of Ecothrive Charge.
How much soil can a 1kg bag of Soil Food Bloom treat?
At the recommended indoor rate of 1-2g/L, 1kg is sufficient for approximately 500-1,000 litres of calculated soil volume. For indoor pots and beds, Ecothrive recommends calculating the dose from approximately the top 15cm of soil.
Ecothrive Neutralise 5L - Concentrated Chlorine & Chloramine Water Conditioner
9000
£90.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Neutralise 5L - Concentrated Chlorine & Chloramine Water Conditioner
9000
£90.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Neutralise 5L is an ultra-concentrated water conditioner designed to rapidly neutralise chlorine and chloramine in tap water before irrigation or nutrient mixing. Based on concentrated Vitamin C, it provides a simple way to protect beneficial microorganisms and prepare treated mains water for use in living soil, organic growing, coco and hydroponic systems.
Chlorine and chloramine are routinely used by water suppliers to disinfect mains water. That is useful for drinking-water hygiene, but disinfectants are not necessarily desirable when growers are deliberately trying to maintain a thriving microbial population within living soil or a biologically active root zone.
Neutralise provides a quick solution. Rather than leaving water standing in the hope that chlorine will dissipate, simply add the required quantity of Neutralise to the water before adding nutrients or biological products.
The concentrated Vitamin C reacts with chlorine and chloramine, converting them into harmless chloride. Once treated, the water can be used immediately.
At only 1ml per 20 litres of water, the 5L format is extremely concentrated and can treat approximately 100,000 litres of water.
Why choose Ecothrive Neutralise?
- Neutralises chlorine - rapidly removes residual chlorine from treated mains water.
- Neutralises chloramine - works against chloramine as well as conventional free chlorine.
- Protects beneficial microorganisms - particularly valuable in living soil and biologically active growing systems.
- Concentrated Vitamin C formula - uses a straightforward dechlorination reaction rather than complex filtration.
- Works rapidly - treated water can be used immediately after Neutralise has been mixed in.
- No need to leave water standing - eliminates the traditional waiting period associated with allowing chlorine to dissipate.
- Highly concentrated - only 1ml is required for every 20L of water.
- Exceptional treatment capacity - a 5L container treats approximately 100,000L of tap water at the standard rate.
- Ideal for living soil - helps protect the microbial ecosystem responsible for nutrient cycling.
- Useful with microbial inoculants - condition tap water before adding beneficial bacteria, fungi or other biological products.
- Suitable for soil - ideal for organic and biologically active soil cultivation.
- Suitable for coco - allows chlorinated mains water to be conditioned before nutrient preparation.
- Suitable for hydroponics - simple pre-treatment for irrigation and reservoir water.
- Easy to integrate - add Neutralise to water first, then prepare the normal nutrient solution.
- Commercial 5L format - excellent treatment capacity for large reservoirs, irrigation tanks and professional growing operations.
Why remove chlorine from irrigation water?
Chlorine is added to mains water because it is an effective disinfectant. Its purpose is to control microorganisms as water travels through the distribution network.
In a conventional mineral growing programme, low residual concentrations may not always present a significant concern. In living soil and biologically active systems, however, growers are deliberately cultivating microorganisms within the root zone.
Beneficial bacteria, fungi and other soil organisms contribute to decomposition, nutrient cycling and the conversion of organic materials into forms that plants can access.
Conditioning chlorinated tap water before irrigation removes an unnecessary source of antimicrobial activity from the growing system.
Chloramine is different from chlorine
Allowing tap water to stand has traditionally been used as a simple way of reducing free chlorine. The problem is that modern water supplies can also contain chloramine.
Chloramine is considerably more persistent in water than free chlorine and does not disappear as readily simply by leaving a reservoir uncovered.
This means the familiar method of filling a tank and waiting overnight is not a reliable solution where chloramine is present.
Ecothrive Neutralise is specifically formulated to neutralise both chlorine and chloramine, giving growers a consistent treatment method regardless of which disinfectant is present in their mains water.
Vitamin C based dechlorination
Ecothrive Neutralise uses concentrated Vitamin C as its active water-conditioning ingredient.
Vitamin C reacts rapidly with chlorine and chloramine, neutralising their disinfecting action and converting them into harmless chloride.
The process is fast, straightforward and requires only a very small quantity of concentrated product.
This makes Neutralise particularly convenient for growers who regularly prepare large volumes of irrigation water and do not want to depend on filtration systems or lengthy standing periods.
Protect the biology in living soil
Living soil depends on a diverse community of microorganisms working around plant roots and throughout the growing medium.
These organisms help decompose organic materials, mineralise nutrients and maintain the biological nutrient cycling that makes living soil cultivation possible.
Using a disinfectant-containing water source works against this objective. Neutralise allows growers to condition their mains water before it reaches the soil, removing chlorine and chloramine before irrigation.
This is especially useful when using products containing beneficial bacteria, fungi, microbial inoculants, compost extracts or biologically active organic inputs.
How to use Ecothrive Neutralise
Ecothrive Neutralise is highly concentrated. Use 1ml per 20 litres of tap water.
Add Neutralise directly to the water and mix thoroughly. The chlorine and chloramine are neutralised rapidly, so there is no requirement to leave the water standing before use.
When preparing a nutrient solution, treat the water with Neutralise first. Once the water has been conditioned, add your base nutrients, supplements and biological products as normal.
This sequence ensures that microbial products are not introduced until the disinfectants in the source water have been neutralised.
Ecothrive Neutralise dosage calculations
The standard application rate of 1ml per 20L is equivalent to 0.05ml/L.
- 20L water: 1ml Neutralise
- 50L water: 2.5ml Neutralise
- 100L water: 5ml Neutralise
- 200L water: 10ml Neutralise
- 500L water: 25ml Neutralise
- 1,000L water: 50ml Neutralise
- 5,000L water: 250ml Neutralise
This very low application rate makes the 5L size particularly economical for commercial horticulture, large living soil beds and growing facilities that prepare substantial volumes of irrigation water.
5L treats approximately 100,000 litres of water
At the standard rate of 1ml per 20L, a single 5L container of Ecothrive Neutralise can treat approximately 100,000 litres of tap water.
To put that into practical terms, one 5L container provides approximately:
- 5,000 x 20L treatments
- 1,000 x 100L treatments
- 200 x 500L treatments
- 100 x 1,000L treatments
This makes the 5L pack particularly well suited to commercial growing facilities, nurseries and growers operating large irrigation reservoirs.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics
Although Neutralise is particularly relevant to living soil, it can be used wherever growers want to remove chlorine and chloramine from mains water before irrigation.
Living soil & organic growing
Helps protect the beneficial microorganisms responsible for decomposition and nutrient cycling within biologically active growing media.
Coco coir
Treat source water before adding coco base nutrients and supplements, particularly where microbial or biological additives form part of the feeding programme.
Hydroponics
Can be used to condition mains water before preparing a hydroponic nutrient reservoir.
Propagation
Useful where young plants, cuttings or seedlings are being irrigated with conditioned tap water or biological root-zone products.
Neutralise vs leaving tap water to stand
Leaving tap water standing can reduce some free chlorine because chlorine can dissipate into the atmosphere over time.
This approach has two major drawbacks: it takes time, and it is much less effective against persistent chloramine.
Neutralise removes this uncertainty by treating both disinfectants directly. Water can be prepared as required rather than storing large quantities in advance simply to allow chlorine to dissipate.
For growers using large reservoirs or preparing fresh irrigation water regularly, this can make water management considerably simpler.
Ecothrive Neutralise 5L product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Neutralise |
| Product type | Concentrated chlorine & chloramine water conditioner |
| Pack size | 5L |
| Primary function | Neutralises chlorine & chloramine in tap water |
| Active ingredient | Concentrated Vitamin C |
| Application rate | 1ml per 20L of water |
| Equivalent concentration | 0.05ml/L |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 100,000L of water |
| Action | Rapid chlorine & chloramine neutralisation |
| Waiting period | No standing period required after treatment |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, organic soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Particularly suitable for | Biologically active growing systems & microbial products |
| Mixing order | Add to source water before nutrients & biological additives |
Ecothrive Neutralise 5L FAQs
What does Ecothrive Neutralise do?
Ecothrive Neutralise rapidly neutralises chlorine and chloramine in mains water, allowing the treated water to be used for irrigation and nutrient preparation without a lengthy standing period.
Does Ecothrive Neutralise remove both chlorine and chloramine?
Yes. Neutralise is designed to neutralise both free chlorine and the more persistent chloramine used by some water suppliers.
How much Ecothrive Neutralise should I use?
Use 1ml per 20 litres of tap water, equivalent to 0.05ml/L. Add it to the source water and mix before adding nutrients or biological products.
How much water will Ecothrive Neutralise 5L treat?
At the standard 1ml per 20L application rate, a 5L container treats approximately 100,000 litres of water.
What is the active ingredient in Ecothrive Neutralise?
Neutralise uses concentrated Vitamin C to react with and neutralise chlorine and chloramine in treated mains water.
Do I need to leave water standing after adding Neutralise?
No. Neutralise acts rapidly, so conditioned water can be used immediately after the product has been thoroughly mixed in.
Why isn't leaving tap water overnight enough?
Leaving water standing can help free chlorine dissipate, but chloramine is considerably more persistent. Neutralise directly treats both chlorine and chloramine.
Is Ecothrive Neutralise useful for living soil?
Yes. Living soil depends on beneficial microorganisms, so removing residual disinfectants from irrigation water helps avoid unnecessarily exposing the soil ecosystem to chlorine or chloramine.
Can I use Ecothrive Neutralise with microbial products?
Yes. This is one of its most useful applications. Treat the water first so chlorine and chloramine are neutralised before beneficial bacteria, fungi or other microbial products are introduced.
Should Neutralise be added before nutrients?
Yes. Add Neutralise to the source water first and mix thoroughly. Once the water has been conditioned, prepare your nutrient or biological solution as normal.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used in coco?
Yes. It can be used to condition mains water before preparing coco nutrient solutions, particularly where microbial or biological additives are also being used.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Neutralise can be used to condition chlorinated mains water before preparing a hydroponic nutrient reservoir.
Does Neutralise lower the EC of hard water?
No. Neutralise is designed specifically to deal with chlorine and chloramine. It is not a reverse-osmosis system and does not remove the dissolved calcium, magnesium and other minerals responsible for water hardness or background EC.
Does Ecothrive Neutralise replace a water filter?
It can remove the need for filtration where the objective is specifically chlorine and chloramine neutralisation. It does not remove every dissolved mineral, contaminant or impurity that a specialist filtration system may target.
Why use a 5L container of Neutralise?
The 5L size is ideal for growers using large quantities of tap water. With approximately 100,000L of treatment capacity at the standard rate, it is particularly practical for commercial growing facilities, large reservoirs and extensive living soil systems.
Ecothrive Neutralise 50ml - Concentrated Chlorine & Chloramine Water Conditioner
300
£3.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Neutralise 50ml - Concentrated Chlorine & Chloramine Water Conditioner
300
£3.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Neutralise 50ml is a highly concentrated tap water conditioner designed to rapidly neutralise both chlorine and chloramine before irrigation. Just 1-2 drops per litre prepares tap water for use with living soil and beneficial microorganisms, helping protect the biology that drives nutrient cycling and healthy plant growth.
Chlorine and chloramine are added to mains water to control microorganisms within the public water supply. That is important for drinking-water hygiene, but it can be counterproductive when growers are deliberately cultivating beneficial bacteria, fungi and other microorganisms within the root zone.
Neutralise provides a simple solution. Add a tiny quantity to tap water and it rapidly dechlorinates the water, allowing it to be used immediately rather than relying on lengthy standing periods or filtration equipment.
This is particularly useful for living soil, organic growing and microbial feeding programmes, but Neutralise can also be used to condition tap water for coco and hydroponic cultivation.
The compact 50ml dropper bottle is ideal for smaller growing systems and precise dosing. At Ecothrive's current guidance of 1-2 drops per litre, one bottle provides approximately 500-1,000 litres of treated water.
Why choose Ecothrive Neutralise?
- Neutralises chlorine - rapidly conditions chlorinated tap water before it reaches the root zone.
- Neutralises chloramine - deals with the more persistent disinfectant that cannot reliably be removed simply by leaving water standing.
- Protects beneficial biology - particularly valuable for living soil and microbial growing programmes.
- Ultra-concentrated - Ecothrive recommends only 1-2 drops per litre of tap water.
- Works immediately - no 24-48 hour standing period is required before using the treated water.
- Ideal for living soil - helps remove disinfectants before irrigation reaches beneficial bacteria and fungi.
- Excellent with microbial products - condition tap water before mixing products such as Ecothrive Biosys or other biological inputs.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics - useful wherever chlorinated mains water needs conditioning.
- Simple drop dosing - the 50ml bottle makes small-volume water preparation quick and precise.
- Excellent treatment capacity - approximately 500-1,000L of water per 50ml bottle at 1-2 drops/L.
- No specialist filtration required - a straightforward solution where chlorine and chloramine removal is the objective.
- Compact format - convenient for home growers, propagation areas and smaller irrigation reservoirs.
Why dechlorinate water for living soil?
Living soil cultivation depends on biology. Beneficial bacteria, fungi and other microorganisms break down organic materials, cycle nutrients and form complex relationships around plant roots.
Chlorine and chloramine are used specifically because of their antimicrobial properties. When maintaining a biologically active growing medium, it therefore makes sense to remove these disinfectants before irrigation.
Ecothrive specifically recommends Neutralise as part of its living soil approach to help keep soil biology alive and functioning effectively.
Dechlorinated water is also particularly important when preparing microbial products because it avoids introducing beneficial microorganisms directly into water that still contains residual disinfectants.
Why chloramine changes the way tap water should be treated
Many growers are familiar with the traditional method of filling a watering can or reservoir and leaving it standing before use.
This can help free chlorine dissipate, but chloramine is considerably more persistent. Ecothrive notes that standing tap water for 24-48 hours can gas off free chlorine, but this does not remove chloramine that may also be present.
Neutralise removes that uncertainty by conditioning water for both chlorine and chloramine.
Instead of preparing irrigation water a day or two in advance, growers can treat the water when required and use it immediately.
Ideal for use with Ecothrive Biosys & microbial products
Ecothrive specifically recommends dechlorinated water when preparing Biosys, its concentrated microbial inoculant.
When using tap water, Neutralise can be added first to remove chlorine and chloramine before the beneficial microorganisms are introduced.
The same principle applies when preparing other microbial inoculants, compost extracts and biological root-zone products.
Treating the source water first gives those organisms a more suitable environment from the moment they are introduced.
How to use Ecothrive Neutralise
Add 1-2 drops of Ecothrive Neutralise per litre of tap water.
Mix the water after dosing. Neutralise acts rapidly, allowing the conditioned water to be used immediately.
When preparing water containing nutrients or microbial products, add Neutralise to the source water first. Once the water has been dechlorinated, add the remaining products in your normal mixing sequence.
The dropper bottle makes the 50ml format particularly convenient for smaller reservoirs and hand-watering applications where dosing in millilitres would be unnecessarily difficult.
How much water will a 50ml bottle treat?
Ecothrive's current guidance is 1-2 drops per litre.
Using Ecothrive's dosage equivalence, a 50ml bottle can condition approximately 500-1,000 litres of tap water, depending on whether one or two drops per litre are used.
This gives the small 50ml bottle substantial treatment capacity while retaining the convenience of precise drop-by-drop application.
Where can Ecothrive Neutralise be used?
Living soil
Neutralise is especially useful in living soil, where growers are actively maintaining populations of beneficial microorganisms responsible for nutrient cycling and organic matter decomposition.
Organic soil cultivation
Condition tap water before applying organic amendments, microbial products, compost extracts or biological soil treatments.
Coco coir
Neutralise can be used to condition mains water before preparing coco nutrient solutions, particularly when biological additives form part of the feeding programme.
Hydroponics
Growers using tap water can dechlorinate their source water before preparing a hydroponic nutrient solution or reservoir.
Propagation
The precise 50ml dropper format is particularly convenient for the smaller quantities of water commonly prepared for seedlings, cuttings and young plants.
What Neutralise does and does not do
Ecothrive Neutralise is specifically designed to dechlorinate tap water. It should not be confused with a complete water purification or reverse-osmosis system.
It neutralises chlorine and chloramine but does not remove all of the naturally occurring dissolved minerals responsible for water hardness and background EC.
If the objective is simply to protect living soil or beneficial microorganisms from chlorine and chloramine, Neutralise provides a much simpler solution than processing the entire water supply through a specialist filtration system.
Ecothrive Neutralise 50ml product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Neutralise |
| Product type | Concentrated chlorine & chloramine water conditioner |
| Pack size | 50ml dropper bottle |
| Primary function | Dechlorination of tap water |
| Targets | Chlorine & chloramine |
| Application rate | 1-2 drops per litre of water |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 500-1,000L of water per 50ml bottle |
| Action | Rapid chlorine & chloramine neutralisation |
| Waiting period | No standing period required after treatment |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, organic soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Particularly suitable for | Living soil & water used with microbial products |
| Mixing order | Add to tap water before microbial products & other inputs |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 50ml bottles |
| Total product per case | 600ml |
Ecothrive Neutralise 50ml FAQs
What does Ecothrive Neutralise do?
Neutralise rapidly dechlorinates tap water by neutralising both chlorine and chloramine before the water is used for irrigation or biological growing products.
Does Ecothrive Neutralise remove chloramine as well as chlorine?
Yes. Neutralise is specifically used for both chlorine and chloramine, making it more reliable than simply leaving tap water standing.
How much Ecothrive Neutralise should I use?
Ecothrive's current guidance is 1-2 drops per litre of tap water. Add it to the source water and mix before introducing microbial products or other inputs.
How much water does Ecothrive Neutralise 50ml treat?
A 50ml bottle can treat approximately 500-1,000 litres of tap water at the recommended 1-2 drops per litre.
Why should I dechlorinate water for living soil?
Living soil relies on beneficial microorganisms. Chlorine and chloramine are disinfectants, so removing them before irrigation helps protect the biological community growers are trying to maintain.
Can I just leave tap water standing overnight instead?
Standing water can help free chlorine dissipate, but Ecothrive notes that it does not remove persistent chloramine. Neutralise deals with both.
Can I use Neutralise with Ecothrive Biosys?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends dechlorinated water for Biosys because chlorine can harm beneficial microbes. Treat tap water with Neutralise before adding Biosys.
Should I add Neutralise before microbial products?
Yes. Condition the tap water first so the chlorine and chloramine have been neutralised before beneficial microorganisms are introduced.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used in coco?
Yes. It can be used to dechlorinate tap water before preparing irrigation or nutrient solutions for coco-grown plants.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Neutralise can condition chlorinated mains water before it is used to prepare a hydroponic nutrient reservoir.
Is Neutralise useful during propagation?
Yes. The 50ml dropper bottle is particularly convenient when preparing small volumes of water for seedlings, cuttings and young plants.
Does Neutralise remove calcium and magnesium from hard water?
No. Neutralise targets chlorine and chloramine. It is not an RO filter and does not remove the dissolved calcium, magnesium and other minerals responsible for water hardness.
Does Ecothrive Neutralise replace a water filter?
It can remove the need for specialist filtration where the objective is specifically chlorine and chloramine neutralisation. It does not remove every dissolved substance that a full water purification system may target.
Why choose the 50ml Neutralise bottle?
The 50ml dropper bottle provides precise dosing for smaller reservoirs and hand watering while still treating approximately 500-1,000L of tap water.
Ecothrive Neutralise 250ml - Concentrated Chlorine & Chloramine Water Conditioner
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Neutralise 250ml - Concentrated Chlorine & Chloramine Water Conditioner
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Neutralise 250ml is a highly concentrated water conditioner designed to rapidly neutralise chlorine and chloramine in tap water before irrigation. Ideal for living soil and biologically active growing systems, Neutralise helps protect beneficial microorganisms by removing residual disinfectants before treated mains water reaches the root zone.
Chlorine and chloramine are routinely used by water suppliers to control microorganisms within mains water. While this is important for drinking-water hygiene, the same antimicrobial action is not necessarily desirable when growers are deliberately maintaining populations of beneficial bacteria and fungi.
Neutralise provides a simple and highly economical solution. Add a small amount to tap water and it rapidly dechlorinates the water, allowing it to be used immediately without leaving reservoirs standing for extended periods.
This is particularly valuable for living soil, organic cultivation and microbial growing programmes, but Neutralise can also be used to condition source water for coco and hydroponic systems.
At Ecothrive's recommended rate of 1ml per 20 litres of water, the 250ml bottle can treat approximately 5,000 litres of tap water.
Why choose Ecothrive Neutralise?
- Neutralises chlorine - rapidly conditions chlorinated mains water before irrigation.
- Neutralises chloramine - deals with the more persistent disinfectant that cannot reliably be removed simply by leaving water standing.
- Protects beneficial microorganisms - particularly valuable in living soil and biologically active root zones.
- Highly concentrated - only 1ml is required for every 20L of water.
- Fast acting - treated water can be used immediately after Neutralise has been mixed in.
- No lengthy standing period - removes the need to prepare water 24-48 hours before irrigation simply to allow free chlorine to dissipate.
- Excellent treatment capacity - one 250ml bottle treats approximately 5,000L of tap water.
- Ideal for living soil - helps remove disinfectants before irrigation reaches the soil's microbial ecosystem.
- Useful with microbial inoculants - condition tap water before adding beneficial bacteria, fungi and other biological products.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics - useful wherever chlorinated mains water needs conditioning.
- Easy to integrate - add Neutralise to source water before preparing the rest of the nutrient or biological solution.
- Practical 250ml format - substantial treatment capacity without requiring a large container.
Why remove chlorine from irrigation water?
Chlorine is used in mains water because it is an effective disinfectant. Its purpose is to control microorganisms as water passes through the distribution network.
In living soil and biologically active growing systems, however, growers are deliberately encouraging microorganisms within the root zone.
Beneficial bacteria, fungi and other organisms contribute to decomposition, nutrient cycling and the conversion of organic materials into plant-available forms.
Conditioning chlorinated tap water before irrigation therefore removes an unnecessary source of antimicrobial activity before the water reaches the soil.
Why chloramine needs proper water treatment
Leaving tap water standing has traditionally been used by growers as a simple way of reducing free chlorine.
The limitation is chloramine. Chloramine is considerably more persistent in water and does not dissipate as readily as free chlorine.
This means that filling a reservoir and leaving it overnight is not a reliable method of dealing with all disinfectants that may be present in mains water.
Ecothrive Neutralise is designed to neutralise both chlorine and chloramine, giving growers a straightforward method of conditioning their source water before use.
Protect the biology in living soil
A productive living soil contains a complex biological community working around plant roots and throughout the growing medium.
These organisms help break down organic matter, cycle nutrients and support the processes that make biologically active cultivation possible.
Neutralise allows growers to condition mains water before irrigation so chlorine and chloramine are neutralised before the water reaches this microbial ecosystem.
It is particularly useful when using beneficial bacteria, fungi, microbial inoculants, compost extracts and other biological root-zone products.
Ideal for Ecothrive Biosys & microbial products
Ecothrive recommends using dechlorinated water when preparing Biosys, its concentrated microbial inoculant.
When using mains water, Neutralise should be added first so chlorine and chloramine are neutralised before beneficial microorganisms are introduced.
The same principle applies to other microbial inoculants and biological root-zone products. Treating the source water first helps avoid exposing newly introduced microorganisms directly to residual disinfectants.
How to use Ecothrive Neutralise
Use 1ml of Ecothrive Neutralise per 20 litres of tap water, equivalent to 0.05ml/L.
Add Neutralise directly to the source water and mix thoroughly. The product acts rapidly, so there is no requirement to leave the treated water standing before use.
When preparing a nutrient or microbial solution, add Neutralise to the water first. Once the water has been conditioned, add nutrients, supplements and biological products in their normal mixing order.
Ecothrive Neutralise dosage calculations
At the standard application rate of 1ml per 20L:
- 20L water: 1ml Neutralise
- 50L water: 2.5ml Neutralise
- 100L water: 5ml Neutralise
- 200L water: 10ml Neutralise
- 500L water: 25ml Neutralise
- 1,000L water: 50ml Neutralise
The low application rate makes Neutralise extremely economical, particularly for growers who prepare irrigation water regularly.
250ml treats approximately 5,000 litres of water
A 250ml bottle of Ecothrive Neutralise can condition approximately 5,000 litres of tap water at the recommended rate of 1ml per 20L.
That is equivalent to approximately:
- 250 x 20L treatments
- 50 x 100L treatments
- 10 x 500L treatments
- 5 x 1,000L treatments
This makes the 250ml size a useful middle ground for regular growers who need substantial treatment capacity without moving up to a commercial 5L container.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics
Living soil
Neutralise is especially valuable in living soil, where beneficial microorganisms are central to decomposition, nutrient cycling and root-zone function.
Organic soil cultivation
Condition tap water before applying microbial inoculants, biological amendments, compost extracts and other biologically active inputs.
Coco coir
Neutralise can be used to condition mains water before preparing coco nutrient solutions, particularly where microbial additives form part of the growing programme.
Hydroponics
Growers using tap water can condition their source water before preparing a hydroponic nutrient reservoir.
Propagation
Useful for preparing conditioned water for seedlings, cuttings and young plants, especially where beneficial microbial products are being used.
What Neutralise does and does not do
Ecothrive Neutralise is specifically designed to deal with chlorine and chloramine. It should not be confused with a reverse-osmosis system or complete water purification treatment.
It does not remove the calcium, magnesium and other dissolved minerals responsible for water hardness or background EC.
Where the objective is specifically to condition mains water for living soil, microbial products or irrigation, Neutralise provides a much simpler approach than processing the entire water supply through specialist filtration equipment.
Ecothrive Neutralise 250ml product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Neutralise |
| Product type | Concentrated chlorine & chloramine water conditioner |
| Pack size | 250ml |
| Primary function | Dechlorination of tap water |
| Targets | Chlorine & chloramine |
| Application rate | 1ml per 20L of water |
| Equivalent concentration | 0.05ml/L |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 5,000L of water per 250ml bottle |
| Action | Rapid chlorine & chloramine neutralisation |
| Waiting period | No standing period required after treatment |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, organic soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Particularly suitable for | Living soil & water used with microbial products |
| Mixing order | Add to source water before microbial products & other inputs |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
| Total product per case | 3L |
Ecothrive Neutralise 250ml FAQs
What does Ecothrive Neutralise do?
Ecothrive Neutralise rapidly conditions tap water by neutralising chlorine and chloramine before the water is used for irrigation or biological growing products.
Does Ecothrive Neutralise work on chloramine?
Yes. Neutralise is designed for both chlorine and chloramine, making it more reliable than simply leaving tap water standing to allow free chlorine to dissipate.
How much Ecothrive Neutralise should I use?
Use 1ml per 20 litres of tap water. Add Neutralise to the source water first and mix before adding microbial products or preparing the rest of the growing solution.
How much water does Ecothrive Neutralise 250ml treat?
At the recommended rate of 1ml per 20L, a 250ml bottle can treat approximately 5,000 litres of tap water.
Why should I dechlorinate water for living soil?
Living soil relies on beneficial microorganisms. Because chlorine and chloramine are disinfectants, neutralising them before irrigation helps avoid unnecessarily exposing the soil's biological community to antimicrobial compounds.
Can I leave tap water standing instead of using Neutralise?
Standing water can help free chlorine dissipate, but chloramine is much more persistent. Neutralise provides a direct method of dealing with both chlorine and chloramine.
Can I use Neutralise with Ecothrive Biosys?
Yes. Dechlorinated water is recommended when preparing microbial products such as Ecothrive Biosys. Treat the tap water first, then add the microbial product.
Should Neutralise be added before nutrients?
Add Neutralise to the source water first. Once the water has been conditioned, nutrients, supplements and biological products can be added in their normal mixing sequence.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used in coco?
Yes. It can be used to condition chlorinated mains water before preparing irrigation or nutrient solutions for coco-grown plants.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Neutralise can be used to condition mains water before preparing a hydroponic nutrient reservoir.
Is Neutralise useful during propagation?
Yes. It can be used to condition water for seedlings, cuttings and young plants, particularly when beneficial microbial products are part of the propagation programme.
Does Neutralise reduce hard-water EC?
No. Neutralise targets chlorine and chloramine. It does not remove the dissolved calcium, magnesium and other minerals responsible for water hardness and background EC.
Does Ecothrive Neutralise replace reverse osmosis?
No. Reverse osmosis removes a broad range of dissolved substances from water. Neutralise has the much more specific purpose of neutralising chlorine and chloramine.
Why choose the 250ml Neutralise bottle?
The 250ml format offers approximately 5,000L of water treatment capacity, making it a practical size for regular growers, larger living soil systems and growers preparing medium-sized irrigation reservoirs.
Ecothrive Neutralise 1L - Concentrated Chlorine & Chloramine Water Conditioner
3000
£30.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Neutralise 1L - Concentrated Chlorine & Chloramine Water Conditioner
3000
£30.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Neutralise 1L is a highly concentrated water conditioner designed to rapidly neutralise chlorine and chloramine in tap water before irrigation. Ideal for living soil and biologically active growing systems, Neutralise helps protect beneficial microorganisms by removing residual disinfectants before treated mains water reaches the root zone.
Chlorine and chloramine are routinely used by water suppliers to control microorganisms within mains water. While this is important for drinking-water hygiene, the same antimicrobial action is not necessarily desirable when growers are deliberately maintaining populations of beneficial bacteria and fungi.
Neutralise provides a simple and economical solution. Add a very small quantity to tap water and it rapidly dechlorinates the water, allowing it to be used immediately without leaving reservoirs standing for extended periods.
This is particularly valuable for living soil, organic cultivation and microbial growing programmes, but Neutralise can also be used to condition source water for coco and hydroponic systems.
At the standard application rate of 1ml per 20 litres of water, the 1L bottle can treat approximately 20,000 litres of tap water.
Why choose Ecothrive Neutralise?
- Neutralises chlorine - rapidly conditions chlorinated mains water before irrigation.
- Neutralises chloramine - deals with the more persistent disinfectant that cannot reliably be removed simply by leaving water standing.
- Protects beneficial microorganisms - particularly valuable in living soil and biologically active root zones.
- Highly concentrated - only 1ml is required for every 20L of water.
- Fast acting - conditioned water can be used immediately after Neutralise has been thoroughly mixed in.
- No lengthy standing period - removes the need to prepare water well in advance simply to allow free chlorine to dissipate.
- Excellent treatment capacity - one 1L bottle treats approximately 20,000L of tap water.
- Ideal for living soil - helps remove disinfectants before irrigation reaches the soil's microbial ecosystem.
- Useful with microbial inoculants - condition tap water before adding beneficial bacteria, fungi and other biological products.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics - useful wherever chlorinated mains water needs conditioning.
- Easy to integrate - add Neutralise to source water before preparing the rest of the nutrient or biological solution.
- High-capacity 1L format - ideal for regular growers, larger reservoirs and professional growing systems.
Why remove chlorine from irrigation water?
Chlorine is used in mains water because it is an effective disinfectant. Its purpose is to control microorganisms as water travels through the distribution network.
In living soil and biologically active growing systems, however, growers are deliberately encouraging microorganisms within the root zone.
Beneficial bacteria, fungi and other organisms contribute to decomposition, nutrient cycling and the conversion of organic materials into forms that plants can access.
Conditioning chlorinated tap water before irrigation therefore removes an unnecessary source of antimicrobial activity before the water reaches the growing medium.
Why chloramine needs proper water treatment
Leaving tap water standing has traditionally been used by growers as a simple way of reducing free chlorine.
The limitation is chloramine. Chloramine is considerably more persistent in water and does not dissipate as readily as free chlorine.
This means that filling a reservoir and leaving it overnight is not a reliable method of dealing with all disinfectants that may be present in mains water.
Ecothrive Neutralise is designed to neutralise both chlorine and chloramine, providing a straightforward method of conditioning source water before irrigation.
Protect the biology in living soil
A productive living soil contains a complex biological community working around plant roots and throughout the growing medium.
These organisms help break down organic matter, cycle nutrients and support the processes that make biologically active cultivation possible.
Neutralise allows growers to condition mains water before irrigation so chlorine and chloramine are neutralised before the water reaches this microbial ecosystem.
It is particularly useful when using beneficial bacteria, fungi, microbial inoculants, compost extracts and other biological root-zone products.
Ideal for Ecothrive Biosys & microbial products
Dechlorinated water is particularly important when preparing concentrated microbial inoculants such as Ecothrive Biosys.
When using mains water, Neutralise should be added first so chlorine and chloramine are neutralised before beneficial microorganisms are introduced.
The same principle applies to other microbial inoculants, compost extracts and biological root-zone products. Treating the source water first helps avoid exposing newly introduced microorganisms directly to residual disinfectants.
How to use Ecothrive Neutralise
Use 1ml of Ecothrive Neutralise per 20 litres of tap water, equivalent to 0.05ml/L.
Add Neutralise directly to the source water and mix thoroughly. The product acts rapidly, so there is no requirement to leave the treated water standing before use.
When preparing a nutrient or microbial solution, add Neutralise to the water first. Once the water has been conditioned, add nutrients, supplements and biological products in their normal mixing sequence.
Ecothrive Neutralise dosage calculations
At the standard application rate of 1ml per 20L:
- 20L water: 1ml Neutralise
- 50L water: 2.5ml Neutralise
- 100L water: 5ml Neutralise
- 200L water: 10ml Neutralise
- 500L water: 25ml Neutralise
- 1,000L water: 50ml Neutralise
- 5,000L water: 250ml Neutralise
The very low application rate makes the 1L size particularly economical for growers preparing substantial quantities of irrigation water.
1L treats approximately 20,000 litres of water
A 1L bottle of Ecothrive Neutralise can condition approximately 20,000 litres of tap water at the standard application rate.
That is equivalent to approximately:
- 1,000 x 20L treatments
- 200 x 100L treatments
- 40 x 500L treatments
- 20 x 1,000L treatments
This makes the 1L format particularly suitable for larger living soil systems, regular irrigation preparation and growers working with medium to large reservoirs.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics
Living soil
Neutralise is especially valuable in living soil, where beneficial microorganisms are central to decomposition, nutrient cycling and root-zone function.
Organic soil cultivation
Condition tap water before applying microbial inoculants, biological amendments, compost extracts and other biologically active inputs.
Coco coir
Neutralise can be used to condition mains water before preparing coco nutrient solutions, particularly where microbial additives form part of the growing programme.
Hydroponics
Growers using tap water can condition their source water before preparing a hydroponic nutrient reservoir.
Propagation
Neutralise can also be used when preparing irrigation water for seedlings, cuttings and young plants, especially where beneficial microbial products are being used.
What Neutralise does and does not do
Ecothrive Neutralise is specifically designed to deal with chlorine and chloramine. It should not be confused with a reverse-osmosis system or complete water purification treatment.
Neutralise does not remove the calcium, magnesium and other dissolved minerals responsible for water hardness or background EC.
Where the objective is specifically to condition mains water for living soil, microbial products or irrigation, Neutralise provides a simple alternative to processing the entire water supply through specialist filtration equipment.
Ecothrive Neutralise 1L product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Neutralise |
| Product type | Concentrated chlorine & chloramine water conditioner |
| Pack size | 1L |
| Primary function | Dechlorination of tap water |
| Targets | Chlorine & chloramine |
| Application rate | 1ml per 20L of water |
| Equivalent concentration | 0.05ml/L |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 20,000L of water per 1L bottle |
| Action | Rapid chlorine & chloramine neutralisation |
| Waiting period | No standing period required after treatment |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, organic soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Particularly suitable for | Living soil & water used with microbial products |
| Mixing order | Add to source water before microbial products & other inputs |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
| Total product per case | 12L |
Ecothrive Neutralise 1L FAQs
What does Ecothrive Neutralise do?
Ecothrive Neutralise rapidly conditions tap water by neutralising chlorine and chloramine before the water is used for irrigation or with biological growing products.
Does Ecothrive Neutralise work on chloramine?
Yes. Neutralise is designed for both chlorine and chloramine, making it more reliable than simply leaving tap water standing to allow free chlorine to dissipate.
How much Ecothrive Neutralise should I use?
Use 1ml per 20 litres of tap water. Add Neutralise to the source water first and mix before adding microbial products or preparing the rest of the growing solution.
How much water does Ecothrive Neutralise 1L treat?
At the standard rate of 1ml per 20L, a 1L bottle can treat approximately 20,000 litres of tap water.
Why should I dechlorinate water for living soil?
Living soil relies on beneficial microorganisms. Because chlorine and chloramine are disinfectants, neutralising them before irrigation helps avoid unnecessarily exposing the soil's biological community to antimicrobial compounds.
Can I leave tap water standing instead of using Neutralise?
Standing water can help free chlorine dissipate, but chloramine is much more persistent. Neutralise provides a direct method of dealing with both chlorine and chloramine.
Can I use Neutralise with Ecothrive Biosys?
Yes. Dechlorinated water is recommended when preparing microbial products such as Ecothrive Biosys. Treat the tap water first, then add the microbial product.
Should Neutralise be added before nutrients and additives?
Add Neutralise to the source water first. Once the water has been conditioned, nutrients, supplements and biological products can be added in their normal mixing sequence.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used in coco?
Yes. It can be used to condition chlorinated mains water before preparing irrigation or nutrient solutions for coco-grown plants.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Neutralise can be used to condition mains water before preparing a hydroponic nutrient reservoir.
Does Neutralise reduce hard-water EC?
No. Neutralise targets chlorine and chloramine. It does not remove the dissolved calcium, magnesium and other minerals responsible for water hardness and background EC.
Does Ecothrive Neutralise replace reverse osmosis?
No. Reverse osmosis removes a broad range of dissolved substances from water. Neutralise has the much more specific purpose of neutralising chlorine and chloramine.
Is Ecothrive Neutralise suitable for commercial growing?
Yes. The 1L format treats approximately 20,000L of water, making it practical for larger reservoirs, frequent irrigation preparation and professional growing environments.
Why choose the 1L Neutralise bottle?
The 1L size combines substantial treatment capacity with a manageable container size. It is particularly useful for regular growers who prepare hundreds or thousands of litres of irrigation water over a crop cycle.
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 1kg - Complete Organic Living Soil Amendment & Reconditioner
450
£4.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 1kg - Complete Organic Living Soil Amendment & Reconditioner
450
£4.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 1kg is a complete organic dry soil amendment designed to replenish depleted growing media, build nutrient-rich living soil and provide a versatile top-dress throughout vegetative growth and flowering. Its broad spectrum of organic nutrition, minerals and beneficial biology allows soil and coco-based potting mixes to be revitalised and reused crop after crop.
Life-Cycle sits at the heart of Ecothrive's living soil feeding system. Rather than discarding growing media after each crop, growers can replenish the nutrients and minerals removed by the previous plants and prepare the medium for another productive cycle.
The formulation combines ingredients including Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass, insect meal, neem cake, micronised rock phosphate, seaweed meal, basalt rock dust, humic and fulvic acids and gypsum. Together they provide nutrients with different release characteristics alongside minerals and biologically active ingredients.
Life-Cycle is not restricted to reconditioning old soil. It can be mixed into new soil or coco-based potting mixes to create a fertile organic growing medium, or applied as a surface top-dress to provide additional nutrition during an active crop.
This makes Life-Cycle a highly flexible amendment for growers who want to build, maintain and reuse biologically active growing media rather than continually replacing it.
Why choose Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
- Rejuvenates used growing media - replenishes nutrients and minerals removed during the previous crop.
- Supports repeated soil reuse - designed to help keep living soil productive over multiple crop cycles.
- Complete organic amendment - combines a broad spectrum of organic nutrition and mineral ingredients in one dry blend.
- Suitable throughout the crop - can be used to build soil, recondition depleted media or provide a tactical top-dress during growth and flowering.
- Multiple nutrient release rates - Ecothrive combines ingredients that become available at different rates rather than relying on one nutrient source.
- Contains Ecothrive Charge - mealworm frass supplies nutrition, beneficial microorganisms and naturally occurring chitin.
- Contains insect meal - provides a relatively fast-acting organic nutrient source within the blend.
- Contains neem cake - a longer-term source of plant nutrients including nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, calcium and magnesium.
- Micronised rock phosphate - provides phosphorus for roots, vegetative development, flowers and fruit.
- Basalt rock dust - supplies trace minerals and silica to the growing medium.
- Humic & fulvic acids - contribute to nutrient availability and the biologically active soil environment.
- Suitable for soil & coco-based mixes - originally developed for Ecothrive soil but versatile enough for other compatible growing media.
- Reduces growing-media waste - allows existing media to be rejuvenated rather than routinely discarded.
- Reduces recurring substrate costs - soil reuse can substantially reduce the amount of fresh growing medium required between crops.
What's in Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
Life-Cycle is built around a diverse blend of raw, dry organic and mineral ingredients rather than a single concentrated fertiliser source.
Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass
Ecothrive's mealworm frass contributes nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium alongside beneficial microorganisms. Fragments of mealworm exoskeleton also provide a natural source of chitin.
Insect meal
Insect meal provides a relatively fast-acting nutrient source, complementing the slower nutrient release of other organic ingredients in the blend.
Neem cake
Neem is a nutrient-rich organic amendment containing nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, calcium and magnesium. Within Life-Cycle it contributes longer-term fertility alongside the faster nutrient sources.
Micronised rock phosphate
Rock phosphate provides a slow-release source of phosphorus. Ecothrive's updated Life-Cycle formulation uses micronised rock phosphate to improve availability compared with coarser material.
Seaweed meal
Seaweed meal contributes a broad range of naturally occurring minerals and forms part of Life-Cycle's diverse organic nutrient profile.
Basalt rock dust
Basalt supplies a broad spectrum of trace minerals as well as silica, supporting the long-term mineral reserve of the growing medium.
Humic & fulvic acids
Humic and fulvic substances support the nutrient-rich, biologically active environment that living soil growers aim to maintain.
Gypsum
Gypsum contributes calcium and sulphur without functioning as a conventional liming material, adding further mineral diversity to the blend.
Balanced organic nutrition & mineral content
Ecothrive gives Life-Cycle a typical analysis of N 2%, P₂O₅ 4.5%, K₂O 2.4%, magnesium 1% and calcium 6%.
Because Life-Cycle is manufactured from natural organic ingredients, the exact nutrient analysis and physical appearance can vary slightly between batches. This is normal for this type of dry organic amendment.
The formulation is designed around more than headline NPK values. Its combination of organic nutrient sources, calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, trace minerals, silica, humic substances and biological inputs is intended to maintain a diverse soil nutrient reserve.
Rejuvenating used living soil
One of Life-Cycle's primary uses is restoring growing media after harvest so it can be planted again rather than replaced.
Ecothrive's current guidance for used living soil is to apply approximately 30-120g to 45-60L of used soil. The appropriate amount depends on how heavily the previous crop depleted the medium.
Ecothrive also recommends adding high-quality fresh compost or worm castings at around 5% of the pot volume when rejuvenating used living soil.
After particularly long crop cycles or large harvests, additional Ecothrive Charge can also be used where greater fertility is required.
This approach is particularly suited to no-till and soil-reuse systems, where the objective is to maintain the growing medium and its biological ecosystem across successive crops.
Making your own living soil with Life-Cycle
Life-Cycle can also be blended through a soil or coco-based potting mix when creating a fresh organic growing medium.
Ecothrive currently recommends different rates according to the required fertility level:
- Light fertility: 300-400g per 50L of growing medium
- Moderate fertility: 500-600g per 50L of growing medium
- High fertility: 800-1,000g per 50L of growing medium
Mix the amendment as evenly as possible through the growing medium. Ecothrive also recommends including approximately 20-30% high-quality compost or worm castings/vermicompost when building a living soil mix. This adds biological diversity and helps convert organic ingredients into plant-available nutrition.
Allow freshly amended soil to stabilise
Adding concentrated organic nutrition to growing media can produce a natural biological reaction that causes the soil to warm temporarily.
After mixing Life-Cycle through a new soil blend, allow the medium to warm and then cool before planting where necessary.
The effect becomes more noticeable with larger volumes and higher amendment rates. Ecothrive advises that batches above approximately 500L at higher fertility levels may need turning every two to three days for up to two weeks while they stabilise.
Small batches of around 50L prepared with a light amendment rate may require little or no extended conditioning period. Use the temperature and condition of the soil rather than treating a fixed waiting period as mandatory.
Using Life-Cycle as a top-dress
Life-Cycle is also designed to provide an additional nutrient boost to established plants without remixing the growing medium.
For a 40-50L pot, Ecothrive recommends lightly dusting approximately 1-2 tablespoons over the soil surface and watering normally after application.
With a fresh living soil blend, Ecothrive suggests a top-dress around late vegetative growth to early flowering, followed by another application approximately three to four weeks later where required.
The final top-dressing should be applied sufficiently ahead of harvest to allow the slow-release organic nutrition to be utilised by the crop.
How far does a 1kg bag of Life-Cycle go?
Coverage depends heavily on how Life-Cycle is being used.
When building fresh growing media, a 1kg bag provides approximately:
- 125-167L of lightly amended media at 300-400g per 50L
- 83-100L of moderately amended media at 500-600g per 50L
- 50-63L of highly amended media at 800-1,000g per 50L
When rejuvenating established living soil, substantially less may be required because the objective is to replace nutrients removed by the previous crop rather than construct the entire nutrient reserve from scratch.
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 1kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Life-Cycle |
| Product type | Complete organic soil amendment & reconditioner |
| Pack size | 1kg |
| Primary uses | Living soil building, soil reuse, depleted-media rejuvenation & top-dressing |
| Typical nitrogen (N) | 2% |
| Typical phosphorus (P₂O₅) | 4.5% |
| Typical potassium (K₂O) | 2.4% |
| Typical magnesium | 1% |
| Typical calcium | 6% |
| Key ingredients | Mealworm frass, insect meal, neem cake, micronised rock phosphate, seaweed meal, basalt rock dust, humic & fulvic acids and gypsum |
| Fresh mix rate | 300-400g per 50L light fertility; 500-600g per 50L moderate fertility; 800-1,000g per 50L high fertility |
| Used living soil rate | Approximately 30-120g per 45-60L of used soil, adjusted to previous crop depletion |
| Top-dress rate | Approximately 1-2 tablespoons per 40-50L pot |
| Suitable media | Living soil, organic soil & compatible coco-based potting mixes |
| Application methods | Mix through growing media, use to rejuvenate depleted soil or apply as a surface top-dress |
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 1kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
Life-Cycle is a complete organic dry soil amendment formulated to replenish nutrients and minerals in growing media. It can be used to build living soil, rejuvenate used soil or provide additional nutrition as a top-dress.
Can I reuse soil with Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
Yes. Soil reuse is one of Life-Cycle's main purposes. It replenishes nutrients removed during the previous crop so biologically active growing media can be maintained across successive cycles.
Is Ecothrive Life-Cycle organic?
Yes. Ecothrive describes Life-Cycle as a natural, organic amendment made from premium raw dry ingredients.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
The current typical analysis is 2% nitrogen, 4.5% P₂O₅ and 2.4% K₂O, together with approximately 1% magnesium and 6% calcium. Because the ingredients are natural, Ecothrive notes that analysis can vary slightly between batches.
What ingredients are in Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
The current formulation includes Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass, insect meal, neem cake, micronised rock phosphate, seaweed meal, basalt rock dust, humic and fulvic acids and gypsum.
Can Life-Cycle be used to make living soil?
Yes. Life-Cycle can provide the amendment component of a living soil mix. Ecothrive also recommends incorporating 20-30% quality compost or worm castings to increase biological diversity and assist nutrient cycling.
Can Ecothrive Life-Cycle be used as a top-dress?
Yes. Life-Cycle can be lightly spread over the soil surface and watered in to provide additional organic nutrition during an active crop.
Can Life-Cycle be used during both vegetative growth and flowering?
Yes. Life-Cycle is designed as a broad-spectrum amendment and can provide a nutritional boost during both vegetative growth and flowering as well as being used between crops to rejuvenate the medium.
Can Life-Cycle be used with coco?
Ecothrive states that Life-Cycle can be used with soil or coco-based potting mixes. When using coco as part of an organic potting mix, sufficient compost, biological activity and overall media structure remain important.
Why does amended soil sometimes get warm?
Concentrated organic amendments can stimulate biological activity as their ingredients begin to break down. This can temporarily generate heat, particularly in large batches or heavily amended mixes.
Do I need to let soil sit after mixing in Life-Cycle?
If the freshly amended soil warms up, allow it to cool and stabilise before planting. Large, highly amended batches may require more conditioning time than small, lightly amended mixes.
What is the difference between Life-Cycle and Ecothrive Soil Food?
Life-Cycle is Ecothrive's broad-spectrum foundation amendment for building, maintaining and rejuvenating living soil. The Soil Food range provides more targeted Grow, Bloom and Re-Gen formulations for specific stages and applications.
Can Life-Cycle reduce the cost of growing media?
Yes. By replenishing and reusing suitable growing media rather than replacing it after every crop, growers can reduce both substrate purchasing costs and the amount of spent growing medium requiring disposal.
Why has Ecothrive updated the Life-Cycle formulation?
Ecothrive has refined Life-Cycle over time, including the use of micronised rock phosphate and finer-grade ingredients. These changes are intended to improve nutrient availability and make the amendment easier and more effective to use.
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 5kg - Complete Organic Living Soil Amendment & Reconditioner
1500
£15.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 5kg - Complete Organic Living Soil Amendment & Reconditioner
1500
£15.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 5kg is a complete organic dry soil amendment designed to replenish depleted growing media, build nutrient-rich living soil and provide a versatile top-dress throughout vegetative growth and flowering. Its broad spectrum of organic nutrition, minerals and beneficial biology allows soil and coco-based potting mixes to be revitalised and reused crop after crop.
Life-Cycle is designed to restore the fertility removed from growing media during an intensive crop. Instead of disposing of used soil and starting again, growers can replenish its nutrient and mineral reserves and prepare the medium for another productive growing cycle.
The formulation combines Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass, insect meal, neem cake, micronised rock phosphate, premium seaweed meal, basalt rock dust, humic and fulvic acids and gypsum. These ingredients provide complementary nutrient release rates alongside minerals and biological inputs for a diverse living soil ecosystem.
Life-Cycle is equally useful when building a fresh living soil. It can be blended through soil or coco-based potting mixes at different rates depending on the required fertility, or applied as a surface top-dress to established plants.
The larger 5kg format is particularly useful for growers working with substantial soil volumes, multiple containers, large living soil beds or repeated crop cycles.
Why choose Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
- Rejuvenates used growing media - replenishes nutrients and minerals removed by previous crops.
- Supports repeated soil reuse - helps maintain productive living soil across multiple growing cycles.
- Complete organic amendment - combines a broad spectrum of premium organic and mineral ingredients.
- Build your own living soil - suitable for creating light, moderate or highly fertile organic potting mixes.
- Use throughout the crop - can also provide additional nutrition as an easy surface top-dress.
- Multiple nutrient release rates - different organic ingredients provide nutrition over different timescales.
- Contains Ecothrive Charge - mealworm frass supplies nutrition, beneficial microorganisms and naturally occurring chitin.
- Contains insect meal - provides a relatively fast-acting organic source of nutrients and amino acids.
- Contains neem cake - contributes longer-term organic nutrition including nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, calcium and magnesium.
- Micronised rock phosphate - supplies slow-release phosphorus in a finely processed form for improved availability.
- Premium seaweed meal - derived from Ascophyllum nodosum and provides a wide spectrum of naturally occurring trace elements.
- Basalt rock dust - contributes trace minerals and silica to the growing medium.
- Humic & fulvic acids - support nutrient availability and the biologically active soil environment.
- Suitable for soil & coco-based mixes - versatile enough for Ecothrive Living Soil and other compatible growing media.
- Reduces growing-media waste - helps eliminate the need to discard suitable soil after every crop.
- 5kg bulk format - ideal for larger beds, multiple pots and growers regularly reconditioning soil.
What's in Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
Life-Cycle is built around a diverse combination of premium organic and mineral ingredients rather than relying on a single concentrated fertiliser source.
Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass
Ecothrive Charge contributes nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium alongside beneficial microorganisms. Mealworm frass also contains fragments of exoskeleton that provide a natural source of chitin.
Insect meal
Ecothrive uses insect meal produced from black soldier fly larvae. It provides amino acids, nitrogen and phosphorus while offering a relatively fast-acting source of organic nutrition within the blend.
Neem cake
Neem is a nutrient-rich organic amendment containing nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, calcium and magnesium. Its slower nutrient release complements the faster organic ingredients in Life-Cycle.
Micronised rock phosphate
Rock phosphate supplies slow-release phosphorus for root development, vegetative growth, flowering and fruit production. The current Life-Cycle formulation uses micronised rock phosphate to improve availability.
Premium seaweed meal
Ecothrive uses Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed meal, a naturally mineral-rich amendment containing a broad spectrum of trace elements.
Basalt rock dust
Basalt rock dust contributes a wide range of trace minerals together with silica, helping maintain the long-term mineral reserve of the growing medium.
Humic & fulvic acids
Humic and fulvic substances complement the organic nutrient sources and support the nutrient-rich, biologically active environment associated with living soil cultivation.
Gypsum
Gypsum supplies calcium and sulphur while also contributing to soil structure. Ecothrive's current formulation combines different forms of gypsum to improve its effectiveness when Life-Cycle is used as a top-dress.
Balanced organic nutrition & mineral content
Ecothrive gives Life-Cycle a typical analysis of N 2%, P₂O₅ 4.5%, K₂O 2.4%, magnesium 1% and calcium 6%.
Life-Cycle is made from natural organic ingredients, so its exact nutrient analysis and physical appearance can vary slightly between batches.
The formulation is designed around more than headline NPK values. Its combination of organic nutrient sources, calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, trace minerals, silica, humic substances and beneficial biology provides a broad nutritional foundation for living soil.
Rejuvenating used living soil
One of Life-Cycle's key applications is restoring growing media after harvest so it can be planted again rather than discarded.
Ecothrive's current guidance is to lightly apply approximately 30-120g of Life-Cycle per 45-60L of used soil. The appropriate amount depends on the length and intensity of the previous crop and how heavily the soil has been depleted.
Ecothrive also recommends adding high-quality fresh compost or worm castings at approximately 5% of the pot volume when rejuvenating used living soil.
After particularly long growing cycles or large harvests, additional Ecothrive Charge can be incorporated where a greater fertility boost is required.
Life-Cycle was developed with a no-till approach in mind, making it particularly useful for established living soil systems where growers want to retain the soil ecosystem and continue using the same medium.
Make your own living soil with Life-Cycle
Life-Cycle can be blended into soil or coco-based potting mixes to create a complete organic growing medium.
Ecothrive currently recommends three amendment levels:
- Light fertility: 300-400g per 50L of growing medium
- Moderate fertility: 500-600g per 50L of growing medium
- High fertility: 800-1,000g per 50L of growing medium
Mix Life-Cycle as evenly as possible throughout the growing medium to create a homogeneous blend.
When making living soil, Ecothrive also recommends including approximately 20-30% high-quality compost or worm castings/vermicompost. This increases biological diversity and helps convert the organic ingredients into plant-available nutrition.
Allow freshly amended soil to stabilise
Adding concentrated organic nutrition to growing media can stimulate biological activity and create a natural heat-producing reaction.
After blending Life-Cycle through a fresh soil mix, allow the medium to warm and then cool before planting where necessary.
Larger volumes above approximately 500L, particularly when prepared at higher amendment rates, can generate more heat. Ecothrive advises that these larger batches may need turning every two to three days for up to two weeks while they stabilise.
Smaller batches of around 50L prepared with a light amendment rate may require little or no extended conditioning period. The temperature and condition of the mix should determine when it is ready for planting.
Using Life-Cycle as a top-dress
Life-Cycle can also provide additional organic nutrition to established plants without disturbing or remixing the entire growing medium.
Ecothrive recommends lightly dusting approximately 1-2 tablespoons (15-30ml) over the surface of each 40-50L pot, followed by normal watering.
When using a fresh living soil blend, Ecothrive recommends top-dressing once around late vegetative growth to early flowering and then again approximately three to four weeks later where required.
Apply the final top-dress sufficiently ahead of harvest to allow the slow-release organic nutrition time to be utilised.
How far does a 5kg bag of Life-Cycle go?
The coverage of a 5kg bag depends on the fertility level being created.
When building fresh growing media, 5kg provides approximately:
- 625-833L of lightly amended media at 300-400g per 50L
- 417-500L of moderately amended media at 500-600g per 50L
- 250-313L of highly amended media at 800-1,000g per 50L
When rejuvenating existing living soil, substantially less Life-Cycle may be required because the objective is to replace fertility removed by the previous crop rather than build the entire nutrient reserve from scratch.
This makes the 5kg format particularly economical for commercial growers, large living soil beds, multi-pot installations and growers committed to long-term soil reuse.
Designed for long-term soil reuse
Living soil is not intended to be treated as a disposable growing medium. With appropriate management, its structure, biology and nutrient reserves can be maintained and refined over successive crops.
Life-Cycle replaces a broad spectrum of the nutrition removed during cropping, helping growers continue using suitable growing media instead of repeatedly buying and disposing of new substrate.
For growers running soil over many cycles, periodic soil testing can be used to understand how nutrient levels are changing and fine-tune amendment inputs over time.
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 5kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Life-Cycle |
| Product type | Complete organic soil amendment & reconditioner |
| Pack size | 5kg |
| Primary uses | Living soil building, soil reuse, depleted-media rejuvenation & top-dressing |
| Typical nitrogen (N) | 2% |
| Typical phosphorus (P₂O₅) | 4.5% |
| Typical potassium (K₂O) | 2.4% |
| Typical magnesium | 1% |
| Typical calcium | 6% |
| Key ingredients | Mealworm frass, insect meal, neem cake, micronised rock phosphate, seaweed meal, basalt rock dust, humic & fulvic acids and gypsum |
| Fresh mix rate | 300-400g per 50L light fertility; 500-600g per 50L moderate fertility; 800-1,000g per 50L high fertility |
| Used living soil rate | Approximately 30-120g per 45-60L of used soil, adjusted to previous crop depletion |
| Top-dress rate | Approximately 1-2 tablespoons (15-30ml) per 40-50L pot |
| Approximate fresh mix coverage | 250-833L depending on required fertility |
| Suitable media | Living soil, organic soil & compatible coco-based potting mixes |
| Application methods | Mix through growing media, use to rejuvenate depleted soil or apply as a surface top-dress |
Ecothrive Life-Cycle 5kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
Life-Cycle is a complete organic dry soil amendment designed to replenish nutrients and minerals in growing media. It can be used to make living soil, rejuvenate used soil or provide additional nutrition as a top-dress.
Can I reuse soil with Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
Yes. Soil reuse is one of Life-Cycle's main applications. It replenishes fertility removed during the previous crop so suitable biologically active growing media can be maintained across successive cycles.
Is Ecothrive Life-Cycle organic?
Yes. Ecothrive describes Life-Cycle as a natural and organic amendment formulated from premium raw, dry organic ingredients.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
The current typical analysis is 2% nitrogen, 4.5% P₂O₅ and 2.4% K₂O, together with approximately 1% magnesium and 6% calcium. Natural ingredients mean slight variation between batches is normal.
What ingredients are in Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
The current formulation includes Ecothrive Charge mealworm frass, insect meal, neem cake, micronised rock phosphate, premium seaweed meal, basalt rock dust, humic and fulvic acids and gypsum.
Can Life-Cycle be used to make living soil?
Yes. Life-Cycle provides the amendment component of a living soil mix. Ecothrive also recommends incorporating approximately 20-30% quality compost or worm castings to increase biological diversity and assist nutrient cycling.
Can Ecothrive Life-Cycle be used as a top-dress?
Yes. Life-Cycle can be lightly dusted over the soil surface and watered in, making it useful for providing additional organic nutrition without disturbing an established root zone.
Can Life-Cycle be used during vegetative growth and flowering?
Yes. Life-Cycle can provide a tactical nutritional boost during both growth and bloom, as well as being used between crops to rejuvenate the growing medium.
Can Life-Cycle be used with coco?
Yes. Ecothrive states that Life-Cycle can be used with soil and coco-based potting mixes. When building an organic coco-based mix, adequate compost, biology and physical structure remain important.
Why does freshly amended soil sometimes get warm?
Adding concentrated organic ingredients can stimulate microbial activity as the materials begin to break down. This can temporarily generate heat, particularly in large or heavily amended batches.
Do I need to let soil sit after mixing in Life-Cycle?
If the amended mix warms up, allow it to cool and stabilise before planting. Large, heavily amended batches may require more conditioning time than small, lightly amended mixes.
What is the difference between Life-Cycle and Ecothrive Soil Food?
Life-Cycle is Ecothrive's broad-spectrum amendment for building, maintaining and rejuvenating living soil. Soil Food Grow, Bloom and Re-Gen provide more targeted formulations for specific crop stages and soil-reuse applications.
Can Life-Cycle reduce growing-media costs?
Yes. Replenishing and reusing suitable growing media can substantially reduce the amount of fresh substrate that needs to be purchased and the volume of spent growing medium requiring disposal.
How much growing medium will a 5kg bag amend?
Depending on the required fertility, a 5kg bag can amend approximately 625-833L at the light rate, 417-500L at the moderate rate or 250-313L at the high-fertility rate.
Who is the 5kg Life-Cycle size best suited to?
The 5kg format is particularly useful for larger living soil beds, multiple containers, professional growing facilities and growers who regularly rejuvenate and reuse substantial volumes of growing media.
Ecothrive Flourish 5L - Organic Seaweed Extract Plant Biostimulant
3100
£31.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Flourish 5L - Organic Seaweed Extract Plant Biostimulant
3100
£31.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Flourish 5L is a 100% natural, organic-approved seaweed biostimulant made from ultra-purified Ascophyllum nodosum extract. Rich in naturally occurring phytohormones and bioactive compounds, Flourish is designed to improve germination, root and shoot development, vegetative vigour, flower and fruit development, nutrient uptake and plant resilience.
Unlike many traditional seaweed products, Flourish has been specifically processed to create a clean, fully soluble and highly stable extract. This makes it suitable not only for soil and living soil, but also for coco and hydroponic reservoirs where less refined organic extracts can create sediment, fouling or blockages.
Ecothrive produces Flourish using a low-temperature, high-pressure extraction process that preserves a wide spectrum of naturally occurring bioactive compounds within the seaweed. These include auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, betaines, alginic acid, laminarin, fucoidan and mannitol.
Flourish can be used from propagation through vegetative growth and flowering as a root feed, or applied as a foliar spray during appropriate crop stages. It is particularly useful for plants growing under intensive conditions where strong growth and improved tolerance to environmental stress are important.
At the root-feed rate of 0.25-0.5ml/L, the 5L format treats approximately 10,000-20,000 litres of irrigation water.
Why choose Ecothrive Flourish?
- Premium seaweed biostimulant - concentrated Ascophyllum nodosum extract rich in naturally occurring plant-active compounds.
- 100% natural & organic approved - suitable for organic growing programmes and living soil cultivation.
- Supports germination - suitable for seed soaking and early propagation applications.
- Promotes root development - particularly useful during propagation and after transplanting.
- Improves vegetative vigour - natural phytohormones support strong shoot and root growth.
- Supports flower & fruit development - suitable throughout productive crop stages as part of a complete nutrition programme.
- Enhances nutrient uptake - helps plants make more effective use of available nutrition.
- Improves stress tolerance - bioactive compounds help plants respond to environmental challenges.
- Useful under intensive lighting - particularly suited to high-intensity cultivation environments.
- Ultra-purified formulation - clean and fully soluble compared with less refined seaweed products.
- Reservoir stable - designed to remain stable in hydroponic nutrient reservoirs for extended periods.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics - one biostimulant can be integrated into multiple growing systems.
- Root or foliar application - gives growers flexibility over how the biostimulant is applied.
- Highly concentrated - root application requires only 0.25-0.5ml/L.
- Commercial 5L format - provides approximately 10,000-20,000L of root-feed solution.
Premium Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed extract
Flourish is produced from Ascophyllum nodosum, a brown seaweed species widely valued in professional horticulture for its naturally occurring bioactive compounds.
Ecothrive sources its seaweed from the tidal waters of Northwest Scotland and the West Coast of Ireland, where it is sustainably hand harvested.
Rather than relying on harsh chemical extraction, Ecothrive uses a low-temperature, high-pressure process. This breaks down the seaweed material while helping preserve sensitive compounds that can otherwise be degraded during aggressive processing.
Advanced filtration then produces the clean, highly soluble liquid that allows Flourish to be used across living soil, coco and hydroponic systems.
It's the bioactive compounds that make Flourish different
Seaweed products are sometimes treated simply as sources of trace minerals. Ecothrive specifically highlights that the primary biostimulant effect of Flourish comes from its natural bioactive compounds rather than its mineral content alone.
Phytohormones
Flourish contains naturally occurring auxins, cytokinins and gibberellins. These plant signalling compounds are associated with processes including root and shoot development, germination, flowering and fruit development.
Betaines
Betaines help plants respond to environmental stress, including conditions associated with drought and temperature extremes.
Polysaccharides
Seaweed-derived polysaccharides including alginic acid, laminarin and fucoidan form part of Flourish's broad bioactive profile and contribute to plant resilience and biological responses.
Mannitol
Mannitol is another naturally occurring seaweed compound retained within the wide-spectrum extract.
Support plants under environmental stress
One of the major reasons growers use seaweed biostimulants is to support the plant's ability to cope with challenging environmental conditions.
Flourish is particularly suited to high-intensity cultivation where plants can experience strong lighting, higher temperatures, rapid wet/dry cycles and demanding growth rates.
It can also be particularly useful around propagation, transplanting and transitions between crop stages, when plants are adapting to changes in their growing environment.
Flourish does not replace good environmental management, irrigation or nutrition. Instead, it provides additional biostimulant support within a well-managed growing system.
Ultra-purified for hydroponic reservoirs
Traditional seaweed products can contain suspended organic material that makes them difficult to use in recirculating hydroponic systems and fine irrigation equipment.
Ecothrive developed Flourish to overcome this limitation. Its proprietary purification and filtration process creates a fully soluble, reservoir-stable seaweed extract.
Ecothrive states that Flourish can remain stable in a hydroponic reservoir for weeks without the fouling and blockages associated with less refined seaweed extracts.
This allows hydroponic and coco growers to access the benefits of a natural seaweed biostimulant while maintaining a cleaner irrigation system.
How to use Flourish as a root feed
Apply Ecothrive Flourish at 0.25-0.5ml per litre with every watering.
It can be used as a stand-alone biostimulant or mixed alongside compatible nutrients and additives as part of a regular feeding programme.
Root application is suitable across the crop cycle, including:
- Seed soaking
- Cube soaking
- Seedlings & cuttings
- Propagation
- Transplanting
- Vegetative growth
- Flowering & fruiting
Ecothrive recommends stopping root applications approximately one to two weeks before harvest.
Flourish 5L root-feed calculations
At the recommended root-feed rate of 0.25-0.5ml/L:
- 10L water: 2.5-5ml Flourish
- 20L water: 5-10ml Flourish
- 50L water: 12.5-25ml Flourish
- 100L water: 25-50ml Flourish
- 500L water: 125-250ml Flourish
- 1,000L water: 250-500ml Flourish
A 5L container therefore makes approximately 10,000-20,000L of root-feed solution, depending on application strength.
Using Ecothrive Flourish as a foliar spray
Flourish can also be applied directly to plant foliage at 10ml per litre every 10-14 days.
Foliar application is particularly useful during propagation, after transplanting, during vegetative growth and around important crop transitions.
For plants grown primarily for their flowers, Ecothrive recommends stopping foliar applications once flowers begin to form.
Fruiting plants can continue to receive foliar applications later into the crop where appropriate.
Ecothrive's living soil programme allows Flourish to be used through regular root feeding or alternatively as a foliar treatment, giving growers flexibility over how it is incorporated into their crop management.
Ecothrive Flourish bioactive analysis
Flourish contains a wide spectrum of measured seaweed-derived bioactive compounds. Typical analysis includes:
| Alginic acid | 4.125g/100ml |
|---|---|
| Laminarin | 1.12g/100ml |
| Fucoidan | 1.19g/100ml |
| Mannitol | 0.44g/100ml |
| Betaines | 36mg/100ml |
| Auxins | 10mg/100ml |
| Gibberellins | 5mg/100ml |
| Cytokinins | 10mg/100ml |
Ecothrive Flourish 5L product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Flourish |
| Product type | Natural seaweed extract plant biostimulant |
| Pack size | 5L |
| Seaweed species | Ascophyllum nodosum |
| Seaweed origin | Northwest Scotland & West Coast of Ireland |
| Extraction | Low-temperature, high-pressure extraction with advanced filtration |
| Root-feed rate | 0.25-0.5ml/L with every watering |
| Foliar rate | 10ml/L every 10-14 days |
| Approximate root-feed capacity | 10,000-20,000L |
| Suitable crop stages | Propagation, transplanting, vegetative growth, flowering & fruiting |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, conventional soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Reservoir compatibility | Fully soluble, tank stable & suitable for hydroponic reservoirs |
| Typical nitrogen | 0% |
| Typical phosphorus | 0% |
| Typical potassium | 0.5% |
| Seaweed solids | 3-4% w/v |
| Organic matter | 2.5% |
| Typical pH | 4.2 |
Ecothrive Flourish 5L FAQs
What is Ecothrive Flourish?
Flourish is a concentrated Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed extract containing naturally occurring phytohormones and other bioactive compounds. It is used as a plant biostimulant to support growth, nutrient uptake and resilience.
Is Ecothrive Flourish an organic product?
Ecothrive describes Flourish as a 100% natural and organic-approved biostimulant, making it suitable for living soil and organic growing programmes.
What type of seaweed is used in Flourish?
Flourish is produced from Ascophyllum nodosum, sustainably hand harvested from tidal waters around Northwest Scotland and the West Coast of Ireland.
What makes Flourish different from ordinary seaweed extract?
Ecothrive uses low-temperature, high-pressure extraction followed by advanced filtration. This preserves a wide range of bioactive compounds while creating a clean, fully soluble product suitable for hydroponic reservoirs as well as soil and coco.
What bioactive compounds are in Ecothrive Flourish?
Flourish contains measured levels of auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, betaines, alginic acid, laminarin, fucoidan and mannitol alongside naturally occurring minerals.
Can Flourish be used from propagation?
Yes. Flourish can be used for seed soaking, cube soaking, seedlings and cuttings, and can then continue through vegetative growth and flowering as part of the crop programme.
Can Ecothrive Flourish help after transplanting?
Yes. Transplanting is an important stage for establishing a healthy root system. Flourish's seaweed-derived biostimulant compounds support root development and help plants respond to environmental stress during establishment.
Can Flourish be used during flowering?
Yes. Root feeding can continue throughout flowering and fruiting, with Ecothrive recommending that root applications stop approximately one to two weeks before harvest.
Can Flourish be foliar sprayed?
Yes. Flourish can be applied at 10ml/L every 10-14 days. For flowering plants, stop foliar applications once flowers begin to form. Fruiting plants can be treated later into their crop where appropriate.
Is Flourish suitable for hydroponics?
Yes. Flourish has been specifically refined and filtered to produce a fully soluble extract that remains stable in hydroponic reservoirs without the fouling associated with many less refined seaweed products.
Can Flourish be used in coco?
Yes. Flourish is compatible with coco cultivation and can be mixed alongside suitable base nutrients and additives as part of a regular irrigation programme.
Is Flourish a complete fertiliser?
No. Flourish is primarily a biostimulant rather than a complete base fertiliser. Its typical analysis contains 0% nitrogen, 0% phosphorus and 0.5% potassium, so plants still require an appropriate source of complete nutrition.
Can Flourish be mixed with other nutrients?
Yes. Ecothrive describes Flourish as tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives, allowing it to be incorporated into an existing feeding programme.
How much solution does Ecothrive Flourish 5L make?
At the 0.25-0.5ml/L root-feed rate, a 5L container makes approximately 10,000-20,000 litres of irrigation solution.
Who is the 5L Flourish size best suited to?
The 5L format is particularly well suited to commercial horticulture, larger living soil systems, multi-reservoir installations and growers using Flourish regularly throughout propagation, vegetative growth and productive crop stages.
Ecothrive Flourish 50ml - Organic Seaweed Extract Plant Biostimulant - Sample
0
£0.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Flourish 50ml - Organic Seaweed Extract Plant Biostimulant - Sample
0
£0.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Flourish 5L is a 100% natural, organic-approved seaweed biostimulant made from ultra-purified Ascophyllum nodosum extract. Rich in naturally occurring phytohormones and bioactive compounds, Flourish is designed to improve germination, root and shoot development, vegetative vigour, flower and fruit development, nutrient uptake and plant resilience.
Unlike many traditional seaweed products, Flourish has been specifically processed to create a clean, fully soluble and highly stable extract. This makes it suitable not only for soil and living soil, but also for coco and hydroponic reservoirs where less refined organic extracts can create sediment, fouling or blockages.
Ecothrive produces Flourish using a low-temperature, high-pressure extraction process that preserves a wide spectrum of naturally occurring bioactive compounds within the seaweed. These include auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, betaines, alginic acid, laminarin, fucoidan and mannitol.
Flourish can be used from propagation through vegetative growth and flowering as a root feed, or applied as a foliar spray during appropriate crop stages. It is particularly useful for plants growing under intensive conditions where strong growth and improved tolerance to environmental stress are important.
At the root-feed rate of 0.25-0.5ml/L, the 5L format treats approximately 10,000-20,000 litres of irrigation water.
Why choose Ecothrive Flourish?
- Premium seaweed biostimulant - concentrated Ascophyllum nodosum extract rich in naturally occurring plant-active compounds.
- 100% natural & organic approved - suitable for organic growing programmes and living soil cultivation.
- Supports germination - suitable for seed soaking and early propagation applications.
- Promotes root development - particularly useful during propagation and after transplanting.
- Improves vegetative vigour - natural phytohormones support strong shoot and root growth.
- Supports flower & fruit development - suitable throughout productive crop stages as part of a complete nutrition programme.
- Enhances nutrient uptake - helps plants make more effective use of available nutrition.
- Improves stress tolerance - bioactive compounds help plants respond to environmental challenges.
- Useful under intensive lighting - particularly suited to high-intensity cultivation environments.
- Ultra-purified formulation - clean and fully soluble compared with less refined seaweed products.
- Reservoir stable - designed to remain stable in hydroponic nutrient reservoirs for extended periods.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics - one biostimulant can be integrated into multiple growing systems.
- Root or foliar application - gives growers flexibility over how the biostimulant is applied.
- Highly concentrated - root application requires only 0.25-0.5ml/L.
- Commercial 5L format - provides approximately 10,000-20,000L of root-feed solution.
Premium Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed extract
Flourish is produced from Ascophyllum nodosum, a brown seaweed species widely valued in professional horticulture for its naturally occurring bioactive compounds.
Ecothrive sources its seaweed from the tidal waters of Northwest Scotland and the West Coast of Ireland, where it is sustainably hand harvested.
Rather than relying on harsh chemical extraction, Ecothrive uses a low-temperature, high-pressure process. This breaks down the seaweed material while helping preserve sensitive compounds that can otherwise be degraded during aggressive processing.
Advanced filtration then produces the clean, highly soluble liquid that allows Flourish to be used across living soil, coco and hydroponic systems.
It's the bioactive compounds that make Flourish different
Seaweed products are sometimes treated simply as sources of trace minerals. Ecothrive specifically highlights that the primary biostimulant effect of Flourish comes from its natural bioactive compounds rather than its mineral content alone.
Phytohormones
Flourish contains naturally occurring auxins, cytokinins and gibberellins. These plant signalling compounds are associated with processes including root and shoot development, germination, flowering and fruit development.
Betaines
Betaines help plants respond to environmental stress, including conditions associated with drought and temperature extremes.
Polysaccharides
Seaweed-derived polysaccharides including alginic acid, laminarin and fucoidan form part of Flourish's broad bioactive profile and contribute to plant resilience and biological responses.
Mannitol
Mannitol is another naturally occurring seaweed compound retained within the wide-spectrum extract.
Support plants under environmental stress
One of the major reasons growers use seaweed biostimulants is to support the plant's ability to cope with challenging environmental conditions.
Flourish is particularly suited to high-intensity cultivation where plants can experience strong lighting, higher temperatures, rapid wet/dry cycles and demanding growth rates.
It can also be particularly useful around propagation, transplanting and transitions between crop stages, when plants are adapting to changes in their growing environment.
Flourish does not replace good environmental management, irrigation or nutrition. Instead, it provides additional biostimulant support within a well-managed growing system.
Ultra-purified for hydroponic reservoirs
Traditional seaweed products can contain suspended organic material that makes them difficult to use in recirculating hydroponic systems and fine irrigation equipment.
Ecothrive developed Flourish to overcome this limitation. Its proprietary purification and filtration process creates a fully soluble, reservoir-stable seaweed extract.
Ecothrive states that Flourish can remain stable in a hydroponic reservoir for weeks without the fouling and blockages associated with less refined seaweed extracts.
This allows hydroponic and coco growers to access the benefits of a natural seaweed biostimulant while maintaining a cleaner irrigation system.
How to use Flourish as a root feed
Apply Ecothrive Flourish at 0.25-0.5ml per litre with every watering.
It can be used as a stand-alone biostimulant or mixed alongside compatible nutrients and additives as part of a regular feeding programme.
Root application is suitable across the crop cycle, including:
- Seed soaking
- Cube soaking
- Seedlings & cuttings
- Propagation
- Transplanting
- Vegetative growth
- Flowering & fruiting
Ecothrive recommends stopping root applications approximately one to two weeks before harvest.
Flourish 5L root-feed calculations
At the recommended root-feed rate of 0.25-0.5ml/L:
- 10L water: 2.5-5ml Flourish
- 20L water: 5-10ml Flourish
- 50L water: 12.5-25ml Flourish
- 100L water: 25-50ml Flourish
- 500L water: 125-250ml Flourish
- 1,000L water: 250-500ml Flourish
A 5L container therefore makes approximately 10,000-20,000L of root-feed solution, depending on application strength.
Using Ecothrive Flourish as a foliar spray
Flourish can also be applied directly to plant foliage at 10ml per litre every 10-14 days.
Foliar application is particularly useful during propagation, after transplanting, during vegetative growth and around important crop transitions.
For plants grown primarily for their flowers, Ecothrive recommends stopping foliar applications once flowers begin to form.
Fruiting plants can continue to receive foliar applications later into the crop where appropriate.
Ecothrive's living soil programme allows Flourish to be used through regular root feeding or alternatively as a foliar treatment, giving growers flexibility over how it is incorporated into their crop management.
Ecothrive Flourish bioactive analysis
Flourish contains a wide spectrum of measured seaweed-derived bioactive compounds. Typical analysis includes:
| Alginic acid | 4.125g/100ml |
|---|---|
| Laminarin | 1.12g/100ml |
| Fucoidan | 1.19g/100ml |
| Mannitol | 0.44g/100ml |
| Betaines | 36mg/100ml |
| Auxins | 10mg/100ml |
| Gibberellins | 5mg/100ml |
| Cytokinins | 10mg/100ml |
Ecothrive Flourish 5L product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Flourish |
| Product type | Natural seaweed extract plant biostimulant |
| Pack size | 5L |
| Seaweed species | Ascophyllum nodosum |
| Seaweed origin | Northwest Scotland & West Coast of Ireland |
| Extraction | Low-temperature, high-pressure extraction with advanced filtration |
| Root-feed rate | 0.25-0.5ml/L with every watering |
| Foliar rate | 10ml/L every 10-14 days |
| Approximate root-feed capacity | 10,000-20,000L |
| Suitable crop stages | Propagation, transplanting, vegetative growth, flowering & fruiting |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, conventional soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Reservoir compatibility | Fully soluble, tank stable & suitable for hydroponic reservoirs |
| Typical nitrogen | 0% |
| Typical phosphorus | 0% |
| Typical potassium | 0.5% |
| Seaweed solids | 3-4% w/v |
| Organic matter | 2.5% |
| Typical pH | 4.2 |
Ecothrive Flourish 5L FAQs
What is Ecothrive Flourish?
Flourish is a concentrated Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed extract containing naturally occurring phytohormones and other bioactive compounds. It is used as a plant biostimulant to support growth, nutrient uptake and resilience.
Is Ecothrive Flourish an organic product?
Ecothrive describes Flourish as a 100% natural and organic-approved biostimulant, making it suitable for living soil and organic growing programmes.
What type of seaweed is used in Flourish?
Flourish is produced from Ascophyllum nodosum, sustainably hand harvested from tidal waters around Northwest Scotland and the West Coast of Ireland.
What makes Flourish different from ordinary seaweed extract?
Ecothrive uses low-temperature, high-pressure extraction followed by advanced filtration. This preserves a wide range of bioactive compounds while creating a clean, fully soluble product suitable for hydroponic reservoirs as well as soil and coco.
What bioactive compounds are in Ecothrive Flourish?
Flourish contains measured levels of auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, betaines, alginic acid, laminarin, fucoidan and mannitol alongside naturally occurring minerals.
Can Flourish be used from propagation?
Yes. Flourish can be used for seed soaking, cube soaking, seedlings and cuttings, and can then continue through vegetative growth and flowering as part of the crop programme.
Can Ecothrive Flourish help after transplanting?
Yes. Transplanting is an important stage for establishing a healthy root system. Flourish's seaweed-derived biostimulant compounds support root development and help plants respond to environmental stress during establishment.
Can Flourish be used during flowering?
Yes. Root feeding can continue throughout flowering and fruiting, with Ecothrive recommending that root applications stop approximately one to two weeks before harvest.
Can Flourish be foliar sprayed?
Yes. Flourish can be applied at 10ml/L every 10-14 days. For flowering plants, stop foliar applications once flowers begin to form. Fruiting plants can be treated later into their crop where appropriate.
Is Flourish suitable for hydroponics?
Yes. Flourish has been specifically refined and filtered to produce a fully soluble extract that remains stable in hydroponic reservoirs without the fouling associated with many less refined seaweed products.
Can Flourish be used in coco?
Yes. Flourish is compatible with coco cultivation and can be mixed alongside suitable base nutrients and additives as part of a regular irrigation programme.
Is Flourish a complete fertiliser?
No. Flourish is primarily a biostimulant rather than a complete base fertiliser. Its typical analysis contains 0% nitrogen, 0% phosphorus and 0.5% potassium, so plants still require an appropriate source of complete nutrition.
Can Flourish be mixed with other nutrients?
Yes. Ecothrive describes Flourish as tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives, allowing it to be incorporated into an existing feeding programme.
How much solution does Ecothrive Flourish 5L make?
At the 0.25-0.5ml/L root-feed rate, a 5L container makes approximately 10,000-20,000 litres of irrigation solution.
Who is the 5L Flourish size best suited to?
The 5L format is particularly well suited to commercial horticulture, larger living soil systems, multi-reservoir installations and growers using Flourish regularly throughout propagation, vegetative growth and productive crop stages.
Ecothrive Flourish 250ml - Organic Seaweed Extract Plant Biostimulant
390
£3.90
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Flourish 250ml - Organic Seaweed Extract Plant Biostimulant
390
£3.90
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Flourish 250ml is a 100% natural, organic-approved seaweed biostimulant made from ultra-purified Ascophyllum nodosum extract. Rich in naturally occurring phytohormones and bioactive compounds, Flourish is designed to support germination, root and shoot development, vegetative vigour, flower and fruit development, nutrient uptake and plant resilience.
Unlike many traditional seaweed products, Flourish has been specifically processed to create a clean, fully soluble and highly stable extract. This makes it suitable for soil and living soil as well as coco and hydroponic reservoirs where less refined organic extracts can create sediment, fouling or blockages.
Ecothrive produces Flourish using a low-temperature, high-pressure extraction process designed to preserve a wide spectrum of naturally occurring bioactive compounds. These include auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, betaines, alginic acid, laminarin, fucoidan and mannitol.
Flourish can be used from propagation through vegetative growth and flowering as a root feed, or applied as a foliar spray during appropriate crop stages. It is particularly useful in intensive growing environments where plants are exposed to high light levels, rapid growth and changing environmental conditions.
At the recommended root-feed rate of 0.25-0.5ml/L, a 250ml bottle makes approximately 500-1,000 litres of irrigation solution.
Why choose Ecothrive Flourish?
- Premium seaweed biostimulant - concentrated Ascophyllum nodosum extract rich in naturally occurring plant-active compounds.
- 100% natural & organic approved - suitable for organic growing programmes and living soil cultivation.
- Supports germination - suitable for seed soaking and early propagation applications.
- Promotes root development - particularly useful during propagation and after transplanting.
- Supports vegetative vigour - natural phytohormones contribute to healthy root and shoot development.
- Supports flower & fruit development - suitable throughout productive crop stages as part of a complete nutrition programme.
- Supports nutrient uptake - helps plants make effective use of available nutrition.
- Enhances stress tolerance - seaweed-derived bioactive compounds support plant resilience under demanding conditions.
- Ideal for intensive cultivation - particularly useful with high-light crops and intensive indoor growing environments.
- Ultra-purified formulation - clean and fully soluble compared with less refined seaweed extracts.
- Reservoir stable - designed to remain stable in hydroponic nutrient reservoirs for extended periods.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics - integrates into a wide range of growing systems.
- Root or foliar application - gives growers flexibility throughout the crop cycle.
- Highly concentrated - root application requires only 0.25-0.5ml/L.
- Excellent treatment capacity - 250ml makes approximately 500-1,000L of root-feed solution.
Premium Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed extract
Flourish is produced from Ascophyllum nodosum, a brown seaweed species widely valued in professional horticulture for its naturally occurring bioactive compounds.
Ecothrive sources its seaweed from the tidal waters of Northwest Scotland and the West Coast of Ireland, where it is sustainably hand harvested.
Rather than relying on harsh chemical extraction, Ecothrive uses a low-temperature, high-pressure process. This efficiently breaks down the seaweed material while helping preserve sensitive compounds that can otherwise be degraded during aggressive processing.
Advanced filtration removes residual solids and produces the clean, highly soluble liquid that allows Flourish to be used across living soil, conventional soil, coco and hydroponic systems.
It's the bioactive compounds that make Flourish different
The benefits of a quality seaweed extract extend beyond its trace mineral content. Ecothrive specifically formulates Flourish around a broad spectrum of naturally occurring bioactive compounds and phytohormones.
Phytohormones
Flourish contains naturally occurring auxins, cytokinins and gibberellins. These plant signalling compounds are associated with processes including germination, root and shoot growth, flower development and fruit set.
Betaines
Betaines are naturally occurring compounds associated with plant responses to environmental stresses such as drought and temperature extremes.
Polysaccharides
Seaweed-derived polysaccharides including alginic acid, laminarin and fucoidan form part of Flourish's broad bioactive profile and contribute to its plant biostimulant properties.
Mannitol
Mannitol is another naturally occurring seaweed compound retained within Flourish's wide-spectrum extract.
Support plants under demanding growing conditions
One of the major reasons growers use seaweed biostimulants is to support plants during periods of rapid growth and environmental stress.
Flourish is particularly useful around propagation, transplanting and transitions between vegetative and productive growth, when plants are adapting to changes in their environment.
Ecothrive also highlights Flourish for high-intensity cultivation, including crops grown under powerful LED lighting where higher air temperatures and rapid wet/dry cycles can place additional demands on plants.
Flourish does not replace correct environmental management, irrigation or complete plant nutrition. Instead, it provides additional biostimulant support within a well-managed growing programme.
Ultra-purified for hydroponic reservoirs
Traditional seaweed extracts can contain suspended organic material that makes them difficult to use in recirculating hydroponic systems and fine irrigation equipment.
Ecothrive developed Flourish to overcome this limitation. Its proprietary processing and filtration create a clean, fully soluble and highly stable seaweed extract.
Ecothrive states that Flourish can remain stable in a hydroponic reservoir for weeks without the fouling and blockages associated with less refined seaweed products.
Flourish is also tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives, allowing it to be incorporated into an existing feeding programme.
How to use Ecothrive Flourish
For root feeding, apply Flourish at 0.25-0.5ml per litre with every watering.
It can be used as a stand-alone biostimulant or mixed with compatible nutrients and additives as part of a regular nutrient programme.
Root application is suitable across the crop cycle, including:
- Seed soaking
- Cube soaking
- Seedlings & cuttings
- Propagation
- Transplanting
- Vegetative growth
- Flowering & fruiting
Ecothrive recommends stopping root applications approximately one to two weeks before harvest.
Flourish 250ml root-feed calculations
At the recommended root-feed rate of 0.25-0.5ml/L:
- 10L water: 2.5-5ml Flourish
- 20L water: 5-10ml Flourish
- 50L water: 12.5-25ml Flourish
- 100L water: 25-50ml Flourish
- 250L water: 62.5-125ml Flourish
- 500L water: 125-250ml Flourish
One 250ml bottle therefore makes approximately 500-1,000L of root-feed solution, depending on application strength.
Using Ecothrive Flourish as a foliar spray
Flourish can also be applied directly to plant foliage at 10ml per litre every 10-14 days.
Foliar application is particularly useful during propagation, after transplanting, during vegetative growth and around important crop transitions.
For flowering plants, Ecothrive recommends stopping foliar applications once flowers begin to form. Fruiting plants can continue to receive foliar applications later into the crop where appropriate.
A 250ml bottle makes approximately 25 litres of foliar spray at the standard 10ml/L application rate.
Ecothrive Flourish bioactive analysis
Flourish contains a wide spectrum of measured seaweed-derived bioactive compounds. Typical analysis includes:
| Alginic acid | 4.125g/100ml |
|---|---|
| Laminarin | 1.12g/100ml |
| Fucoidan | 1.19g/100ml |
| Mannitol | 0.44g/100ml |
| Betaines | 36mg/100ml |
| Auxins | 10mg/100ml |
| Gibberellins | 5mg/100ml |
| Cytokinins | 10mg/100ml |
Ecothrive Flourish 250ml product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Flourish |
| Product type | Natural seaweed extract plant biostimulant |
| Pack size | 250ml |
| Seaweed species | Ascophyllum nodosum |
| Seaweed origin | Northwest Scotland & West Coast of Ireland |
| Extraction | Low-temperature, high-pressure extraction with advanced filtration |
| Root-feed rate | 0.25-0.5ml/L with every watering |
| Foliar rate | 10ml/L every 10-14 days |
| Approximate root-feed capacity | 500-1,000L |
| Approximate foliar capacity | 25L of spray solution |
| Suitable crop stages | Propagation, transplanting, vegetative growth, flowering & fruiting |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, conventional soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Reservoir compatibility | Fully soluble, tank stable & suitable for hydroponic reservoirs |
| Typical nitrogen | 0% |
| Typical phosphorus | 0% |
| Typical potassium | 0.5% |
| Typical sodium | 0.13% |
| Seaweed solids | 3-4% w/v |
| Organic matter | 2.5% |
| Typical pH | 4.2 |
Ecothrive Flourish 250ml FAQs
What is Ecothrive Flourish?
Flourish is a concentrated Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed extract containing naturally occurring phytohormones and other bioactive compounds. It is used as a plant biostimulant to support growth, nutrient uptake and plant resilience.
Is Ecothrive Flourish suitable for organic growing?
Yes. Flourish is a 100% natural, organic-approved biostimulant suitable for living soil and organic cultivation programmes.
What type of seaweed is used in Flourish?
Flourish is produced from Ascophyllum nodosum sourced from the tidal waters of Northwest Scotland and the West Coast of Ireland.
What makes Flourish different from ordinary seaweed extract?
Ecothrive uses low-temperature, high-pressure extraction followed by advanced filtration. This preserves a broad spectrum of bioactive compounds while creating a clean, fully soluble product suitable for hydroponics as well as soil and coco.
What bioactive compounds are found in Ecothrive Flourish?
Flourish contains measured levels of auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, betaines, alginic acid, laminarin, fucoidan and mannitol.
Can Flourish be used during propagation?
Yes. Flourish can be used for seed soaking, cube soaking, seedlings, cuttings and other propagation applications before continuing through later crop stages.
Can Ecothrive Flourish be used after transplanting?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends Flourish around transplanting to support root development and help plants cope with transplant stress as they establish in fresh growing media.
Can Flourish be used during flowering?
Yes. Root applications can continue throughout flowering and fruiting. Ecothrive recommends stopping root feeding approximately one to two weeks before harvest.
Can Flourish be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Apply Flourish at 10ml/L every 10-14 days. For flowering plants, foliar applications should stop once flowers begin to form. Fruiting plants can continue to receive foliar applications later into the crop where appropriate.
Is Ecothrive Flourish suitable for hydroponics?
Yes. Flourish is highly filtered, fully soluble and reservoir stable, making it suitable for hydroponic systems without the heavy organic residues associated with many traditional seaweed extracts.
Can Flourish be used in coco?
Yes. Flourish is suitable for coco and can be mixed alongside compatible base nutrients and additives as part of a regular irrigation programme.
Is Flourish a complete fertiliser?
No. Flourish is primarily a plant biostimulant rather than a complete base fertiliser. Its typical analysis contains 0% nitrogen, 0% phosphorus and 0.5% potassium, so plants still require appropriate complete nutrition.
Can Ecothrive Flourish be mixed with other nutrients?
Yes. Flourish is tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives, allowing it to be incorporated into an existing feeding programme.
How far does Ecothrive Flourish 250ml go?
At the 0.25-0.5ml/L root-feed rate, a 250ml bottle makes approximately 500-1,000 litres of irrigation solution. At the 10ml/L foliar rate, it makes approximately 25 litres of spray solution.
Can Flourish and Ecothrive Trace be used together?
Yes. Ecothrive's living soil programmes pair Flourish and Trace as complementary products. Flourish supplies seaweed-derived biostimulant compounds, while Trace supplies essential chelated micronutrients.
Ecothrive Flourish 1L - Organic Seaweed Extract Plant Biostimulant
850
£8.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Flourish 1L - Organic Seaweed Extract Plant Biostimulant
850
£8.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Flourish 1L is a 100% natural, organic-approved seaweed biostimulant made from ultra-purified Ascophyllum nodosum extract. Rich in naturally occurring phytohormones and bioactive compounds, Flourish is designed to support germination, root and shoot development, vegetative vigour, flower and fruit development, nutrient uptake and plant resilience.
Unlike many traditional seaweed products, Flourish has been specifically processed to create a clean, fully soluble and highly stable extract. This makes it suitable for soil and living soil as well as coco and hydroponic reservoirs where less refined organic extracts can create sediment, fouling or blockages.
Ecothrive produces Flourish using a low-temperature, high-pressure extraction process designed to preserve a wide spectrum of naturally occurring bioactive compounds. These include auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, betaines, alginic acid, laminarin, fucoidan and mannitol.
Flourish can be used from propagation through vegetative growth and flowering as a root feed, or applied as a foliar spray during appropriate crop stages. It is particularly useful in intensive growing environments where plants are exposed to high light levels, rapid growth and changing environmental conditions.
At the recommended root-feed rate of 0.25-0.5ml/L, a 1L bottle makes approximately 2,000-4,000 litres of irrigation solution.
Why choose Ecothrive Flourish?
- Premium seaweed biostimulant - concentrated Ascophyllum nodosum extract rich in naturally occurring plant-active compounds.
- 100% natural & organic approved - suitable for organic growing programmes and living soil cultivation.
- Supports germination - suitable for seed soaking and early propagation applications.
- Promotes root development - particularly useful during propagation and after transplanting.
- Supports vegetative vigour - natural phytohormones contribute to healthy root and shoot development.
- Supports flower & fruit development - suitable throughout productive crop stages as part of a complete nutrition programme.
- Supports nutrient uptake - helps plants make effective use of available nutrition.
- Enhances stress tolerance - seaweed-derived bioactive compounds support plant resilience under demanding conditions.
- Ideal for intensive cultivation - particularly useful with high-light crops and intensive indoor growing environments.
- Ultra-purified formulation - clean and fully soluble compared with less refined seaweed extracts.
- Reservoir stable - suitable for hydroponic nutrient reservoirs and irrigation systems.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydroponics - integrates into a wide range of growing systems.
- Root or foliar application - gives growers flexibility throughout the crop cycle.
- Highly concentrated - root application requires only 0.25-0.5ml/L.
- Excellent treatment capacity - 1L makes approximately 2,000-4,000L of root-feed solution.
Premium Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed extract
Flourish is produced from Ascophyllum nodosum, a brown seaweed species widely valued in professional horticulture for its naturally occurring bioactive compounds.
Ecothrive sources its seaweed from the tidal waters of Northwest Scotland and the West Coast of Ireland, where it is sustainably hand harvested.
Rather than relying on harsh chemical extraction, Ecothrive uses a low-temperature, high-pressure process. This efficiently breaks down the seaweed material while helping preserve sensitive compounds that can otherwise be degraded during aggressive processing.
Advanced filtration removes residual solids and produces the clean, highly soluble liquid that allows Flourish to be used across living soil, conventional soil, coco and hydroponic systems.
It's the bioactive compounds that make Flourish different
The benefits of a quality seaweed extract extend beyond its trace mineral content. Ecothrive specifically formulates Flourish around a broad spectrum of naturally occurring bioactive compounds and phytohormones.
Phytohormones
Flourish contains naturally occurring auxins, cytokinins and gibberellins. These plant signalling compounds are associated with processes including germination, root and shoot development, flowering and fruit development.
Betaines
Betaines are naturally occurring compounds associated with plant responses to environmental stresses such as drought and temperature extremes.
Polysaccharides
Seaweed-derived polysaccharides including alginic acid, laminarin and fucoidan form part of Flourish's broad bioactive profile and contribute to its plant biostimulant properties.
Mannitol
Mannitol is another naturally occurring seaweed compound retained within Flourish's wide-spectrum extract.
Support plants under demanding growing conditions
One of the major reasons growers use seaweed biostimulants is to support plants during periods of rapid growth and environmental stress.
Flourish is particularly useful around propagation, transplanting and transitions between vegetative and productive growth, when plants are adapting to changes in their environment.
Ecothrive also highlights Flourish for high-intensity cultivation, where powerful lighting, higher temperatures and rapid wet/dry cycles can place additional demands on plants.
Flourish does not replace correct environmental management, irrigation or complete plant nutrition. Instead, it provides additional biostimulant support within a well-managed growing programme.
Ultra-purified for hydroponic reservoirs
Traditional seaweed extracts can contain suspended organic material that makes them difficult to use in recirculating hydroponic systems and fine irrigation equipment.
Ecothrive developed Flourish to overcome this limitation. Its processing and advanced filtration create a clean, fully soluble and highly stable seaweed extract.
Ecothrive states that Flourish can remain stable in a hydroponic reservoir for weeks without the fouling and blockages associated with less refined seaweed products.
Flourish is also tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives, allowing it to be incorporated into an existing feeding programme.
How to use Ecothrive Flourish
For root feeding, apply Flourish at 0.25-0.5ml per litre with every watering.
It can be used as a stand-alone biostimulant or mixed with compatible nutrients and additives as part of a regular nutrient programme.
Root application is suitable across the crop cycle, including:
- Seed soaking
- Cube soaking
- Seedlings & cuttings
- Propagation
- Transplanting
- Vegetative growth
- Flowering & fruiting
Ecothrive recommends stopping root applications approximately one to two weeks before harvest.
Flourish 1L root-feed calculations
At the recommended root-feed rate of 0.25-0.5ml/L:
- 10L water: 2.5-5ml Flourish
- 20L water: 5-10ml Flourish
- 50L water: 12.5-25ml Flourish
- 100L water: 25-50ml Flourish
- 500L water: 125-250ml Flourish
- 1,000L water: 250-500ml Flourish
One 1L bottle therefore makes approximately 2,000-4,000L of root-feed solution, depending on application strength.
Using Ecothrive Flourish as a foliar spray
Flourish can also be applied directly to plant foliage at 10ml per litre every 10-14 days.
Foliar application is particularly useful during propagation, after transplanting, during vegetative growth and around important crop transitions.
For flowering plants, Ecothrive recommends stopping foliar applications once flowers begin to form. Fruiting plants can continue to receive foliar applications later into the crop where appropriate.
A 1L bottle makes approximately 100 litres of foliar spray at the standard 10ml/L application rate.
Ecothrive Flourish bioactive analysis
Flourish contains a wide spectrum of measured seaweed-derived bioactive compounds. Typical analysis includes:
| Alginic acid | 4.125g/100ml |
|---|---|
| Laminarin | 1.12g/100ml |
| Fucoidan | 1.19g/100ml |
| Mannitol | 0.44g/100ml |
| Betaines | 36mg/100ml |
| Auxins | 10mg/100ml |
| Gibberellins | 5mg/100ml |
| Cytokinins | 10mg/100ml |
Ecothrive Flourish 1L product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Flourish |
| Product type | Natural seaweed extract plant biostimulant |
| Pack size | 1L |
| Seaweed species | Ascophyllum nodosum |
| Seaweed origin | Northwest Scotland & West Coast of Ireland |
| Extraction | Low-temperature, high-pressure extraction with advanced filtration |
| Root-feed rate | 0.25-0.5ml/L with every watering |
| Foliar rate | 10ml/L every 10-14 days |
| Approximate root-feed capacity | 2,000-4,000L |
| Approximate foliar capacity | 100L of spray solution |
| Suitable crop stages | Propagation, transplanting, vegetative growth, flowering & fruiting |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, conventional soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Reservoir compatibility | Fully soluble, tank stable & suitable for hydroponic reservoirs |
| Typical nitrogen | 0% |
| Typical phosphorus | 0% |
| Typical potassium | 0.5% |
| Seaweed solids | 3-4% w/v |
| Organic matter | 2.5% |
| Typical pH | 4.2 |
Ecothrive Flourish 1L FAQs
What is Ecothrive Flourish?
Flourish is a concentrated Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed extract containing naturally occurring phytohormones and other bioactive compounds. It is used as a plant biostimulant to support growth, nutrient uptake and plant resilience.
Is Ecothrive Flourish suitable for organic growing?
Yes. Flourish is a 100% natural, organic-approved biostimulant suitable for living soil and organic cultivation programmes.
What type of seaweed is used in Flourish?
Flourish is produced from Ascophyllum nodosum sourced from the tidal waters of Northwest Scotland and the West Coast of Ireland.
What makes Flourish different from ordinary seaweed extract?
Ecothrive uses low-temperature, high-pressure extraction followed by advanced filtration. This preserves a broad spectrum of bioactive compounds while creating a clean, fully soluble product suitable for hydroponics as well as soil and coco.
What bioactive compounds are found in Ecothrive Flourish?
Flourish contains measured levels of auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, betaines, alginic acid, laminarin, fucoidan and mannitol.
Can Flourish be used during propagation?
Yes. Flourish can be used for seed soaking, cube soaking, seedlings, cuttings and other propagation applications before continuing through later crop stages.
Can Ecothrive Flourish be used after transplanting?
Yes. Flourish is particularly useful around transplanting, where its seaweed-derived compounds support root development and plant establishment.
Can Flourish be used during flowering?
Yes. Root applications can continue throughout flowering and fruiting. Ecothrive recommends stopping root feeding approximately one to two weeks before harvest.
Can Flourish be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Apply Flourish at 10ml/L every 10-14 days. For flowering plants, foliar applications should stop once flowers begin to form.
Is Ecothrive Flourish suitable for hydroponics?
Yes. Flourish is highly filtered, fully soluble and reservoir stable, making it suitable for hydroponic systems without the heavy organic residues associated with many traditional seaweed extracts.
Can Flourish be used in coco?
Yes. Flourish is suitable for coco and can be mixed alongside compatible base nutrients and additives as part of a regular irrigation programme.
Is Flourish a complete fertiliser?
No. Flourish is primarily a plant biostimulant rather than a complete base fertiliser. Plants still require an appropriate source of complete nutrition.
Can Ecothrive Flourish be mixed with other nutrients?
Yes. Flourish is tank stable and highly compatible with other nutrients and additives, allowing it to be incorporated into an existing feeding programme.
How far does Ecothrive Flourish 1L go?
At the 0.25-0.5ml/L root-feed rate, a 1L bottle makes approximately 2,000-4,000 litres of irrigation solution. At the 10ml/L foliar rate, it makes approximately 100 litres of spray solution.
Can Flourish and Ecothrive Trace be used together?
Yes. The two products perform different roles. Flourish supplies seaweed-derived biostimulant compounds, while Ecothrive Trace supplies a targeted blend of essential chelated micronutrients.
Ecothrive Charge 3.5kg - Organic Mealworm Frass Soil Amendment
1650
£16.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Charge 3.5kg - Organic Mealworm Frass Soil Amendment
1650
£16.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Charge 3.5kg is a premium organic soil amendment made from naturally produced mealworm frass. With a balanced NPK of 3.5-2.5-2, beneficial microorganisms and naturally occurring chitin, Charge improves soil fertility, supports nutrient cycling and helps create a biologically active root environment for strong, resilient plant growth.
Charge is one of Ecothrive's flagship soil amendments and can be used across potting soil, living soil and coco coir. It can be mixed through growing media before planting or applied later as a top-dress, making it an extremely versatile organic input for propagation, vegetative growth and productive crops.
The current Charge formulation is supplied as small compressed frass chunks rather than the older loose powder. Ecothrive introduced this format to reduce dust, simplify application and increase concentration. The compressed product is approximately 50% more concentrated than the previous mealworm frass powder by volume.
This is why the current 3.5kg pack replaces the old 10L Charge format. Application rates should therefore be measured by weight using Ecothrive's current gram-based guidance rather than by comparing the volume of the new product with the old loose frass.
Charge is also Soil Association approved for organic cultivation, making it suitable for growers looking to build fertility and biological activity using naturally derived inputs.
Why choose Ecothrive Charge?
- Premium mealworm frass - a nutrient-rich insect-derived organic soil amendment.
- Balanced NPK 3.5-2.5-2 - supplies organic nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
- Supports beneficial soil biology - provides organic material that feeds microorganisms involved in nutrient cycling.
- Naturally rich in chitin - mealworm skins and body fragments provide a natural chitin source for the soil ecosystem.
- Supports plant defence responses - microbial breakdown of chitin is associated with natural plant defence signalling.
- Improves root-zone conditions - helps create a biologically active environment around developing roots.
- Long-term organic fertility - provides nutrition that becomes available through biological activity.
- Suitable for soil & living soil - mix into potting media or use as an ongoing top-dress.
- Excellent for coco coir - adds organic nutrition and beneficial biology to an otherwise relatively inert substrate.
- Suitable from propagation onwards - application rate can be adjusted for young plants or established, hungry crops.
- Easy top-dressing - apply to established pots or living soil beds without disturbing the entire root zone.
- Outdoor horticulture - suitable for beds, borders, vegetables, fruit, flowers and ornamental crops.
- Compressed low-dust format - easier and cleaner to handle than the previous loose powder.
- 50% more concentrated by volume - the current compressed format is substantially denser than the old Charge powder.
- Soil Association approved - certified for use in organic agriculture.
What is mealworm frass?
Insect frass is the material produced during insect rearing and includes insect waste together with residual feed material and fragments of shed exoskeleton.
Ecothrive Charge is produced from organically fed mealworms. The resulting material provides organic plant nutrition while also supplying carbon and other compounds that support biological activity within the growing medium.
Unlike a conventional soluble mineral fertiliser, Charge works closely with the biology of the root zone. Microorganisms break down its organic components and cycle nutrients into forms that can be used by plants.
This makes Charge particularly relevant to living soil, organic growing and other systems where growers want to maintain an active soil food web rather than relying exclusively on soluble mineral nutrition.
Mealworm frass & naturally occurring chitin
One of the distinctive characteristics of Ecothrive Charge is its naturally occurring chitin.
Chitin is a structural material found in insect exoskeletons. Mealworm skins and other insect fragments within Charge provide a natural source that can be utilised by microorganisms in the growing medium.
Chitin acts as a food source for particular beneficial microorganisms, including fungi. As these organisms proliferate and break the material down, biological activity within the root zone increases.
Ecothrive also highlights chitin's role in stimulating natural plant defence responses. Plants recognise compounds associated with chitin and can respond by activating their own defence mechanisms.
Charge should therefore be viewed as more than an NPK fertiliser. Its combination of organic nutrition, microbial activity and chitin is central to how the product is intended to work.
New compressed Charge versus the old powder
Ecothrive changed Charge from its traditional loose mealworm frass powder into a compressed crumb format in 2024.
The small compressed pieces significantly reduce dust and make measuring, mixing and top-dressing cleaner and easier.
More importantly, Ecothrive states that the new compressed Charge is approximately 50% more concentrated than the previous powder form by volume.
As a result, the current 3.5kg bag is the replacement for the previous 10L format. Growers familiar with the old product should follow the current weight-based application rates rather than attempting to use the new material at the same volume as the old loose frass.
How to use Ecothrive Charge in potting soil
Charge can be thoroughly mixed into potting soil before planting. Ecothrive recommends adjusting the rate according to plant age and required fertility:
- Cuttings, seedlings & low-fertility mixes: 1-2g per litre of soil
- Established plants & high-fertility mixes: 3-4g per litre of soil
Mix Charge evenly through the growing medium before planting so the amendment is distributed throughout the root zone.
Follow-up top-dress applications can be made approximately every 2-4 weeks during active growth where required. Ecothrive recommends making the final Charge application approximately five weeks before harvest.
Using Ecothrive Charge with coco coir
Charge can also be mixed through coco coir to introduce organic nutrition and biological activity into the root zone.
- Cuttings, seedlings & low fertility: 2-3g per litre of coco
- Established plants & high fertility: 4-6g per litre of coco
Thoroughly distribute Charge through the coco before planting. Follow-up top-dress applications can be made every 2-4 weeks where required.
Charge complements a coco feeding programme rather than automatically replacing the crop's complete nutritional requirements. Irrigation, EC, pH and base nutrition should still be managed appropriately for the crop and growing system.
Top-dressing established plants with Charge
Charge can be applied directly to the surface of established pots and living soil beds, allowing additional organic nutrition and biological inputs to be added without remixing the growing medium.
- 15-20L pots: 3-6g, approximately 1-2 teaspoons
- 50-60L pots: 9-18g, approximately 1-2 tablespoons
- Living soil beds: 50-100g per m² of soil surface
Spread the measured amount evenly, lightly scratch it into the upper 2-4cm of growing medium and water after application.
Top-dressing can be repeated approximately every 2-4 weeks during active growth according to plant demand and the wider nutrition programme.
Using Ecothrive Charge outdoors
Charge is equally suitable for outdoor beds, borders, vegetable gardens, fruit crops and ornamental planting.
At planting or sowing
Apply approximately 250-500g per m². Prepare the planting area and lightly fork Charge into approximately the top 10cm of soil before planting or sowing. A follow-up top-dress can be made four to six weeks later.
Established outdoor crops
Apply approximately 80-160g per m² around established plants and water thoroughly. Applications can be repeated approximately every four to six weeks during active growth where required.
How far does a 3.5kg bag of Charge go?
The total coverage depends heavily on the growing medium and fertility level required.
Potting soil
At 1-4g/L, a 3.5kg bag can amend approximately 875-3,500 litres of potting soil.
Coco coir
At 2-6g/L, a 3.5kg bag can amend approximately 583-1,750 litres of coco.
Living soil bed top-dressing
At 50-100g/m², a 3.5kg bag provides approximately 35-70m² of top-dress coverage.
These figures demonstrate why the compressed 3.5kg format provides substantial coverage despite appearing physically smaller than the old 10L bag.
Ecothrive Charge nutrient analysis
| Nitrogen (N) | 3.5% |
|---|---|
| Phosphorus (P) | 2.5% |
| Potassium (K) | 2% |
| NPK ratio | 3.5-2.5-2 |
| Natural biological component | Beneficial microorganisms associated with mealworm frass |
| Natural structural component | Chitin from mealworm exoskeleton material |
Ecothrive Charge 3.5kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Charge |
| Product type | Organic insect frass soil amendment & conditioner |
| Pack size | 3.5kg |
| Current format | Compressed mealworm frass chunks |
| Previous equivalent format | Replaces the old 10L loose Charge format |
| Concentration | Approximately 50% more concentrated by volume than the previous mealworm frass powder |
| NPK | 3.5-2.5-2 |
| Potting soil mixing rate | 1-2g/L for low fertility; 3-4g/L for established plants or higher fertility |
| Coco mixing rate | 2-3g/L for low fertility; 4-6g/L for established plants or higher fertility |
| Top-dress rate | 3-6g per 15-20L pot; 9-18g per 50-60L pot; 50-100g/m² for beds |
| Outdoor incorporation rate | 250-500g/m² at planting or sowing |
| Outdoor established crop rate | 80-160g/m² |
| Approximate measure | 1 teaspoon = 3g; 1 tablespoon = 9g |
| Suitable media | Potting soil, living soil, coco coir & compatible soilless potting mixes |
| Application | Mix through growing media or apply as a top-dress |
| Organic cultivation | Soil Association approved |
Ecothrive Charge 3.5kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Charge?
Ecothrive Charge is an organic soil amendment made from mealworm frass. It supplies organic NPK nutrition, beneficial biological inputs and naturally occurring chitin to support soil fertility and a healthy root environment.
Is Ecothrive Charge an organic fertiliser?
Charge is a naturally produced insect frass soil amendment and is approved by the Soil Association for use in organic agriculture.
Why is the new Charge 3.5kg instead of 10L?
Ecothrive changed Charge from loose mealworm frass powder to compressed chunks. The new format is approximately 50% more concentrated by volume, so the current 3.5kg pack replaces the old 10L format while providing a denser, lower-dust product.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Charge?
The current Charge formulation has a balanced NPK ratio of 3.5-2.5-2, supplying organic nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
What is chitin and why is it in Charge?
Chitin is a structural material found in insect exoskeletons. Mealworm fragments naturally present in Charge provide chitin that feeds particular soil microorganisms and is associated with stimulation of natural plant defence responses.
Does Charge contain beneficial microorganisms?
Yes. Ecothrive highlights beneficial microorganisms as an important part of Charge, helping support biological activity and nutrient cycling within the growing medium.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used in living soil?
Yes. Charge is particularly well suited to living soil because it supplies organic nutrition while supporting the microbial processes responsible for nutrient cycling.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used with coco?
Yes. Charge can be thoroughly mixed into coco coir before planting and can also be applied later as a top-dress. Ecothrive provides specific application rates for coco because it generally requires a higher Charge rate than potting soil.
Can Charge be used for seedlings and cuttings?
Yes. Charge can be used at reduced rates for seedlings, cuttings and lower-fertility mixes, allowing young plants to benefit from organic nutrition and biological activity without using the higher rates intended for established plants.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used as a top-dress?
Yes. Charge can be spread over the surface of pots or beds, lightly scratched into the upper 2-4cm of soil and watered in. This makes it easy to supplement established plants without disturbing the root zone.
How often can Charge be top-dressed?
For container-grown plants, Ecothrive recommends follow-up top-dress applications approximately every 2-4 weeks where required. Outdoor established crops can generally be top-dressed every 4-6 weeks during active growth.
Is Charge suitable for outdoor gardens?
Yes. Charge can be incorporated into outdoor soil before planting or applied around established vegetables, fruit, flowers and ornamental plants as a top-dress.
Does Charge replace a complete feeding programme?
Charge supplies valuable organic nutrition and biological inputs, but whether it provides all required fertility depends on the crop, growing medium, container size and cultivation method. It can be used alongside other compatible Ecothrive amendments where additional or stage-specific nutrition is required.
What is the difference between Charge and Life-Cycle?
Charge is a single premium mealworm frass amendment focused on organic nutrition, beneficial biology and chitin. Life-Cycle is a broader multi-ingredient amendment containing Charge alongside insect meal, neem, rock phosphate, seaweed, minerals and other ingredients for building and rejuvenating complete living soil mixes.
Who is the 3.5kg Charge size best suited to?
The 3.5kg format is ideal for growers using substantial volumes of soil or coco, larger living soil beds, commercial horticulture and anyone regularly using Charge as part of an ongoing organic growing programme.
Ecothrive Charge 1.75kg - Organic Mealworm Frass Soil Amendment
1100
£11.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Charge 1.75kg - Organic Mealworm Frass Soil Amendment
1100
£11.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Charge 1.75kg is a premium organic soil amendment made from naturally produced mealworm frass. With a balanced NPK of 3.5-2.5-2, beneficial microorganisms and naturally occurring chitin, Charge improves soil fertility, supports nutrient cycling and helps create a biologically active root environment for strong, resilient plant growth.
Charge can be used across potting soil, living soil and coco coir. It can be mixed through growing media before planting or applied later as a top-dress, making it a versatile organic input for propagation, vegetative growth and productive crops.
The current Charge formulation is supplied as small compressed frass chunks rather than the older loose powder. Ecothrive introduced this format to reduce dust, simplify application and increase concentration. The compressed product is approximately 50% more concentrated than the previous mealworm frass powder by volume.
This 1.75kg pack replaces the old 5L Charge format. Growers familiar with the previous product should use Ecothrive's current gram-based application rates rather than trying to match the old product by volume.
Charge is also Soil Association approved for organic cultivation, making it suitable for growers looking to build fertility and biological activity using naturally derived inputs.
Why choose Ecothrive Charge?
- Premium mealworm frass - a nutrient-rich insect-derived organic soil amendment.
- Balanced NPK 3.5-2.5-2 - supplies organic nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
- Supports beneficial soil biology - provides organic material that supports microorganisms involved in nutrient cycling.
- Naturally rich in chitin - mealworm exoskeleton material provides a natural source of chitin for the soil ecosystem.
- Supports natural plant defence responses - chitin and its breakdown products are associated with plant defence signalling.
- Improves root-zone biology - helps create a biologically active environment around developing roots.
- Organic fertility - nutrients are released through biological processes within the growing medium.
- Ideal for living soil - useful for building and maintaining biologically active soil systems.
- Suitable for coco coir - introduces organic nutrition and biological inputs into coco-based growing media.
- Suitable from propagation onwards - application strength can be adjusted according to crop age and fertility requirements.
- Easy to top-dress - established pots and living soil beds can be supplemented without remixing the entire root zone.
- Suitable for outdoor horticulture - use in beds, borders, vegetable plots, fruit crops and ornamental planting.
- Compressed low-dust format - cleaner and easier to handle than the previous loose powder.
- More concentrated by volume - the current compressed format is approximately 50% more concentrated than the previous Charge powder.
- Soil Association approved - approved for use in organic agriculture.
What is mealworm frass?
Insect frass is material produced during insect rearing and includes insect waste together with residual feed material and fragments of shed exoskeleton.
Ecothrive Charge is produced from organically fed mealworms. The resulting material provides organic plant nutrition while also supplying carbon and other compounds that support biological activity within the growing medium.
Unlike a conventional soluble mineral fertiliser, Charge works closely with the biology of the root zone. Microorganisms break down its organic components and cycle nutrients into forms that become available to plants.
This makes Charge particularly relevant to living soil, organic cultivation and other systems where growers want to maintain an active soil food web.
Mealworm frass & naturally occurring chitin
One of the distinctive characteristics of Ecothrive Charge is its naturally occurring chitin.
Chitin is a structural material found in insect exoskeletons. Mealworm skins and other insect fragments within Charge provide a natural source that can be utilised by microorganisms in the growing medium.
Chitin acts as a food source for particular beneficial microorganisms, including fungi. As these organisms break the material down, they contribute to biological activity within the root zone.
Chitin and its breakdown products are also associated with plant defence signalling. This is one reason insect frass is valued as more than simply a source of NPK.
Charge therefore combines organic nutrition, beneficial biological activity and naturally occurring chitin in a single amendment.
New compressed Charge versus the old powder
Ecothrive changed Charge from its traditional loose mealworm frass powder into a compressed format.
The small compressed pieces significantly reduce dust and make measuring, mixing and top-dressing cleaner and easier.
Ecothrive states that the compressed Charge is approximately 50% more concentrated than the previous powder by volume.
As a result, the current 1.75kg bag replaces the previous 5L Charge format. The physical pack may appear smaller, but growers should compare the products using the current application rates rather than bag volume.
How to use Ecothrive Charge in potting soil
Charge can be thoroughly mixed into potting soil before planting. Adjust the rate according to plant age and required fertility:
- Cuttings, seedlings & low-fertility mixes: 1-2g per litre of soil
- Established plants & high-fertility mixes: 3-4g per litre of soil
Mix Charge evenly through the growing medium before planting so the amendment is distributed throughout the developing root zone.
Follow-up top-dress applications can be made approximately every 2-4 weeks during active growth where required. Ecothrive recommends making the final Charge application approximately five weeks before harvest.
Using Ecothrive Charge with coco coir
Charge can be mixed through coco coir to introduce organic nutrition and biological activity into the root zone.
- Cuttings, seedlings & low fertility: 2-3g per litre of coco
- Established plants & high fertility: 4-6g per litre of coco
Thoroughly distribute Charge through the coco before planting. Follow-up top-dress applications can be made every 2-4 weeks where required.
Charge complements a coco feeding programme rather than automatically replacing the crop's complete nutritional requirements. Irrigation, EC, pH and base nutrition should still be managed appropriately.
Top-dressing established plants with Charge
Charge can be applied directly to the surface of established pots and living soil beds, allowing additional organic nutrition and biological inputs to be added without remixing the growing medium.
- 15-20L pots: 3-6g, approximately 1-2 teaspoons
- 50-60L pots: 9-18g, approximately 1-2 tablespoons
- Living soil beds: 50-100g per m² of soil surface
Spread the measured amount evenly, lightly scratch it into the upper 2-4cm of growing medium and water after application.
Top-dressing can be repeated approximately every 2-4 weeks during active growth according to plant demand and the wider nutrition programme.
Using Ecothrive Charge outdoors
Charge is equally suitable for outdoor beds, borders, vegetable gardens, fruit crops and ornamental planting.
At planting or sowing
Apply approximately 250-500g per m². Prepare the planting area and lightly fork Charge into approximately the top 10cm of soil before planting or sowing. A follow-up top-dress can be made four to six weeks later.
Established outdoor crops
Apply approximately 80-160g per m² around established plants and water thoroughly. Applications can be repeated approximately every four to six weeks during active growth where required.
How far does a 1.75kg bag of Charge go?
Coverage depends on the growing medium and fertility level required.
Potting soil
At 1-4g/L, a 1.75kg bag can amend approximately 438-1,750 litres of potting soil.
Coco coir
At 2-6g/L, a 1.75kg bag can amend approximately 292-875 litres of coco.
Living soil bed top-dressing
At 50-100g/m², a 1.75kg bag provides approximately 17.5-35m² of top-dress coverage.
This substantial coverage helps explain why the compressed 1.75kg format replaces the physically larger old 5L bag.
Ecothrive Charge nutrient analysis
| Nitrogen (N) | 3.5% |
|---|---|
| Phosphorus (P) | 2.5% |
| Potassium (K) | 2% |
| NPK ratio | 3.5-2.5-2 |
| Natural biological component | Beneficial microorganisms associated with mealworm frass |
| Natural structural component | Chitin from mealworm exoskeleton material |
Ecothrive Charge 1.75kg product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Charge |
| Product type | Organic insect frass soil amendment & conditioner |
| Pack size | 1.75kg |
| Current format | Compressed mealworm frass chunks |
| Previous equivalent format | Replaces the old 5L loose Charge format |
| Concentration | Approximately 50% more concentrated by volume than the previous mealworm frass powder |
| NPK | 3.5-2.5-2 |
| Potting soil mixing rate | 1-2g/L for low fertility; 3-4g/L for established plants or higher fertility |
| Coco mixing rate | 2-3g/L for low fertility; 4-6g/L for established plants or higher fertility |
| Top-dress rate | 3-6g per 15-20L pot; 9-18g per 50-60L pot; 50-100g/m² for beds |
| Outdoor incorporation rate | 250-500g/m² at planting or sowing |
| Outdoor established crop rate | 80-160g/m² |
| Approximate measure | 1 teaspoon = 3g; 1 tablespoon = 9g |
| Suitable media | Potting soil, living soil, coco coir & compatible soilless potting mixes |
| Application | Mix through growing media or apply as a top-dress |
| Organic cultivation | Soil Association approved |
Ecothrive Charge 1.75kg FAQs
What is Ecothrive Charge?
Ecothrive Charge is an organic soil amendment made from mealworm frass. It supplies organic NPK nutrition, beneficial biological inputs and naturally occurring chitin to support soil fertility and a healthy root environment.
Is Ecothrive Charge suitable for organic growing?
Yes. Charge is a naturally produced insect frass soil amendment and is Soil Association approved for use in organic agriculture.
Why is the new Charge 1.75kg instead of 5L?
Ecothrive changed Charge from loose mealworm frass powder to compressed chunks. The current format is approximately 50% more concentrated by volume, so the 1.75kg pack replaces the old 5L format while providing a denser, lower-dust product.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Charge?
Ecothrive Charge has a balanced NPK ratio of 3.5-2.5-2, supplying organic nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
What is chitin and why is it in Charge?
Chitin is a structural material found in insect exoskeletons. Mealworm fragments naturally present in Charge provide chitin that can support chitin-degrading soil microorganisms and is associated with natural plant defence signalling.
Does Charge contain beneficial microorganisms?
Yes. Beneficial biological activity is an important part of Charge, helping support nutrient cycling and a biologically active growing medium.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used in living soil?
Yes. Charge is particularly well suited to living soil because it supplies organic nutrition while supporting the microbial processes involved in nutrient cycling.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used with coco?
Yes. Charge can be thoroughly mixed into coco before planting and can also be applied later as a top-dress. Ecothrive provides specific application rates for coco according to the required fertility level.
Can Charge be used for seedlings and cuttings?
Yes. Charge can be used at reduced rates for seedlings, cuttings and lower-fertility mixes, with higher rates reserved for established plants and more demanding crops.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used as a top-dress?
Yes. Charge can be spread over the surface of pots or beds, lightly scratched into the upper 2-4cm of growing medium and watered in.
How often can Charge be top-dressed?
For container-grown plants, follow-up top-dress applications can be made approximately every 2-4 weeks where required. Outdoor established crops can generally be treated every 4-6 weeks during active growth.
Is Charge suitable for outdoor gardens?
Yes. Charge can be incorporated into outdoor soil before planting or applied around established vegetables, fruit, flowers and ornamental plants.
Does Charge replace a complete feeding programme?
Charge provides organic nutrition and biological inputs, but total crop requirements depend on the plant, growing medium and cultivation method. It can be combined with other compatible amendments where additional or stage-specific nutrition is required.
What is the difference between Charge and Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
Charge is a focused mealworm frass amendment supplying organic nutrition, beneficial biological inputs and chitin. Life-Cycle is a broader multi-ingredient amendment containing Charge alongside insect meal, neem cake, rock phosphate, seaweed, basalt, gypsum and other ingredients for building and rejuvenating living soil.
How far does a 1.75kg bag of Ecothrive Charge go?
Depending on the application rate, 1.75kg can amend approximately 438-1,750L of potting soil, 292-875L of coco, or top-dress approximately 17.5-35m² of living soil bed.
Ecothrive Charge 500g - Organic Mealworm Frass Soil Amendment
350
£3.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Charge 500g - Organic Mealworm Frass Soil Amendment
350
£3.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Charge 500g is a premium organic soil amendment made from naturally produced mealworm frass. With a balanced NPK of 3.5-2.5-2, beneficial microorganisms and naturally occurring chitin, Charge improves soil fertility, supports nutrient cycling and helps create a biologically active root environment for strong, resilient plant growth.
Charge can be used across potting soil, living soil and coco coir. It can be mixed through growing media before planting or applied later as a top-dress, making it a versatile organic input for propagation, vegetative growth and productive crops.
The current Charge formulation is supplied as small compressed frass chunks rather than the older loose powder. Ecothrive introduced this format to reduce dust, simplify application and increase concentration. The compressed product is approximately 50% more concentrated than the previous mealworm frass powder by volume.
This 500g pack replaces the old 1L Charge format. Growers familiar with the previous product should follow Ecothrive's current gram-based application rates rather than trying to match the old product by volume.
Charge is also Soil Association approved for organic cultivation, making it suitable for growers looking to build fertility and biological activity using naturally derived inputs.
Why choose Ecothrive Charge?
- Premium mealworm frass - a nutrient-rich insect-derived organic soil amendment.
- Balanced NPK 3.5-2.5-2 - supplies organic nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
- Supports beneficial soil biology - provides organic material that supports microorganisms involved in nutrient cycling.
- Naturally rich in chitin - mealworm exoskeleton material provides a natural chitin source for the soil ecosystem.
- Supports natural plant defence responses - chitin and its breakdown products are associated with plant defence signalling.
- Improves root-zone biology - helps create a biologically active environment around developing roots.
- Organic fertility - supplies nutrients that are released through biological processes in the growing medium.
- Ideal for living soil - useful for building and maintaining biologically active soil systems.
- Suitable for coco coir - introduces organic nutrition and biological inputs into coco-based growing media.
- Suitable from propagation onwards - application strength can be adjusted according to crop age and fertility requirements.
- Easy to top-dress - established pots and living soil beds can be supplemented without remixing the entire root zone.
- Suitable for outdoor horticulture - use in beds, borders, vegetable plots, fruit crops and ornamental planting.
- Compressed low-dust format - cleaner and easier to handle than the previous loose powder.
- More concentrated by volume - approximately 50% more concentrated than the previous Charge powder.
- Soil Association approved - approved for use in organic agriculture.
What is mealworm frass?
Insect frass is material produced during insect rearing and includes insect waste together with residual feed material and fragments of shed exoskeleton.
Ecothrive Charge is produced from organically fed mealworms. The resulting material provides organic plant nutrition while also supplying carbon and other compounds that support biological activity within the growing medium.
Unlike a conventional soluble mineral fertiliser, Charge works closely with the biology of the root zone. Microorganisms break down its organic components and cycle nutrients into forms that become available to plants.
This makes Charge particularly relevant to living soil, organic cultivation and other systems where growers want to maintain an active soil food web.
Mealworm frass & naturally occurring chitin
One of the distinctive characteristics of Ecothrive Charge is its naturally occurring chitin.
Chitin is a structural material found in insect exoskeletons. Mealworm skins and other insect fragments within Charge provide a natural source that can be utilised by microorganisms in the growing medium.
Chitin acts as a food source for particular beneficial microorganisms, including fungi. As these organisms break the material down, they contribute to biological activity within the root zone.
Chitin and its breakdown products are also associated with plant defence signalling. This is one reason insect frass is valued as more than simply a source of NPK.
Charge therefore combines organic nutrition, beneficial biological activity and naturally occurring chitin in a single amendment.
New compressed Charge versus the old powder
Ecothrive changed Charge from its traditional loose mealworm frass powder into a compressed format.
The small compressed pieces significantly reduce dust and make measuring, mixing and top-dressing cleaner and easier.
Ecothrive states that the compressed Charge is approximately 50% more concentrated than the previous powder by volume.
As a result, the current 500g bag replaces the previous 1L Charge format. The current product should be measured using Ecothrive's gram-based application guidance rather than using the same volume as the old loose frass.
How to use Ecothrive Charge in potting soil
Charge can be thoroughly mixed into potting soil before planting. Adjust the rate according to plant age and required fertility:
- Cuttings, seedlings & low-fertility mixes: 1-2g per litre of soil
- Established plants & high-fertility mixes: 3-4g per litre of soil
Mix Charge evenly through the growing medium before planting so the amendment is distributed throughout the developing root zone.
Follow-up top-dress applications can be made approximately every 2-4 weeks during active growth where required. Ecothrive recommends making the final Charge application approximately five weeks before harvest.
Using Ecothrive Charge with coco coir
Charge can be mixed through coco coir to introduce organic nutrition and biological activity into the root zone.
- Cuttings, seedlings & low fertility: 2-3g per litre of coco
- Established plants & high fertility: 4-6g per litre of coco
Thoroughly distribute Charge through the coco before planting. Follow-up top-dress applications can be made every 2-4 weeks where required.
Charge complements a coco feeding programme rather than automatically replacing the crop's complete nutritional requirements. Irrigation, EC, pH and base nutrition should still be managed appropriately.
Top-dressing established plants with Charge
Charge can be applied directly to the surface of established pots and living soil beds, allowing additional organic nutrition and biological inputs to be added without remixing the growing medium.
- 15-20L pots: 3-6g, approximately 1-2 teaspoons
- 50-60L pots: 9-18g, approximately 1-2 tablespoons
- Living soil beds: 50-100g per m² of soil surface
Spread the measured amount evenly, lightly scratch it into the upper 2-4cm of growing medium and water after application.
Top-dressing can be repeated approximately every 2-4 weeks during active growth according to plant demand and the wider nutrition programme.
Using Ecothrive Charge outdoors
Charge is equally suitable for outdoor beds, borders, vegetable gardens, fruit crops and ornamental planting.
At planting or sowing
Apply approximately 250-500g per m². Prepare the planting area and lightly fork Charge into approximately the top 10cm of soil before planting or sowing.
Established outdoor crops
Apply approximately 80-160g per m² around established plants and water thoroughly. Applications can be repeated approximately every four to six weeks during active growth where required.
How far does a 500g bag of Charge go?
Coverage depends on the growing medium and fertility level required.
Potting soil
At 1-4g/L, a 500g bag can amend approximately 125-500 litres of potting soil.
Coco coir
At 2-6g/L, a 500g bag can amend approximately 83-250 litres of coco.
Living soil bed top-dressing
At 50-100g/m², a 500g bag provides approximately 5-10m² of top-dress coverage.
This makes the 500g pack a practical size for home growers, smaller living soil systems and growers wanting to introduce Charge into an existing organic cultivation programme.
Ecothrive Charge nutrient analysis
| Nitrogen (N) | 3.5% |
|---|---|
| Phosphorus (P) | 2.5% |
| Potassium (K) | 2% |
| NPK ratio | 3.5-2.5-2 |
| Natural biological component | Beneficial microorganisms associated with mealworm frass |
| Natural structural component | Chitin from mealworm exoskeleton material |
Ecothrive Charge 500g product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Charge |
| Product type | Organic insect frass soil amendment & conditioner |
| Pack size | 500g |
| Current format | Compressed mealworm frass chunks |
| Previous equivalent format | Replaces the old 1L loose Charge format |
| Concentration | Approximately 50% more concentrated by volume than the previous mealworm frass powder |
| NPK | 3.5-2.5-2 |
| Potting soil mixing rate | 1-2g/L for low fertility; 3-4g/L for established plants or higher fertility |
| Coco mixing rate | 2-3g/L for low fertility; 4-6g/L for established plants or higher fertility |
| Top-dress rate | 3-6g per 15-20L pot; 9-18g per 50-60L pot; 50-100g/m² for beds |
| Outdoor incorporation rate | 250-500g/m² at planting or sowing |
| Outdoor established crop rate | 80-160g/m² |
| Approximate measure | 1 teaspoon = 3g; 1 tablespoon = 9g |
| Suitable media | Potting soil, living soil, coco coir & compatible soilless potting mixes |
| Application | Mix through growing media or apply as a top-dress |
| Organic cultivation | Soil Association approved |
Ecothrive Charge 500g FAQs
What is Ecothrive Charge?
Ecothrive Charge is an organic soil amendment made from mealworm frass. It supplies organic NPK nutrition, beneficial biological inputs and naturally occurring chitin to support soil fertility and a healthy root environment.
Is Ecothrive Charge suitable for organic growing?
Yes. Charge is a naturally produced insect frass soil amendment and is Soil Association approved for use in organic agriculture.
Why is the new Charge 500g instead of 1L?
Ecothrive changed Charge from loose mealworm frass powder to compressed chunks. The current format is approximately 50% more concentrated by volume, so the 500g pack replaces the old 1L format while providing a denser, lower-dust product.
What is the NPK of Ecothrive Charge?
Ecothrive Charge has a balanced NPK ratio of 3.5-2.5-2, supplying organic nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
What is chitin and why is it in Charge?
Chitin is a structural material found in insect exoskeletons. Mealworm fragments naturally present in Charge provide chitin that can support chitin-degrading soil microorganisms and is associated with natural plant defence signalling.
Does Charge contain beneficial microorganisms?
Yes. Beneficial biological activity is an important part of Charge, helping support nutrient cycling and a biologically active growing medium.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used in living soil?
Yes. Charge is particularly well suited to living soil because it supplies organic nutrition while supporting the microbial processes involved in nutrient cycling.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used with coco?
Yes. Charge can be mixed into coco before planting and can also be applied later as a top-dress. Ecothrive provides specific application rates for coco according to the required fertility level.
Can Charge be used for seedlings and cuttings?
Yes. Charge can be used at reduced rates for seedlings, cuttings and lower-fertility mixes, with higher rates reserved for established plants and more demanding crops.
Can Ecothrive Charge be used as a top-dress?
Yes. Charge can be spread over the surface of pots or beds, lightly scratched into the upper 2-4cm of growing medium and watered in.
How often can Charge be top-dressed?
For container-grown plants, follow-up top-dress applications can be made approximately every 2-4 weeks where required. Outdoor established crops can generally be treated every 4-6 weeks during active growth.
Is Charge suitable for outdoor gardens?
Yes. Charge can be incorporated into outdoor soil before planting or applied around established vegetables, fruit, flowers and ornamental plants.
Does Charge replace a complete feeding programme?
Charge provides organic nutrition and biological inputs, but total crop requirements depend on the plant, growing medium and cultivation method. It can be combined with other compatible amendments where additional or stage-specific nutrition is required.
What is the difference between Charge and Ecothrive Life-Cycle?
Charge is a focused mealworm frass amendment supplying organic nutrition, beneficial biological inputs and chitin. Life-Cycle is a broader multi-ingredient amendment containing Charge alongside insect meal, neem cake, rock phosphate, seaweed, basalt, gypsum and other ingredients for building and rejuvenating living soil.
How far does a 500g bag of Ecothrive Charge go?
Depending on the application rate, 500g can amend approximately 125-500L of potting soil, 83-250L of coco, or top-dress approximately 5-10m² of living soil bed.
Ecothrive Biosys 50g - Instant Microbial Tea with Mycorrhizae & Beneficial Bacteria
600
£6.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Biosys 50g - Instant Microbial Tea with Mycorrhizae & Beneficial Bacteria
600
£6.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Biosys 50g is a highly concentrated instant microbial tea combining endomycorrhizal fungi, Trichoderma, beneficial bacteria and natural biological catalysts in one easy-to-use powder. Simply mix with water and apply to the root zone to introduce a diverse population of beneficial microorganisms that support root function, nutrient and water uptake, organic matter cycling and resilient plant growth.
Unlike a traditional aerated compost tea, Biosys requires no lengthy brewing process, pumps or air stones for normal soil and coco applications. The powder activates rapidly when mixed with water, providing growers with a convenient way to introduce beneficial biology during propagation, after potting-on, throughout active growth and during periods of plant stress.
Biosys combines five species of endomycorrhizal fungi, two species of Trichoderma and a diverse population of beneficial bacteria, including Bacillus, Pseudomonas and nitrogen-fixing organisms. The formula is supported by humic and fulvic acids, amino acids, enzymes, yeasts, proteins, carbohydrates and seaweed extract.
Ecothrive's improved formulation uses finer-grade humic acids, fulvic acids and seaweed extract to create a more homogeneous powder. This helps ensure that even small measured doses contain a consistent blend of the complete formulation, while also allowing the powder to dissolve faster with less sediment.
Suitable for soil, living soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation, Biosys is particularly valuable during propagation and transplanting, but can continue to be used throughout the crop cycle to maintain an active and diverse root-zone ecosystem.
Why choose Ecothrive Biosys?
- Instant microbial tea - rapidly introduces a diverse community of beneficial microorganisms without lengthy brewing.
- Five endomycorrhizal species - provides a broad mycorrhizal inoculum to support root interaction and nutrient acquisition.
- Two Trichoderma species - beneficial fungi adapted to root-zone colonisation and organic matter decomposition.
- Diverse beneficial bacteria - includes Bacillus, Pseudomonas and nitrogen-fixing microorganisms.
- Supports root development - particularly valuable during propagation, potting-on and establishment.
- Improves nutrient uptake - beneficial microorganisms help mobilise and cycle nutrients around the rhizosphere.
- Supports water uptake - mycorrhizal associations can increase the effective nutrient and water gathering area of plant roots.
- Promotes biological activity - ideal for living soil and biologically managed growing media.
- Supports organic matter cycling - bacteria and fungi contribute to the decomposition and recycling of organic material.
- Helps during environmental stress - Ecothrive provides a dedicated higher-rate programme for stress recovery.
- Natural microbial catalysts - includes humic acids, fulvic acids, amino acids, enzymes, yeasts, proteins, carbohydrates and seaweed extract.
- Fast activation - designed to become active within minutes of mixing.
- Suitable for soil & coco - straightforward root drench application for container-grown plants.
- Suitable for recirculating hydroponics - can be used at a specific reduced rate in an actively aerated reservoir.
- Highly concentrated - established soil and coco plants require only 0.5g/L.
A diverse microbial inoculant for the root zone
A healthy rhizosphere is not dominated by a single microorganism. Ecothrive therefore formulated Biosys around a broad consortium of bacteria and fungi that perform different biological roles around plant roots.
The formula includes endomycorrhizal fungi, Trichoderma and multiple beneficial bacterial species. These organisms interact with plant roots and the growing medium in different ways, helping create a more biologically active root environment.
Some of the Bacillus, Pseudomonas and nitrogen-fixing bacteria included in Biosys are classed as plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria. These microorganisms colonise the rhizosphere and can produce plant-active substances such as auxins and cytokinins.
Rather than relying on one biological mechanism, Biosys is designed to introduce a diverse community that supports root development, nutrient cycling, organic matter decomposition and overall rhizosphere function.
Five species of endomycorrhizal fungi
Biosys contains five species of endomycorrhizal fungi with a combined declared concentration of 125 propagules per gram.
Mycorrhizal fungi form a close biological relationship with compatible plant roots. Once established, microscopic fungal structures extend through the surrounding growing medium beyond the immediate root surface.
This expanded biological network can help plants access water and nutrients from a greater volume of growing medium, making mycorrhizae particularly valuable during establishment and throughout active growth.
Direct root contact during early establishment is particularly useful because mycorrhizal fungi need living roots to form their symbiotic relationship.
Trichoderma for an active rhizosphere
Biosys contains both Trichoderma harzianum and Trichoderma viride, with a combined declared population of 3.5 million CFU per gram.
Trichoderma are free-living beneficial fungi well adapted to colonising the root zone. They contribute to the decomposition and cycling of organic material and compete within the rhizosphere.
Ecothrive describes Trichoderma as biological "security guards" around plant roots because of their ability to compete with and antagonise certain undesirable fungi while supporting a biologically active root environment.
Beneficial bacteria & plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria
Biosys contains a diverse bacterial population with a combined declared concentration of approximately 14 million CFU per gram.
The bacterial blend includes species from genera such as Azospirillum, Gluconacetobacter, Bacillus and Pseudomonas.
These organisms perform different roles within the rhizosphere. Ecothrive highlights nutrient cycling, nitrogen fixation and the production of naturally occurring plant growth-promoting compounds among the functions represented by the bacterial consortium.
Combining bacteria with mycorrhizal fungi and Trichoderma gives Biosys a much broader biological profile than a single-species microbial inoculant.
More than just bacteria & fungi
The microorganisms in Biosys are supported by a broad spectrum of microbial catalysts and plant growth-promoting inputs.
These include humic acids, fulvic acids, amino acids, enzymes, yeasts, proteins, carbohydrates and seaweed extract.
Ecothrive's improved Biosys formula uses finer-grade humic acids, fulvic acids and seaweed extract, creating a more homogeneous powder. This means a small scoop is more representative of the complete formulation and the powder dissolves more rapidly with reduced sediment.
How to use Ecothrive Biosys
Propagation & potting-on
Mix 1g of Biosys per litre of water.
Use for watering newly potted plants. For seeds and cuttings, propagation plugs can be pre-soaked in the solution for approximately 15 minutes before use.
Established plants in soil or coco
Mix 0.5g per litre of water and apply to the growing medium. Repeat approximately every 1-2 weeks.
Ecothrive recommends using Biosys with water or a half-strength nutrient solution for this application.
Recirculating hydroponic systems
Mix 2.5g per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25g/L. Repeat every 1-2 weeks with each reservoir change.
For recirculating hydroponic use, the nutrient solution must be actively aerated.
Stress recovery
Mix 1g per litre of water and apply with water or a low-strength nutrient solution. Ecothrive recommends two applications with approximately five days between treatments.
Mixing Biosys correctly
Biosys is designed to be easy to prepare. For larger volumes of solution, Ecothrive recommends making a concentrate first.
Add the required amount of Biosys to a small quantity of tepid water and stir thoroughly until dispersed. The concentrate can then be diluted into the required final volume.
Ecothrive gives an example of dissolving 10g in approximately 250ml of tepid water before adding it to the main irrigation volume.
This approach makes it easier to disperse the powder evenly, particularly when preparing larger irrigation tanks.
Use dechlorinated water for beneficial microbes
Biosys can technically be mixed with different water sources, but Ecothrive recommends dechlorinated water wherever possible because chlorine and chloramine are intended to suppress microorganisms.
This is particularly important when introducing a concentrated microbial product whose purpose is to establish beneficial organisms around plant roots.
Ecothrive Neutralise can be added to tap water before preparing Biosys to rapidly remove chlorine and chloramine. This is especially useful where the local water supply contains chloramine, which is considerably more persistent than free chlorine.
Biosys in living soil
Biosys fits naturally into living soil cultivation because its purpose is to increase the diversity and activity of beneficial organisms around plant roots.
Ecothrive's current living soil programmes use Biosys alongside Bio-Blend as an optional but highly recommended biological enhancement.
For pots up to approximately 25L, Ecothrive's living soil guidance incorporates beneficial biology regularly. For larger pots and living soil beds, Biosys and Bio-Blend can be alternated to provide a cost-effective way of maintaining biological activity.
Biosys can also be used alongside Ecothrive Charge, Life-Cycle and Soil Food products as part of a wider biologically managed nutrition programme.
How far does Ecothrive Biosys 50g go?
Because application rates change according to use, the treatment capacity of a 50g pack varies:
| Propagation & potting-on | 1g/L - approximately 50L of solution |
|---|---|
| Established soil & coco plants | 0.5g/L - approximately 100L of solution |
| Recirculating hydroponics | 0.25g/L - approximately 200L of reservoir solution |
| Stress recovery | 1g/L - approximately 50L of solution |
Ecothrive Biosys microbial analysis
Endomycorrhizal fungi
| Rhizophagus irregularis | 43 propagules/g |
|---|---|
| Septoglomus deserticola | 32 propagules/g |
| Claroideoglomus etunicatum | 20 propagules/g |
| Funneliformis mosseae | 15 propagules/g |
| Claroideoglomus claroideum | 15 propagules/g |
| Total endomycorrhizae | 125 propagules/g |
Trichoderma
| Trichoderma harzianum | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
|---|---|
| Trichoderma viride | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Total Trichoderma | 3,500,000 CFU/g |
Beneficial bacteria
| Azospirillum brasilense | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
|---|---|
| Azospirillum lipoferum | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Gluconacetobacter diazotrophicus | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus megaterium | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus azotofixans | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus circulans | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus pumilus | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus subtilis | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus amyloliquefaciens | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus mycoides | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus firmus | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus polymyxa | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Pseudomonas striata | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Pseudomonas fluorescens | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Pseudomonas putida | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Total beneficial bacteria | 14,000,000 CFU/g |
Ecothrive Biosys 50g product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Biosys |
| Product type | Instant microbial tea & root-zone inoculant |
| Pack size | 50g |
| Outer case quantity | 15 x 50g packs |
| Microbial groups | Endomycorrhizal fungi, Trichoderma & beneficial bacteria |
| Endomycorrhizae | 5 species, 125 propagules/g combined |
| Trichoderma | 2 species, 3.5 million CFU/g combined |
| Beneficial bacteria | 14 million CFU/g combined |
| Additional biological inputs | Humic acids, fulvic acids, amino acids, enzymes, yeasts, proteins, carbohydrates & seaweed extract |
| Propagation rate | 1g/L |
| Established soil/coco rate | 0.5g/L every 1-2 weeks |
| Recirculating hydroponic rate | 2.5g/10L every 1-2 weeks with reservoir changes |
| Stress recovery rate | 1g/L, applied twice approximately 5 days apart |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, conventional soil, coco & actively aerated recirculating hydroponics |
| Preferred water | Dechlorinated water |
| Brewing required | No for standard soil/coco applications - mix with water & apply |
Ecothrive Biosys 50g FAQs
What is Ecothrive Biosys?
Biosys is a concentrated powdered microbial inoculant that mixes with water to create an instant microbial tea containing beneficial bacteria, endomycorrhizal fungi, Trichoderma and biological catalysts.
Does Biosys need to be brewed like compost tea?
No. For normal soil and coco applications there is no lengthy brewing process. Mix the powder thoroughly with water and apply it to the root zone. Recirculating hydroponic applications require the nutrient solution to be actively aerated.
Does Ecothrive Biosys contain mycorrhizal fungi?
Yes. The current formulation contains five endomycorrhizal species with a combined concentration of 125 propagules per gram.
Does Biosys contain Trichoderma?
Yes. Biosys contains Trichoderma harzianum and Trichoderma viride at a combined declared concentration of 3.5 million CFU per gram.
What bacteria are in Ecothrive Biosys?
Biosys contains a diverse bacterial consortium including Azospirillum, Gluconacetobacter, Bacillus and Pseudomonas species, with a combined declared bacterial population of approximately 14 million CFU per gram.
When is the best time to use Biosys?
Biosys is particularly useful during propagation and potting-on, when establishing a biologically active relationship between roots and beneficial microorganisms is especially valuable. It can then be reapplied throughout active growth.
Can Biosys be used in living soil?
Yes. Biosys is well suited to living soil and is included within Ecothrive's own living soil programmes as an optional biological enhancement for increasing microbial activity and supporting nutrient uptake.
Can Biosys be used in coco?
Yes. Established coco-grown plants can be treated at 0.5g/L approximately every 1-2 weeks, using water or a half-strength nutrient solution.
Can Biosys be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Ecothrive provides a specific rate of 2.5g per 10L for recirculating hydroponic systems. The reservoir must be actively aerated when Biosys is used in this way.
Should I use tap water with Biosys?
Biosys performs best with dechlorinated water because chlorine and chloramine can negatively affect beneficial microorganisms. Where necessary, treat source water before adding Biosys.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used before Biosys?
Yes. Neutralise is designed to remove chlorine and chloramine from source water and is particularly useful when preparing water for microbial products such as Biosys.
Can Biosys be used when transplanting?
Yes. Potting-on and transplanting are key applications for Biosys. Ecothrive recommends 1g/L for newly potted plants, helping introduce beneficial microorganisms directly into the developing root zone.
Can Biosys help plants recover from stress?
Ecothrive provides a dedicated stress-recovery programme using 1g/L with water or a low-strength nutrient solution, applied twice approximately five days apart.
Can Biosys be used with Ecothrive Charge?
Yes. The products are complementary. Charge provides mealworm frass, organic nutrition and chitin, while Biosys directly introduces a diverse consortium of beneficial bacteria and fungi into the root zone.
How far does a 50g pack of Biosys go?
A 50g pack makes approximately 100L of solution for established soil or coco plants at 0.5g/L, 50L for propagation or stress recovery at 1g/L, or 200L of recirculating hydroponic solution at 0.25g/L.
Ecothrive Biosys 250g - Instant Microbial Tea with Mycorrhizae & Beneficial Bacteria
2500
£25.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Biosys 250g - Instant Microbial Tea with Mycorrhizae & Beneficial Bacteria
2500
£25.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Ecothrive Biosys 250g is a highly concentrated instant microbial tea combining endomycorrhizal fungi, Trichoderma, beneficial bacteria and natural growth-promoting ingredients in one easy-to-use powder. Simply mix with water and apply to the root zone to introduce a diverse population of beneficial microorganisms that support root function, nutrient and water uptake, organic matter cycling and resilient plant growth.
Unlike a traditional aerated compost tea, Biosys requires no lengthy brewing process, pumps or air stones for normal soil and coco applications. The powder activates rapidly when mixed with water, providing a convenient way to introduce beneficial biology during propagation, after transplanting, throughout active growth and during periods of environmental stress.
Biosys combines five species of endomycorrhizal fungi, two species of Trichoderma and a diverse population of beneficial bacteria, including Bacillus, Pseudomonas and nitrogen-fixing microorganisms. The microbial consortium is supported by natural plant growth stimulants and catalysts including humic acids, fulvic acids and seaweed extract.
Ecothrive's improved formulation uses finer-grade humic acids, fulvic acids and seaweed extract to create a more homogeneous powder. This helps ensure that both small and large measured doses contain a consistent blend of the complete formulation, while also allowing Biosys to disperse faster in water with less sediment.
Suitable for soil, living soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation, the larger 250g pack is particularly useful for regular users, larger living soil systems and professional growers requiring an economical source of concentrated root-zone biology.
Why choose Ecothrive Biosys?
- Instant microbial tea - activates in minutes without the lengthy brewing process associated with conventional compost teas.
- Five endomycorrhizal species - provides a diverse mycorrhizal inoculum to support root interaction and nutrient acquisition.
- Two Trichoderma species - beneficial fungi adapted to root-zone colonisation and organic matter cycling.
- Diverse beneficial bacteria - includes Bacillus, Pseudomonas, Azospirillum and other useful rhizosphere microorganisms.
- Supports root function - particularly valuable during propagation, transplanting and establishment.
- Improves nutrient availability - microorganisms help mobilise and cycle nutrients within the root zone.
- Supports water uptake - mycorrhizal associations extend beyond the immediate root surface into the surrounding growing medium.
- Promotes biological activity - ideal for living soil and biologically managed growing media.
- Supports organic matter breakdown - beneficial bacteria and fungi participate in decomposition and nutrient cycling.
- Supports plant resilience - Ecothrive recommends Biosys during demanding periods such as transplanting and stress recovery.
- Natural growth stimulants - the microbial consortium is supported by additional plant-active ingredients.
- Fast activation - ready in minutes rather than days.
- Suitable for soil & coco - straightforward root-zone application for container-grown plants.
- Suitable for recirculating hydroponics - can be used at a specific reduced rate in an actively aerated reservoir.
- Highly concentrated 250g format - makes up to approximately 1,000L of solution depending on application.
A diverse microbial inoculant for the root zone
A healthy rhizosphere contains many different microorganisms rather than relying on a single bacterial or fungal species. Biosys is therefore formulated around a broad consortium of beneficial organisms that perform different biological roles around plant roots.
The formula combines endomycorrhizal fungi, Trichoderma and multiple beneficial bacterial species. Together, these microorganisms help establish a more biologically active root environment and contribute to nutrient cycling, root function, organic matter breakdown and plant establishment.
The bacterial population includes species from genera such as Azospirillum, Gluconacetobacter, Bacillus and Pseudomonas. These groups include organisms associated with processes such as nitrogen fixation, nutrient mobilisation and rhizosphere activity.
Combining bacteria with mycorrhizal fungi and Trichoderma gives Biosys a much broader biological profile than a simple single-species inoculant.
Five species of endomycorrhizal fungi
Biosys contains five species of endomycorrhizal fungi with a combined declared concentration of 125 propagules per gram.
Mycorrhizal fungi form a symbiotic relationship with compatible living roots. Once established, microscopic fungal structures extend through the surrounding growing medium beyond the immediate root surface.
This fungal network effectively increases the volume of growing medium that can be explored for water and nutrients, making early mycorrhizal establishment particularly valuable during propagation and transplanting.
Biosys can then be reapplied throughout the growing cycle to introduce additional beneficial microorganisms and biological inputs to the root zone.
Trichoderma for an active rhizosphere
Biosys contains both Trichoderma harzianum and Trichoderma viride, with a combined declared population of 3.5 million CFU per gram.
Trichoderma are free-living beneficial fungi well adapted to colonising the rhizosphere. They participate in organic matter breakdown and interact competitively with other microorganisms around plant roots.
Their inclusion alongside mycorrhizae and beneficial bacteria helps Biosys create a diverse rather than single-dimensional biological environment.
Beneficial bacteria & rhizosphere biology
Biosys contains a diverse bacterial population with a combined declared concentration of approximately 14 million CFU per gram.
The bacterial consortium includes species of Azospirillum, Gluconacetobacter, Bacillus and Pseudomonas. Different organisms within this group perform different functions in the rhizosphere, including nutrient cycling and interactions with developing roots.
The result is an all-in-one biological inoculant designed to introduce a wide range of useful microorganisms in a single application.
Ecothrive's improved Biosys formula
Ecothrive has refined Biosys to improve the consistency and dispersal of the powder.
The humic acids, fulvic acids and seaweed extract used as catalysts are now incorporated in a finer-grade form. This creates a more homogeneous blend, helping ensure that even a small measured scoop contains a representative mix of the complete formulation.
The finer texture also means Biosys dissolves and disperses more rapidly in water with less sediment, simplifying preparation before root-zone application.
How to use Ecothrive Biosys
Propagation & potting-on
Mix 1g of Biosys per litre of water.
Use for watering newly potted plants. For seeds and cuttings, propagation plugs can be pre-soaked in the Biosys solution for approximately 15 minutes.
Established plants in soil or coco
Mix 0.5g per litre of water and apply to the growing medium approximately every 1-2 weeks.
Ecothrive recommends using Biosys with water or a half-strength nutrient solution for established soil and coco plants.
Recirculating hydroponic systems
Mix 2.5g per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25g/L. Repeat every 1-2 weeks with each reservoir change.
When Biosys is used in a recirculating hydroponic system, the nutrient solution must be actively aerated.
Stress recovery
Mix 1g per litre of water and use with water or a low-strength nutrient solution. Apply twice with approximately five days between applications.
Mixing Biosys correctly
Biosys is designed for rapid preparation. Simply measure the required amount, disperse it thoroughly in water and apply the finished solution to the root zone.
When preparing larger volumes, Ecothrive recommends making a concentrate first. A useful example is to dissolve 10g of Biosys in approximately 250ml of tepid water before adding the concentrate to the main irrigation volume.
Preparing a concentrate helps distribute the fine powder evenly through larger irrigation tanks.
Once mixed with water, use the prepared Biosys solution within 24 hours for best results.
Use dechlorinated water for beneficial microbes
Biosys can be mixed with different water sources, but Ecothrive recommends dechlorinated water for best results because chlorine and chloramine can negatively affect beneficial microorganisms.
Rainwater and reverse-osmosis water are naturally suitable where correctly stored and managed. Tap water can also be used after appropriate dechlorination.
Leaving tap water standing can remove free chlorine, but it does not reliably remove chloramine. Ecothrive recommends adding 1-2 drops of Ecothrive Neutralise per litre where rapid removal of chlorine and chloramine is required.
Using Biosys with nutrients
Biosys can be used alongside fertilisers, but microbial products perform best when the root environment is not excessively concentrated.
For established soil and coco plants, Ecothrive recommends applying Biosys with water or a half-strength nutrient solution.
Ecothrive also advises keeping the total electrical conductivity of the nutrient solution at or below approximately 1.5mS when using Biosys to avoid unnecessarily stressing the microbial population.
Biosys in living soil
Biosys fits naturally into living soil cultivation because it directly increases the diversity and activity of beneficial organisms around plant roots.
Ecothrive recommends Biosys as an optional biological enhancement within its current living soil programmes. For larger pots and living soil beds, Biosys and Bio-Blend can be alternated weekly as a cost-effective way of maintaining strong biological activity.
Biosys can also be used alongside Ecothrive Charge, Life-Cycle, Soil Food, Flourish and Trace as part of a wider living soil management programme.
Ecothrive Biosys 250g treatment capacity
| Propagation & potting-on | 1g/L - approximately 250L of solution |
|---|---|
| Established soil & coco plants | 0.5g/L - approximately 500L of solution |
| Recirculating hydroponics | 0.25g/L - approximately 1,000L of reservoir solution |
| Stress recovery | 1g/L - approximately 250L of solution |
Ecothrive Biosys microbial analysis
Endomycorrhizal fungi
| Rhizophagus irregularis | 43 propagules/g |
|---|---|
| Septoglomus deserticola | 32 propagules/g |
| Claroideoglomus etunicatum | 20 propagules/g |
| Funneliformis mosseae | 15 propagules/g |
| Claroideoglomus claroideum | 15 propagules/g |
| Total endomycorrhizae | 125 propagules/g |
Trichoderma
| Trichoderma harzianum | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
|---|---|
| Trichoderma viride | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Total Trichoderma | 3,500,000 CFU/g |
Beneficial bacteria
| Azospirillum brasilense | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
|---|---|
| Azospirillum lipoferum | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Gluconacetobacter diazotrophicus | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus megaterium | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus azotofixans | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus circulans | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus pumilus | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus subtilis | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus amyloliquefaciens | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus mycoides | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus firmus | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Bacillus polymyxa | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Pseudomonas striata | 525,000 CFU/g |
| Pseudomonas fluorescens | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Pseudomonas putida | 1,750,000 CFU/g |
| Total beneficial bacteria | 14,000,000 CFU/g |
Ecothrive Biosys 250g product details
| Brand | Ecothrive |
|---|---|
| Product | Biosys |
| Product type | Instant microbial tea & root-zone inoculant |
| Pack size | 250g |
| Outer case quantity | 9 x 250g packs |
| Microbial groups | Endomycorrhizal fungi, Trichoderma & beneficial bacteria |
| Endomycorrhizae | 5 species, 125 propagules/g combined |
| Trichoderma | 2 species, 3.5 million CFU/g combined |
| Beneficial bacteria | 14 million CFU/g combined |
| Propagation rate | 1g/L |
| Established soil/coco rate | 0.5g/L every 1-2 weeks |
| Recirculating hydroponic rate | 2.5g/10L every 1-2 weeks with reservoir changes |
| Stress recovery rate | 1g/L, applied twice approximately 5 days apart |
| Suitable systems | Living soil, conventional soil, coco & actively aerated recirculating hydroponics |
| Preferred water | Dechlorinated water |
| Maximum recommended nutrient EC with Biosys | Approximately 1.5mS |
| Prepared solution | Use within 24 hours for best results |
| Powder storage | Keep sealed in a cool, dry place |
| Typical unopened shelf life | Approximately 2 years when correctly stored - check pack expiry date |
| Brewing required | No for standard soil/coco applications - mix with water & apply |
Ecothrive Biosys 250g FAQs
What is Ecothrive Biosys?
Biosys is a concentrated powdered microbial inoculant that mixes with water to create an instant microbial tea containing beneficial bacteria, endomycorrhizal fungi, Trichoderma and natural growth-promoting ingredients.
Does Biosys need to be brewed like compost tea?
No. For normal soil and coco applications there is no lengthy brewing process. Mix the powder thoroughly with water and apply it to the root zone. Recirculating hydroponic applications require the reservoir to be actively aerated.
Does Ecothrive Biosys contain mycorrhizal fungi?
Yes. Biosys contains five species of endomycorrhizal fungi with a combined declared concentration of 125 propagules per gram.
Does Biosys contain Trichoderma?
Yes. Biosys contains Trichoderma harzianum and Trichoderma viride at a combined declared concentration of 3.5 million CFU per gram.
What bacteria are in Ecothrive Biosys?
Biosys contains a diverse bacterial consortium including Azospirillum, Gluconacetobacter, Bacillus and Pseudomonas species, with a combined declared bacterial population of approximately 14 million CFU per gram.
When is the best time to use Biosys?
Biosys can be used throughout the crop cycle but is particularly useful during seedling and cutting propagation, after transplanting and during periods of stress recovery.
Can Biosys be used in living soil?
Yes. Biosys is particularly well suited to living soil because it directly introduces beneficial bacteria and fungi into the root zone. Ecothrive also recommends alternating Biosys and Bio-Blend in larger pots and living soil beds.
Can Biosys be used in coco?
Yes. Established coco-grown plants can be treated at 0.5g/L approximately every 1-2 weeks using water or a half-strength nutrient solution.
Can Biosys be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Ecothrive recommends 2.5g per 10L for recirculating hydroponic systems, repeated every 1-2 weeks with each reservoir change. The nutrient solution must be actively aerated.
Should I use tap water with Biosys?
Biosys can be mixed with tap water, but Ecothrive recommends dechlorinated water for best microbial performance because chlorine and chloramine can negatively affect beneficial microorganisms.
Can Ecothrive Neutralise be used before Biosys?
Yes. Ecothrive specifically recommends Neutralise as a quick way to dechlorinate tap water before using microbial products. Current guidance is 1-2 drops of Neutralise per litre of water.
Can Biosys be used when transplanting?
Yes. Potting-on and transplanting are key applications for Biosys. Ecothrive recommends 1g/L for newly potted plants to introduce beneficial microorganisms directly into the developing root zone.
Can Biosys be used with fertilisers?
Yes. Biosys can be used alongside fertilisers. For established soil and coco plants, Ecothrive recommends water or a half-strength nutrient solution and advises keeping total nutrient EC at or below approximately 1.5mS when using Biosys.
How should Biosys be stored?
Keep the dry powder sealed in a cool, dry place and check the expiry date on the pack. Once Biosys has been mixed with water, Ecothrive recommends using the prepared solution within 24 hours.
How far does a 250g pack of Biosys go?
A 250g pack makes approximately 500L of solution for established soil or coco plants at 0.5g/L, 250L for propagation or stress recovery at 1g/L, or 1,000L of recirculating hydroponic solution at 0.25g/L.
BioCore Agri Hydrolysed Fish Blood & Bones - 10L
11000
£110.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
BioCore Agri Hydrolysed Fish Blood & Bones - 10L
11000
£110.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
BioCore Agri Hydrolysed Fish Blood & Bones - 10L is a concentrated liquid fish-based fertiliser for professional horticultural and growing applications.
Made from hydrolysed fish blood and bone, it provides an easy-to-apply liquid source of organic nutrients for use in suitable crop and soil-feeding programmes.
Key benefits
- 10L pack size
- Hydrolysed fish blood & bone liquid fertiliser
- Suitable for horticultural and crop applications
- Liquid format for straightforward dilution and application
- Published dilution guidance: 1.2ml per litre of water
Liquid fish-based plant nutrition
Hydrolysed fish fertilisers provide organic nutrient inputs in a liquid format that can be incorporated into suitable soil and crop nutrition programmes. Use should be matched to crop requirements, existing soil fertility and any other fertilisers being applied.
Dilution & application
The currently published product information gives a dilution rate of 1.2ml per litre of water. Measure accurately and mix consistently. Where crop, soil or application conditions require a different programme, follow the current BioCore Agri label or technical guidance.
When introducing a new feed programme, monitor crop response and avoid assuming that more concentrated applications will produce better results.
Soil biology & nutrient management
Organic liquid fertilisers can form part of programmes focused on soil biological activity and nutrient cycling. Results depend on soil condition, crop, weather, irrigation and the wider nutrition strategy, so use the product as one component of crop management rather than in isolation.
Using alongside other fertilisers
Account for nutrients already supplied by the soil, growing medium, irrigation water and other fertilisers. Avoid unnecessary duplication of nutrient inputs and check compatibility before tank-mixing with other products.
Storage & handling
Store in the original container according to the current product instructions. Keep measuring and application equipment clean and rinse equipment appropriately after use. Follow any current label or safety information for handling and storage.
BioCore Agri Success Story
Want to see BioCore Agri in action? Read our BioCore Agri Success Story, featuring the 275kg prize-winning squash grown using BioCore Agri.
BioCore Agri Hydrolysed Fish Blood & Bones - 10L product details
| Brand | BioCore Agri |
|---|---|
| Product type | Hydrolysed fish blood & bone liquid fertiliser |
| Pack size | 10L |
| Published dilution rate | 1.2ml per litre of water |
| Application | Professional horticulture and crop nutrition |
BioCore Agri Hydrolysed Fish Blood & Bones - 10L FAQs
What is BioCore Agri Hydrolysed Fish Blood & Bones?
It is a concentrated liquid fertiliser made from hydrolysed fish blood and bone for suitable horticultural and crop applications. What dilution rate is published?
The currently published product information states 1.2ml per litre of water. Is this a liquid fertiliser?
Yes. It is supplied as a concentrated liquid. Can it be used as part of a soil-health programme?
It can form part of a wider nutrition and soil-management programme; crop response also depends on soil, irrigation, weather and other nutrient inputs. Can it be mixed with other fertilisers?
Check product compatibility before tank mixing and account for nutrients already supplied by other inputs. Should I increase the concentration for a stronger effect?
Do not assume that higher concentration is beneficial. Follow current product guidance and monitor crop response. How should it be measured?
Use suitable clean measuring equipment so the concentrate can be diluted consistently. How should it be stored?
Keep it in the original container and follow current product instructions for storage and handling. Is the 1L/10L size the selling unit?
Yes. This listing is for one 10L container.
Angus Seaweed Meal 20kg - Natural Soil Conditioner
6440
£64.40
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Angus Seaweed Meal 20kg - Natural Soil Conditioner
6440
£64.40
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
100% Ascophyllum nodosum seaweed meal harvested from the Atlantic Ocean. A natural soil-conditioning product for lawns, flower beds and vegetable-growing areas.
Angus Horticulture supplies specialist turf and soil-care products for growers, grounds teams, landscapers and gardeners. Choosing the right product means matching its analysis and application guidance to the needs of the site.
Why choose Angus Seaweed Meal 20kg - Natural Soil Conditioner?
- Clearly stated formulation: Seaweed meal
- Pack size: 20kg
- Application guidance: 35–70g/m²
- Coverage: 286–571m²
- Suitable for a planned turf or soil-care programme
What this product does
Supports soil conditioning and adds organic carbon; complements, rather than replaces, a balanced fertiliser programme.
When and how to use it
Apply in spring or autumn. Incorporate into the root zone before seeding or turfing, or with top dressing into hollow cores after aeration. In vegetable and flower beds, work into soil during preparation.
Getting the best results
Check the condition of the soil and turf before application. Apply products evenly and avoid excessive overlap. Good mowing, aeration, irrigation and drainage management are important alongside nutrition. Always use the current label or technical sheet for site-specific instructions.
Understanding application rates
The available application guidance is 35–70g/m². The stated coverage is 286–571m². These figures are for planning and must be checked against the current product label before use.
About Angus Horticulture
Angus Horticulture is a Scottish plant-nutrition specialist offering granular and liquid products for turf, amenity and horticultural use. Its product range includes seasonal fertilisers, soil conditioners and specialist lawn treatments.
Angus Seaweed Meal 20kg - Natural Soil Conditioner product details
| Manufacturer | Angus Horticulture |
|---|---|
| Product | Angus Seaweed Meal 20kg - Natural Soil Conditioner |
| Product type | Turf fertiliser / soil conditioner |
| Pack size | 20kg |
| Declared composition | Seaweed meal |
| Application rate | 35–70g/m² |
| Coverage | 286–571m² |
Angus Seaweed Meal 20kg - Natural Soil Conditioner FAQs
What is the product used for?
Supports soil conditioning and adds organic carbon; complements, rather than replaces, a balanced fertiliser programme. What is the declared analysis?
The declared composition is Seaweed meal. What application rate should I use?
The available guidance is 35–70g/m². Always check the current label before application. How much area does it cover?
The stated coverage is 286–571m²; actual coverage depends on the confirmed pack size and label rate. When should it be applied?
Apply in spring or autumn. Incorporate into the root zone before seeding or turfing, or with top dressing into hollow cores after aeration. In vegetable and flower beds, work into soil during preparation. Can I combine it with other lawn-care products?
Only combine or sequence products where their current labels and technical guidance permit it. Avoid unnecessary duplication of nutrients or treatments. Is this suitable for every lawn?
No. Suitability depends on turf type, condition, soil, season and the current label restrictions.
ICL Universol Yellow 25kg is a professional water-soluble fertiliser for starter nutrition following potting, supporting early root and shoot development.
With a declared analysis of 12-30-12 + 2.2% MgO + trace elements, this formulation allows growers to select nutrition for a specific crop stage and irrigation-water profile.
ICL's Universol range uses its Bright Solution System and colour-coded formulations to help professional growers prepare consistent feeding programmes. Supplied in a 25kg bag.
Key benefits
- Declared NPK analysis: 12-30-12
- Includes 2.2% magnesium oxide and trace elements
- Water-soluble nutrition for professional horticultural feeding programmes
- Formulation selected for starter nutrition following potting, supporting early root and shoot development
- 25kg commercial bag
Where this formulation fits
Use Yellow for starter nutrition following potting, supporting early root and shoot development. Crop response depends on the species, growth stage, root-zone conditions and the balance of nutrients already supplied by the growing medium and irrigation water.
Where hard or soft irrigation water presents particular challenges, compare the dedicated Universol Hard Water and Soft Water ranges before selecting a feed.
Preparing & applying the feed
Dissolve the fertiliser in water using the current ICL mixing and application guidance for the product and your crop. Check irrigation-water analysis, including alkalinity and EC, when setting a fertigation programme.
Monitor stock solution clarity, feed EC and pH, crop growth and drainage. Avoid assuming a single concentration is appropriate for all crops or irrigation systems. Check concentrated stock-tank compatibility before mixing with other fertilisers, especially calcium-containing products.
Managing a professional nutrition programme
Consider how this water-soluble feed complements any controlled-release fertiliser already present in the substrate. Review nutrition as crops establish, grow and finish, rather than relying on a fixed recipe for the entire production period.
Store sealed in a dry area, protect from moisture and follow the current product label and safety information when handling fertilisers.
ICL Universol Yellow 25kg product details
| Manufacturer | ICL Growing Solutions |
|---|---|
| Range | Universol Standard |
| Formulation | Yellow |
| NPK (N–P₂O₅–K₂O) | 12-30-12 |
| Magnesium oxide (MgO) | 2.2% |
| Micronutrients | Trace elements (TE) |
| Bag size | 25kg |
| Primary application | starter nutrition following potting, supporting early root and shoot development |
ICL Universol Yellow 25kg FAQs
What is the NPK analysis?
The declared NPK analysis is 12-30-12 (N–P₂O₅–K₂O), with 2.2% MgO and trace elements. When is this formulation most useful?
It is designed for starter nutrition following potting, supporting early root and shoot development. Select it in the context of your wider nutrition programme. Can I use it through fertigation?
Universol is a water-soluble fertiliser range used in professional feeding programmes. Confirm your irrigation equipment, stock-tank dilution and water quality are suitable. How do I choose a feeding concentration?
Base the concentration on crop demand, water analysis, substrate EC and the current manufacturer recommendations; monitor the feed solution and crop response. Can it be mixed with other fertilisers?
Do not assume all products are compatible in a concentrated stock tank. Follow the ICL product-specific mixing guidance and conduct a compatibility check before changing the programme. How should I store an opened bag?
Keep it sealed in a cool, dry place and prevent moisture entering the bag. Does water quality affect product selection?
Yes. Irrigation-water hardness, bicarbonate content and existing nutrients can affect which Universol formulation is appropriate.
ICL Universol Violet 25kg is a professional water-soluble fertiliser for high-potassium feeding for compact growth and flowering.
With a declared analysis of 10-10-30 + 3.3% MgO + trace elements, this formulation allows growers to select nutrition for a specific crop stage and irrigation-water profile.
ICL's Universol range uses its Bright Solution System and colour-coded formulations to help professional growers prepare consistent feeding programmes. Supplied in a 25kg bag.
Key benefits
- Declared NPK analysis: 10-10-30
- Includes 3.3% magnesium oxide and trace elements
- Water-soluble nutrition for professional horticultural feeding programmes
- Formulation selected for high-potassium feeding for compact growth and flowering
- 25kg commercial bag
Where this formulation fits
Use Violet for high-potassium feeding for compact growth and flowering. Crop response depends on the species, growth stage, root-zone conditions and the balance of nutrients already supplied by the growing medium and irrigation water.
Where hard or soft irrigation water presents particular challenges, compare the dedicated Universol Hard Water and Soft Water ranges before selecting a feed.
Preparing & applying the feed
Dissolve the fertiliser in water using the current ICL mixing and application guidance for the product and your crop. Check irrigation-water analysis, including alkalinity and EC, when setting a fertigation programme.
Monitor stock solution clarity, feed EC and pH, crop growth and drainage. Avoid assuming a single concentration is appropriate for all crops or irrigation systems. Check concentrated stock-tank compatibility before mixing with other fertilisers, especially calcium-containing products.
Managing a professional nutrition programme
Consider how this water-soluble feed complements any controlled-release fertiliser already present in the substrate. Review nutrition as crops establish, grow and finish, rather than relying on a fixed recipe for the entire production period.
Store sealed in a dry area, protect from moisture and follow the current product label and safety information when handling fertilisers.
ICL Universol Violet 25kg product details
| Manufacturer | ICL Growing Solutions |
|---|---|
| Range | Universol Standard |
| Formulation | Violet |
| NPK (N–P₂O₅–K₂O) | 10-10-30 |
| Magnesium oxide (MgO) | 3.3% |
| Micronutrients | Trace elements (TE) |
| Bag size | 25kg |
| Primary application | high-potassium feeding for compact growth and flowering |
ICL Universol Violet 25kg FAQs
What is the NPK analysis?
The declared NPK analysis is 10-10-30 (N–P₂O₅–K₂O), with 3.3% MgO and trace elements. When is this formulation most useful?
It is designed for high-potassium feeding for compact growth and flowering. Select it in the context of your wider nutrition programme. Can I use it through fertigation?
Universol is a water-soluble fertiliser range used in professional feeding programmes. Confirm your irrigation equipment, stock-tank dilution and water quality are suitable. How do I choose a feeding concentration?
Base the concentration on crop demand, water analysis, substrate EC and the current manufacturer recommendations; monitor the feed solution and crop response. Can it be mixed with other fertilisers?
Do not assume all products are compatible in a concentrated stock tank. Follow the ICL product-specific mixing guidance and conduct a compatibility check before changing the programme. How should I store an opened bag?
Keep it sealed in a cool, dry place and prevent moisture entering the bag. Does water quality affect product selection?
Yes. Irrigation-water hardness, bicarbonate content and existing nutrients can affect which Universol formulation is appropriate.
ICL Universol Orange 25kg is a professional water-soluble fertiliser for pot and bedding crops where a higher-potassium finishing feed is required.
With a declared analysis of 16-5-25 + 3.4% MgO + trace elements, this formulation allows growers to select nutrition for a specific crop stage and irrigation-water profile.
ICL's Universol range uses its Bright Solution System and colour-coded formulations to help professional growers prepare consistent feeding programmes. Supplied in a 25kg bag.
Key benefits
- Declared NPK analysis: 16-5-25
- Includes 3.4% magnesium oxide and trace elements
- Water-soluble nutrition for professional horticultural feeding programmes
- Formulation selected for pot and bedding crops where a higher-potassium finishing feed is required
- 25kg commercial bag
Where this formulation fits
Use Orange for pot and bedding crops where a higher-potassium finishing feed is required. Crop response depends on the species, growth stage, root-zone conditions and the balance of nutrients already supplied by the growing medium and irrigation water.
Where hard or soft irrigation water presents particular challenges, compare the dedicated Universol Hard Water and Soft Water ranges before selecting a feed.
Preparing & applying the feed
Dissolve the fertiliser in water using the current ICL mixing and application guidance for the product and your crop. Check irrigation-water analysis, including alkalinity and EC, when setting a fertigation programme.
Monitor stock solution clarity, feed EC and pH, crop growth and drainage. Avoid assuming a single concentration is appropriate for all crops or irrigation systems. Check concentrated stock-tank compatibility before mixing with other fertilisers, especially calcium-containing products.
Managing a professional nutrition programme
Consider how this water-soluble feed complements any controlled-release fertiliser already present in the substrate. Review nutrition as crops establish, grow and finish, rather than relying on a fixed recipe for the entire production period.
Store sealed in a dry area, protect from moisture and follow the current product label and safety information when handling fertilisers.
ICL Universol Orange 25kg product details
| Manufacturer | ICL Growing Solutions |
|---|---|
| Range | Universol Standard |
| Formulation | Orange |
| NPK (N–P₂O₅–K₂O) | 16-5-25 |
| Magnesium oxide (MgO) | 3.4% |
| Micronutrients | Trace elements (TE) |
| Bag size | 25kg |
| Primary application | pot and bedding crops where a higher-potassium finishing feed is required |
ICL Universol Orange 25kg FAQs
What is the NPK analysis?
The declared NPK analysis is 16-5-25 (N–P₂O₅–K₂O), with 3.4% MgO and trace elements. When is this formulation most useful?
It is designed for pot and bedding crops where a higher-potassium finishing feed is required. Select it in the context of your wider nutrition programme. Can I use it through fertigation?
Universol is a water-soluble fertiliser range used in professional feeding programmes. Confirm your irrigation equipment, stock-tank dilution and water quality are suitable. How do I choose a feeding concentration?
Base the concentration on crop demand, water analysis, substrate EC and the current manufacturer recommendations; monitor the feed solution and crop response. Can it be mixed with other fertilisers?
Do not assume all products are compatible in a concentrated stock tank. Follow the ICL product-specific mixing guidance and conduct a compatibility check before changing the programme. How should I store an opened bag?
Keep it sealed in a cool, dry place and prevent moisture entering the bag. Does water quality affect product selection?
Yes. Irrigation-water hardness, bicarbonate content and existing nutrients can affect which Universol formulation is appropriate.
ICL Universol Hard Water 225 25kg is a professional water-soluble fertiliser for high-potassium feeding in hard irrigation water with elevated bicarbonates.
With a declared analysis of 11-10-28 + 2% MgO + trace elements, this formulation allows growers to select nutrition for a specific crop stage and irrigation-water profile.
ICL's Universol range uses its Bright Solution System and colour-coded formulations to help professional growers prepare consistent feeding programmes. Supplied in a 25kg bag.
Key benefits
- Declared NPK analysis: 11-10-28
- Includes 2% magnesium oxide and trace elements
- Water-soluble nutrition for professional horticultural feeding programmes
- Formulation selected for high-potassium feeding in hard irrigation water with elevated bicarbonates
- 25kg commercial bag
Where this formulation fits
Use Hard Water 225 for high-potassium feeding in hard irrigation water with elevated bicarbonates. Crop response depends on the species, growth stage, root-zone conditions and the balance of nutrients already supplied by the growing medium and irrigation water.
This Hard Water product is designed for water with elevated bicarbonate levels; it should not be treated as interchangeable with a soft-water formulation.
Preparing & applying the feed
Dissolve the fertiliser in water using the current ICL mixing and application guidance for the product and your crop. Check irrigation-water analysis, including alkalinity and EC, when setting a fertigation programme.
Monitor stock solution clarity, feed EC and pH, crop growth and drainage. Avoid assuming a single concentration is appropriate for all crops or irrigation systems. Check concentrated stock-tank compatibility before mixing with other fertilisers, especially calcium-containing products.
Managing a professional nutrition programme
Consider how this water-soluble feed complements any controlled-release fertiliser already present in the substrate. Review nutrition as crops establish, grow and finish, rather than relying on a fixed recipe for the entire production period.
Store sealed in a dry area, protect from moisture and follow the current product label and safety information when handling fertilisers.
ICL Universol Hard Water 225 25kg product details
| Manufacturer | ICL Growing Solutions |
|---|---|
| Range | Universol Hard Water |
| Formulation | Hard Water 225 |
| NPK (N–P₂O₅–K₂O) | 11-10-28 |
| Magnesium oxide (MgO) | 2% |
| Micronutrients | Trace elements (TE) |
| Bag size | 25kg |
| Primary application | high-potassium feeding in hard irrigation water with elevated bicarbonates |
ICL Universol Hard Water 225 25kg FAQs
What is the NPK analysis?
The declared NPK analysis is 11-10-28 (N–P₂O₅–K₂O), with 2% MgO and trace elements. When is this formulation most useful?
It is designed for high-potassium feeding in hard irrigation water with elevated bicarbonates. Select it in the context of your wider nutrition programme. Can I use it through fertigation?
Universol is a water-soluble fertiliser range used in professional feeding programmes. Confirm your irrigation equipment, stock-tank dilution and water quality are suitable. How do I choose a feeding concentration?
Base the concentration on crop demand, water analysis, substrate EC and the current manufacturer recommendations; monitor the feed solution and crop response. Can it be mixed with other fertilisers?
Do not assume all products are compatible in a concentrated stock tank. Follow the ICL product-specific mixing guidance and conduct a compatibility check before changing the programme. How should I store an opened bag?
Keep it sealed in a cool, dry place and prevent moisture entering the bag. Is this suitable for rainwater or very soft water?
This formulation is developed for hard irrigation water. Check water alkalinity and consult ICL guidance before using it with soft or rainwater.
ICL Universol Green 25kg is a professional water-soluble fertiliser for nitrogen-led vegetative growth during active crop development.
With a declared analysis of 23-6-10 + 2.7% MgO + trace elements, this formulation allows growers to select nutrition for a specific crop stage and irrigation-water profile.
ICL's Universol range uses its Bright Solution System and colour-coded formulations to help professional growers prepare consistent feeding programmes. Supplied in a 25kg bag.
Key benefits
- Declared NPK analysis: 23-6-10
- Includes 2.7% magnesium oxide and trace elements
- Water-soluble nutrition for professional horticultural feeding programmes
- Formulation selected for nitrogen-led vegetative growth during active crop development
- 25kg commercial bag
Where this formulation fits
Use Green for nitrogen-led vegetative growth during active crop development. Crop response depends on the species, growth stage, root-zone conditions and the balance of nutrients already supplied by the growing medium and irrigation water.
Where hard or soft irrigation water presents particular challenges, compare the dedicated Universol Hard Water and Soft Water ranges before selecting a feed.
Preparing & applying the feed
Dissolve the fertiliser in water using the current ICL mixing and application guidance for the product and your crop. Check irrigation-water analysis, including alkalinity and EC, when setting a fertigation programme.
Monitor stock solution clarity, feed EC and pH, crop growth and drainage. Avoid assuming a single concentration is appropriate for all crops or irrigation systems. Check concentrated stock-tank compatibility before mixing with other fertilisers, especially calcium-containing products.
Managing a professional nutrition programme
Consider how this water-soluble feed complements any controlled-release fertiliser already present in the substrate. Review nutrition as crops establish, grow and finish, rather than relying on a fixed recipe for the entire production period.
Store sealed in a dry area, protect from moisture and follow the current product label and safety information when handling fertilisers.
ICL Universol Green 25kg product details
| Manufacturer | ICL Growing Solutions |
|---|---|
| Range | Universol Standard |
| Formulation | Green |
| NPK (N–P₂O₅–K₂O) | 23-6-10 |
| Magnesium oxide (MgO) | 2.7% |
| Micronutrients | Trace elements (TE) |
| Bag size | 25kg |
| Primary application | nitrogen-led vegetative growth during active crop development |
ICL Universol Green 25kg FAQs
What is the NPK analysis?
The declared NPK analysis is 23-6-10 (N–P₂O₅–K₂O), with 2.7% MgO and trace elements. When is this formulation most useful?
It is designed for nitrogen-led vegetative growth during active crop development. Select it in the context of your wider nutrition programme. Can I use it through fertigation?
Universol is a water-soluble fertiliser range used in professional feeding programmes. Confirm your irrigation equipment, stock-tank dilution and water quality are suitable. How do I choose a feeding concentration?
Base the concentration on crop demand, water analysis, substrate EC and the current manufacturer recommendations; monitor the feed solution and crop response. Can it be mixed with other fertilisers?
Do not assume all products are compatible in a concentrated stock tank. Follow the ICL product-specific mixing guidance and conduct a compatibility check before changing the programme. How should I store an opened bag?
Keep it sealed in a cool, dry place and prevent moisture entering the bag. Does water quality affect product selection?
Yes. Irrigation-water hardness, bicarbonate content and existing nutrients can affect which Universol formulation is appropriate.
ICL Osmocote Exact Tablet 8-9 Months 14-8-11 2MgO+TE 5.0g 7.5kg
12905
£129.05
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
ICL Osmocote Exact Tablet 8-9 Months 14-8-11 2MgO+TE 5.0g 7.5kg
12905
£129.05
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
ICL Osmocote Exact Tablet 8-9 Months 14-8-11 2MgO+TE 5.0g 7.5kg is a professional Osmocote Exact controlled-release fertiliser tablet formulated for precise nutrition dosing of individual pots, containers and hanging baskets.
Its resin-coated nutrients provide a measured supply over a nominal 8–9-month period at 21°C, helping growers match fertiliser longevity to their crop cycle.
Key benefits
- 5 g tablet for consistent per-container dosing
- Cone-shaped tablet is easy to insert
- 14-8-11 + 2MgO and trace elements
- 8–9-month nominal longevity at 21°C
- 7.5 kg pack of 5 g tablets
Professional applications
Suitable for precise nutrition dosing of individual pots, containers and hanging baskets. Plan nutrition around crop demand, irrigation water, substrate properties and any supplementary feeding.
How to apply
Push tablets fully into the growing medium. In hanging baskets, position tablets around the plant; under drip irrigation, ICL recommends positioning beneath the dripper. The water-soluble adhesive breaks down after watering.
Application rates & nutrient management
Container nursery stock and pot plants: 4–5 g/L; hanging baskets: 4–6 g/L (manufacturer guidance for unfertilised substrates).
Manufacturer rates are general recommendations for unfertilised substrates. Adjust to local growing conditions and other nutrient inputs. Trial programme changes on a small scale before wider adoption.
Storage & handling
Keep partly used bags sealed and store in dry conditions. Follow current ICL product information and safety guidance.
Technical specifications
| Manufacturer | ICL Growing Solutions |
|---|---|
| Range | Osmocote Exact controlled-release fertiliser tablet |
| NPK (oxide basis) | 14-8-11 |
| Magnesium | 2% MgO |
| Trace elements | Included |
| Nominal longevity | 8–9 months at 21°C |
| Pack size | 7.5 kg |
| Tablet size | 5 g |
| Typical application | precise nutrition dosing of individual pots, containers and hanging baskets |
| Manufacturer guidance | Container nursery stock and pot plants: 4–5 g/L; hanging baskets: 4–6 g/L (manufacturer guidance for unfertilised substrates). |
Frequently asked questions
What is this fertiliser used for?
It is designed for precise nutrition dosing of individual pots, containers and hanging baskets. What does the stated longevity mean?
ICL rates this product at 8–9 months at a growing-medium temperature of 21°C. Higher temperatures generally shorten the release period; lower temperatures extend it. Can it be combined with liquid feeding?
Yes, where the crop programme calls for it. Reduce the controlled-release fertiliser rate appropriately when adding water-soluble nutrients to avoid excessive total feeding. How should unused product be stored?
Reseal opened bags and store in dry conditions, following the manufacturer’s storage instructions. How do I select a rate?
Choose a rate according to crop demand, growing medium, container volume, season and any additional feeding. The published rates are general starting points for unfertilised substrates; trial changes on a small scale. How are the tablets applied?
Push the tablets fully into the growing medium. For drip-irrigated pots, position beneath the dripper. How many tablets should be used per pot?
Calculate the total grams required for the pot volume and crop, then select a whole number of 5 g tablets that matches the feeding plan. ICL provides a 3 L pot example using three 5 g tablets for a 15 g total.
Plant Nutrition
Feeding plants well isn’t just science—it’s good growing.
Every grower knows that getting nutrition right makes all the difference. That’s why we offer a carefully selected range of feeds and fertilisers built around what plants actually need at different stages of growth.
Whether you're looking for a slow-release fertiliser for bedding plants, a soluble feed to green up tired foliage, or an organic liquid that’s gentle but effective—we’ve sourced it, used it, and seen it work.
We stock what we trust. That means brands with solid reputations and products that have proven themselves in commercial growing settings—not just on paper, but in polytunnels, glasshouses and nursery beds.
In short: good products, well tested, that help plants grow stronger and look better—without overcomplicating things.
Popular lines include:
-
Controlled-release fertilisers for pots and containers
-
Soluble and liquid feeds for fast, targeted results
-
Organic options for growers who want to go peat-free or pesticide-light
-
Nutrient support across propagation, growth and flowering stages
Apply for a trade account today to browse the full range, view live stock, and order at wholesale prices.